US20200104052A1 - Replication using deduplicated secondary copy data - Google Patents

Replication using deduplicated secondary copy data Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20200104052A1
US20200104052A1 US16/596,381 US201916596381A US2020104052A1 US 20200104052 A1 US20200104052 A1 US 20200104052A1 US 201916596381 A US201916596381 A US 201916596381A US 2020104052 A1 US2020104052 A1 US 2020104052A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
data
storage
destination
copy
deduplicated
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US16/596,381
Inventor
Manoj Kumar Vijayan
Joe Sabu Thyvelikkakakth JOB
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Commvault Systems Inc
Original Assignee
Commvault Systems Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Commvault Systems Inc filed Critical Commvault Systems Inc
Priority to US16/596,381 priority Critical patent/US20200104052A1/en
Assigned to COMMVAULT SYSTEMS, INC. reassignment COMMVAULT SYSTEMS, INC. ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: VIJAYAN, MANOJ KUMAR, JOB, JOE SABU THYVELIKKAKAKTH
Publication of US20200104052A1 publication Critical patent/US20200104052A1/en
Assigned to JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., AS ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT reassignment JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., AS ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT SECURITY INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: COMMVAULT SYSTEMS, INC.
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/06Digital input from, or digital output to, record carriers, e.g. RAID, emulated record carriers or networked record carriers
    • G06F3/0601Interfaces specially adapted for storage systems
    • G06F3/0628Interfaces specially adapted for storage systems making use of a particular technique
    • G06F3/0646Horizontal data movement in storage systems, i.e. moving data in between storage devices or systems
    • G06F3/065Replication mechanisms
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F11/00Error detection; Error correction; Monitoring
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F11/00Error detection; Error correction; Monitoring
    • G06F11/07Responding to the occurrence of a fault, e.g. fault tolerance
    • G06F11/14Error detection or correction of the data by redundancy in operation
    • G06F11/1402Saving, restoring, recovering or retrying
    • G06F11/1446Point-in-time backing up or restoration of persistent data
    • G06F11/1448Management of the data involved in backup or backup restore
    • G06F11/1453Management of the data involved in backup or backup restore using de-duplication of the data
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F11/00Error detection; Error correction; Monitoring
    • G06F11/07Responding to the occurrence of a fault, e.g. fault tolerance
    • G06F11/14Error detection or correction of the data by redundancy in operation
    • G06F11/1402Saving, restoring, recovering or retrying
    • G06F11/1446Point-in-time backing up or restoration of persistent data
    • G06F11/1458Management of the backup or restore process
    • G06F11/1464Management of the backup or restore process for networked environments
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F11/00Error detection; Error correction; Monitoring
    • G06F11/07Responding to the occurrence of a fault, e.g. fault tolerance
    • G06F11/16Error detection or correction of the data by redundancy in hardware
    • G06F11/1666Error detection or correction of the data by redundancy in hardware where the redundant component is memory or memory area
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F11/00Error detection; Error correction; Monitoring
    • G06F11/07Responding to the occurrence of a fault, e.g. fault tolerance
    • G06F11/16Error detection or correction of the data by redundancy in hardware
    • G06F11/20Error detection or correction of the data by redundancy in hardware using active fault-masking, e.g. by switching out faulty elements or by switching in spare elements
    • G06F11/2053Error detection or correction of the data by redundancy in hardware using active fault-masking, e.g. by switching out faulty elements or by switching in spare elements where persistent mass storage functionality or persistent mass storage control functionality is redundant
    • G06F11/2094Redundant storage or storage space
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F16/00Information retrieval; Database structures therefor; File system structures therefor
    • G06F16/20Information retrieval; Database structures therefor; File system structures therefor of structured data, e.g. relational data
    • G06F16/23Updating
    • G06F16/2308Concurrency control
    • G06F16/2315Optimistic concurrency control
    • G06F16/2322Optimistic concurrency control using timestamps
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F16/00Information retrieval; Database structures therefor; File system structures therefor
    • G06F16/20Information retrieval; Database structures therefor; File system structures therefor of structured data, e.g. relational data
    • G06F16/27Replication, distribution or synchronisation of data between databases or within a distributed database system; Distributed database system architectures therefor
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/06Digital input from, or digital output to, record carriers, e.g. RAID, emulated record carriers or networked record carriers
    • G06F3/0601Interfaces specially adapted for storage systems
    • G06F3/0602Interfaces specially adapted for storage systems specifically adapted to achieve a particular effect
    • G06F3/0614Improving the reliability of storage systems
    • G06F3/0619Improving the reliability of storage systems in relation to data integrity, e.g. data losses, bit errors
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/06Digital input from, or digital output to, record carriers, e.g. RAID, emulated record carriers or networked record carriers
    • G06F3/0601Interfaces specially adapted for storage systems
    • G06F3/0668Interfaces specially adapted for storage systems adopting a particular infrastructure
    • G06F3/0671In-line storage system
    • G06F3/0683Plurality of storage devices
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F11/00Error detection; Error correction; Monitoring
    • G06F11/07Responding to the occurrence of a fault, e.g. fault tolerance
    • G06F11/14Error detection or correction of the data by redundancy in operation
    • G06F11/1402Saving, restoring, recovering or retrying
    • G06F11/1446Point-in-time backing up or restoration of persistent data
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F11/00Error detection; Error correction; Monitoring
    • G06F11/07Responding to the occurrence of a fault, e.g. fault tolerance
    • G06F11/16Error detection or correction of the data by redundancy in hardware
    • G06F11/20Error detection or correction of the data by redundancy in hardware using active fault-masking, e.g. by switching out faulty elements or by switching in spare elements
    • G06F11/2053Error detection or correction of the data by redundancy in hardware using active fault-masking, e.g. by switching out faulty elements or by switching in spare elements where persistent mass storage functionality or persistent mass storage control functionality is redundant
    • G06F11/2089Redundant storage control functionality
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F11/00Error detection; Error correction; Monitoring
    • G06F11/07Responding to the occurrence of a fault, e.g. fault tolerance
    • G06F11/16Error detection or correction of the data by redundancy in hardware
    • G06F11/20Error detection or correction of the data by redundancy in hardware using active fault-masking, e.g. by switching out faulty elements or by switching in spare elements
    • G06F11/2097Error detection or correction of the data by redundancy in hardware using active fault-masking, e.g. by switching out faulty elements or by switching in spare elements maintaining the standby controller/processing unit updated
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F2201/00Indexing scheme relating to error detection, to error correction, and to monitoring
    • G06F2201/80Database-specific techniques
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F2201/00Indexing scheme relating to error detection, to error correction, and to monitoring
    • G06F2201/835Timestamp

Definitions

  • a company might back up critical computing systems such as databases, file servers, web servers, and so on as part of a daily, weekly, or monthly maintenance schedule.
  • the company may similarly protect computing systems used by each of its employees, such as those used by an accounting department, marketing department, engineering department, and so forth.
  • an organization may want to replicate production data generated by one or more source client to one or more destination clients.
  • Replication may be performed using production machines, but this can be resource intensive, reducing availability of the production machines for production activities.
  • an information management system may use backup copies or other secondary copies of production data for the purposes of replicating production data to another client.
  • the secondary copies can be deduplicated copies, for instance. By utilizing available secondary copies of the data for replication, the system can reduce the impact on the production machines associated with replication. Utilizing deduplicated copies not only reduces the amount of stored data, but reduce the amount of data that is communicated between the source and the destination, increasing the speed of the replication process.
  • the system achieves the replication by performing a deduplicated copy from a source to a destination, then performing a restore from the deduplicated secondary copies at the destination.
  • the deduplicated secondary copies can be packaged in a particular format that facilitates replication. For example, the system packages the hashes and data together. In this way, the system can access the hashes directly from the deduplicated secondary copies.
  • the system can leverage deduplicated data in secondary storage as the source to replicate production data from one client to another client, while reducing the burden on the production machines. Moreover, packaging the deduplicated data in the format explained above, the system may streamline accessing of the hashes.
  • some embodiments described herein perform metadata reduction techniques. For instance, the system may create a single container file that includes metadata and/or data associated with a multiple backup operations, rather than creating a new file for each operation. The system can modify (e.g., increment a data size parameter) existing parameters within the container file to reflect the iterative backup operations instead of generating new parameters for individual backup files.
  • commands are not captured in traditional backups because a backup is a point-in-time copy of the data and/or because the backup copies are stored in a backup format rather than a file system format.
  • the data in the source is continuously sent to the destination, and the commands may also be sent to the destination, for example, in a command stream in order to reflect the changes to the data at the source.
  • the source may send the hashes and/or the data blocks in a data stream, and can send a command stream along with a data stream.
  • the destination receives and executes the commands.
  • the order of the commands may be preserved, for example, based on time information, such that the commands can be executed in order at the destination.
  • a system for replicating data in secondary storage using secondary copy data.
  • the system can include a source system having a source client computing device comprising hardware.
  • the source primary storage devices are associated with the source client computing device.
  • the source system can further include one or more source secondary storage controller computers comprising hardware and one or more source secondary storage devices.
  • the source secondary storage controller computers according to certain embodiments are configured to create a first copy of primary data residing in the one or more source primary storage devices on the one or more source secondary storage devices.
  • the first copy can be a deduplicated secondary copy including a plurality of data blocks and corresponding signature values and reflects a change to at least one changed portion of the primary data as compared to a previous deduplicated secondary copy of the primary data.
  • the source secondary storage controller computers can additionally be configured to send the signature value corresponding to at least a first data block of the plurality of data blocks in the first copy to the one or more destination secondary storage controller computers, the first data block corresponding to the at least one changed portion of the primary data.
  • the source secondary storage controller computers can be further configured to send the first data block to the one or more destination secondary storage controller computers.
  • the system can further include a destination system comprising a destination client computing device comprising hardware.
  • the destination system can additionally include one or more destination primary storage devices associated with the destination client computing device.
  • the destination system can further include one or more destination secondary storage controller computers comprising hardware, and one or more destination secondary storage devices.
  • the destination system can be configured to copy the first data block to the one or more destination secondary storage devices.
  • the destination system can additionally be configured to restore a deduplicated secondary copy of the primary data stored on the one or more destination secondary storage devices to the one or more destination primary storage devices such that the change to the primary data is propagated to a replicated version of the primary data residing on the destination primary storage devices.
  • the first copy is one of a plurality of deduplicated secondary copies that the source system is configured to perform as part of a continuous replication process.
  • the plurality of deduplicated secondary copies can be performed according to a predetermined schedule at a regular interval.
  • the regular interval can be less than one hour, less than ten minutes, or less than five minutes.
  • the restore performed by the destination system can be one of a plurality of restore operations.
  • Each of the plurality of restore operations can correspond to one of the plurality of deduplicated secondary copies performed by the source system.
  • the plurality of restore operations are performed at the regular interval according to certain configurations such that changes to the primary data on the source system are replicated to the destination system in a period of time not significantly greater than the regular interval.
  • the primary data includes one or more files
  • the one or more secondary storage controller computers are further configured to send a command stream including one or more commands associated with the one or more files.
  • the destination system can be configured to execute the one or more commands.
  • a method of replicating data from a source system to a destination system using secondary copy data can include, using the source system, creating a first copy of primary data, the primary data residing in one or more source primary storage devices of the source system.
  • the first copy can be created on one or more source secondary storage devices of the source system.
  • the first copy can be a deduplicated secondary copy including a plurality of data blocks and corresponding signature values, and can reflect a change to at least one changed portion of the primary data as compared to a previous deduplicated secondary copy of the primary data.
  • the method can further including sending the signature value corresponding to at least a first data block of the plurality of data blocks in the first copy to one or more destination secondary storage controller computers in the destination system, the first data block corresponding to the at least one changed portion of the primary data.
  • the method can further include sending the first data block to the one or more destination secondary storage controller computers.
  • the method can further include, using the destination system, copying the first data block to the one or more destination secondary storage devices of the destination system.
  • the method can additionally include restoring a deduplicated secondary copy of the primary data stored on the one or more destination secondary storage devices to one or more destination primary storage devices of the destination system such that the change to the primary data is propagated to a replicated version of the primary data residing on the destination primary storage devices.
  • the first copy is one of a plurality of deduplicated secondary copies that the source system is configured to perform as part of a continuous replication process.
  • the plurality of deduplicated secondary copies are performed according to a pre-determined schedule at a regular interval.
  • the regular interval is less than one hour, less than ten minutes, or less than five minutes.
  • the restore performed by the destination system is one of a plurality of restore operations, wherein each of the plurality of restore operations corresponds to one of the plurality of deduplicated secondary copies performed by the source system.
  • the plurality of restore operations can be performed at the regular interval such that changes to the primary data on the source system are replicated to the destination system in a period of time not significantly greater than the regular interval.
  • the primary data can include one or more files, where the method further includes, using the one or more secondary storage controller computers, sending a command stream including one or more commands associated with the one or more files; and using the destination system, executing the one or more commands.
  • FIG. 1A is a block diagram illustrating an exemplary information management system.
  • FIG. 1B is a detailed view of a primary storage device, a secondary storage device, and some examples of primary data and secondary copy data.
  • FIG. 1C is a block diagram of an exemplary information management system including a storage manager, one or more data agents, and one or more media agents.
  • FIG. 1D is a block diagram illustrating a scalable information management system.
  • FIG. 1E illustrates certain secondary copy operations according to an exemplary storage policy.
  • FIGS. 1F-1H are block diagrams illustrating suitable data structures that may be employed by the information management system.
  • FIG. 2 is a data flow diagram illustrative of the interaction between the various components of an exemplary information management system configured to implement replication using deduplicated secondary copy data, according to certain embodiments.
  • FIG. 3B is a block diagram illustrative of performing a deduplication copy, according to certain embodiments.
  • FIG. 4 is a block diagram illustrative of a data structure used to implement replication using deduplicated secondary copy data, according to certain embodiments.
  • FIG. 5 is a flow diagram of illustrative of one embodiment of a routine for replication using deduplicated secondary copy data.
  • FIG. 6 is a flow diagram illustrative of one embodiment of a routine for scheduling backup operations in replication using deduplicated secondary copy data.
  • FIG. 7A is a block diagram illustrative of an exemplary partial metadata container file.
  • Systems and methods are disclosed for implementing replication using deduplicated secondary copy data. Examples of such systems and methods are described in further detail herein, in reference to FIGS. 2-8 . Components and functionality for replication using deduplicated secondary copy data may be configured and/or incorporated into information management systems such as those described herein in FIGS. 1A-1H .
  • FIG. 1A shows one such information management system 100 , which generally includes combinations of hardware and software configured to protect and manage data and metadata, which is generated and used by the various computing devices in information management system 100 .
  • the organization that employs the information management system 100 may be a corporation or other business entity, non-profit organization, educational institution, household, governmental agency, or the like.
  • the information management system 100 can include a variety of different computing devices. For instance, as will be described in greater detail herein, the information management system 100 can include one or more client computing devices 102 and secondary storage computing devices 106 .
  • Computing devices can include, without limitation, one or more: workstations, personal computers, desktop computers, or other types of generally fixed computing systems such as mainframe computers and minicomputers.
  • Other computing devices can include mobile or portable computing devices, such as one or more laptops, tablet computers, personal data assistants, mobile phones (such as smartphones), and other mobile or portable computing devices such as embedded computers, set top boxes, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable computers, etc.
  • Computing devices can include servers, such as mail servers, file servers, database servers, and web servers.
  • a computing device includes virtualized and/or cloud computing resources.
  • one or more virtual machines may be provided to the organization by a third-party cloud service vendor.
  • computing devices can include one or more virtual machine(s) running on a physical host computing device (or “host machine”) operated by the organization.
  • host machine the organization may use one virtual machine as a database server and another virtual machine as a mail server, both virtual machines operating on the same host machine.
  • a virtual machine includes an operating system and associated virtual resources, and is hosted simultaneously with another operating system on a physical host computer (or host machine).
  • a hypervisor typically software, and also known in the art as a virtual machine monitor or a virtual machine manager or “VMM” sits between the virtual machine and the hardware of the physical host machine.
  • hypervisor typically software, and also known in the art as a virtual machine monitor or a virtual machine manager or “VMM” sits between the virtual machine and the hardware of the physical host machine.
  • hypervisor typically software, and also known in the art as a virtual machine monitor or a virtual machine manager or “VMM”
  • hypervisor as virtualization software is ESX Server, by VMware, Inc. of Palo Alto, Calif.; other examples include Microsoft Virtual Server and Microsoft Windows Server Hyper-V, both by Microsoft Corporation of Redmond, Wash., and Sun xVM by Oracle America Inc. of Santa Clara, Calif.
  • the hypervisor may be firmware or hardware or a combination of software and/or firmware and/or hardware.
  • the hypervisor provides to each virtual operating system virtual resources, such as a virtual processor, virtual memory, a virtual network device, and a virtual disk. Each virtual machine has one or more virtual disks.
  • the hypervisor typically stores the data of virtual disks in files on the file system of the physical host machine, called virtual machine disk files (in the case of VMware virtual servers) or virtual hard disk image files (in the case of Microsoft virtual servers).
  • VMware's ESX Server provides the Virtual Machine File System (VMFS) for the storage of virtual machine disk files.
  • VMFS Virtual Machine File System
  • the illustrated information management system 100 includes one or more client computing device 102 having at least one application 110 executing thereon, and one or more primary storage devices 104 storing primary data 112 .
  • the client computing device(s) 102 and the primary storage devices 104 may generally be referred to in some cases as a primary storage subsystem 117 .
  • a computing device in an information management system 100 that has a data agent 142 installed and operating on it is generally referred to as a client computing device 102 (or, in the context of a component of the information management system 100 simply as a “client”).
  • information management system can refer to generally all of the illustrated hardware and software components. Or, in other instances, the term may refer to only a subset of the illustrated components.
  • the data generation sources include the one or more client computing devices 102 .
  • the client computing devices 102 may include any of the types of computing devices described above, without limitation, and in some cases the client computing devices 102 are associated with one or more users and/or corresponding user accounts, of employees or other individuals.
  • Each client computing device 102 may have one or more applications 110 (e.g., software applications) executing thereon which generate and manipulate the data that is to be protected from loss and managed.
  • the applications 110 generally facilitate the operations of an organization (or multiple affiliated organizations), and can include, without limitation, mail server applications (e.g., Microsoft Exchange Server), file server applications, mail client applications (e.g., Microsoft Exchange Client), database applications (e.g., SQL, Oracle, SAP, Lotus Notes Database), word processing applications (e.g., Microsoft Word), spreadsheet applications, financial applications, presentation applications, graphics and/or video applications, browser applications, mobile applications, entertainment applications, and so on.
  • mail server applications e.g., Microsoft Exchange Server
  • file server applications e.g., mail client applications (e.g., Microsoft Exchange Client)
  • database applications e.g., SQL, Oracle, SAP, Lotus Notes Database
  • word processing applications e.g., Microsoft Word
  • spreadsheet applications e.g., financial applications, presentation applications, graphics and/or video applications, browser applications,
  • the client computing devices 102 can have at least one operating system (e.g., Microsoft Windows, Mac OS X, iOS, IBM z/OS, Linux, other Unix-based operating systems, etc.) installed thereon, which may support or host one or more file systems and other applications 110 .
  • operating system e.g., Microsoft Windows, Mac OS X, iOS, IBM z/OS, Linux, other Unix-based operating systems, etc.
  • the client computing devices 102 and other components in information management system 100 can be connected to one another via one or more communication pathways 114 .
  • a first communication pathway 114 may connect (or communicatively couple) client computing device 102 and secondary storage computing device 106 ;
  • a second communication pathway 114 may connect storage manager 140 and client computing device 102 ;
  • a third communication pathway 114 may connect storage manager 140 and secondary storage computing device 106 , etc. (see, e.g., FIG. 1A and FIG. 1C ).
  • the communication pathways 114 in some cases may also include application programming interfaces (APIs) including, e.g., cloud service provider APIs, virtual machine management APIs, and hosted service provider APIs.
  • APIs application programming interfaces
  • the underlying infrastructure of communication paths 114 may be wired and/or wireless, analog and/or digital, or any combination thereof; and the facilities used may be private, public, third-party provided, or any combination thereof, without limitation.
  • Primary data 112 is production data or other “live” data generated by the operating system and/or applications 110 operating on a client computing device 102 .
  • the primary data 112 is generally stored on the primary storage device(s) 104 and is organized via a file system supported by the client computing device 102 .
  • the client computing device(s) 102 and corresponding applications 110 may create, access, modify, write, delete, and otherwise use primary data 112 .
  • some or all of the primary data 112 can be stored in cloud storage resources (e.g., primary storage device 104 may be a cloud-based resource).
  • Primary data 112 is generally in the native format of the source application 110 . According to certain aspects, primary data 112 is an initial or first (e.g., created before any other copies or before at least one other copy) stored copy of data generated by the source application 110 . Primary data 112 in some cases is created substantially directly from data generated by the corresponding source applications 110 .
  • the primary storage devices 104 storing the primary data 112 may be relatively fast and/or expensive technology (e.g., a disk drive, a hard-disk array, solid state memory, etc.).
  • primary data 112 may be highly changeable and/or may be intended for relatively short term retention (e.g., hours, days, or weeks).
  • Metadata generally includes information about data objects or characteristics associated with the data objects.
  • Metadata generally includes information about data objects or characteristics associated with the data objects.
  • any reference to primary data 112 generally also includes its associated metadata, but references to the metadata do not include the primary data.
  • Metadata can include, without limitation, one or more of the following: the data owner (e.g., the client or user that generates the data), the last modified time (e.g., the time of the most recent modification of the data object), a data object name (e.g., a file name), a data object size (e.g., a number of bytes of data), information about the content (e.g., an indication as to the existence of a particular search term), user-supplied tags, to/from information for email (e.g., an email sender, recipient, etc.), creation date, file type (e.g., format or application type), last accessed time, application type (e.g., type of application that generated the data object), location/network (e.g., a current, past or future location of the data object and network pathways to/from the data object), geographic location (e.g., GPS coordinates), frequency of change (e.g., a period in which the data object is modified), business unit (e.g.,
  • some of the applications 110 and/or other components of the information management system 100 maintain indices of metadata for data objects, e.g., metadata associated with individual email messages. Thus, each data object may be associated with corresponding metadata.
  • metadata e.g., metadata associated with individual email messages.
  • each data object may be associated with corresponding metadata.
  • Each of the client computing devices 102 are generally associated with and/or in communication with one or more of the primary storage devices 104 storing corresponding primary data 112 .
  • a client computing device 102 may be considered to be “associated with” or “in communication with” a primary storage device 104 if it is capable of one or more of: routing and/or storing data (e.g., primary data 112 ) to the particular primary storage device 104 , coordinating the routing and/or storing of data to the particular primary storage device 104 , retrieving data from the particular primary storage device 104 , coordinating the retrieval of data from the particular primary storage device 104 , and modifying and/or deleting data retrieved from the particular primary storage device 104 .
  • data e.g., primary data 112
  • the primary storage devices 104 can include any of the different types of storage devices described above, or some other kind of suitable storage device.
  • the primary storage devices 104 may have relatively fast I/O times and/or are relatively expensive in comparison to the secondary storage devices 108 .
  • the information management system 100 may generally regularly access data and metadata stored on primary storage devices 104 , whereas data and metadata stored on the secondary storage devices 108 is accessed relatively less frequently.
  • Primary storage device 104 may be dedicated or shared. In some cases, each primary storage device 104 is dedicated to an associated client computing device 102 . For instance, a primary storage device 104 in one embodiment is a local disk drive of a corresponding client computing device 102 . In other cases, one or more primary storage devices 104 can be shared by multiple client computing devices 102 , e.g., via a network such as in a cloud storage implementation. As one example, a primary storage device 104 can be a disk array shared by a group of client computing devices 102 , such as one of the following types of disk arrays: EMC Clariion, EMC Symmetrix, EMC Celerra, Dell EqualLogic, IBM XIV, NetApp FAS, HP EVA, and HP 3PAR.
  • EMC Clariion EMC Symmetrix
  • EMC Celerra Dell EqualLogic
  • IBM XIV NetApp FAS
  • HP EVA HP 3PAR.
  • the information management system 100 may also include hosted services (not shown), which may be hosted in some cases by an entity other than the organization that employs the other components of the information management system 100 .
  • the hosted services may be provided by various online service providers to the organization.
  • Such service providers can provide services including social networking services, hosted email services, or hosted productivity applications or other hosted applications).
  • Hosted services may include software-as-a-service (SaaS), platform-as-a-service (PaaS), application service providers (ASPs), cloud services, or other mechanisms for delivering functionality via a network.
  • SaaS software-as-a-service
  • PaaS platform-as-a-service
  • ASPs application service providers
  • cloud services or other mechanisms for delivering functionality via a network.
  • each hosted service may generate additional data and metadata under management of the information management system 100 , e.g., as primary data 112 .
  • the hosted services may be accessed using one of the applications 110 .
  • a hosted mail service may be accessed via browser running on a client computing device 102 .
  • the hosted services may be implemented in a variety of computing environments. In some cases, they are implemented in an environment having a similar arrangement to the information management system 100 , where various physical and logical components are distributed over a network.
  • the primary data 112 stored on the primary storage devices 104 may be compromised in some cases, such as when an employee deliberately or accidentally deletes or overwrites primary data 112 during their normal course of work. Or the primary storage devices 104 can be damaged, lost, or otherwise corrupted. For recovery and/or regulatory compliance purposes, it is therefore useful to generate copies of the primary data 112 .
  • the information management system 100 includes one or more secondary storage computing devices 106 and one or more secondary storage devices 108 configured to create and store one or more secondary copies 116 of the primary data 112 and associated metadata.
  • the secondary storage computing devices 106 and the secondary storage devices 108 may sometimes be referred to as a secondary storage subsystem 118 .
  • Creation of secondary copies 116 can help in search and analysis efforts and meet other information management goals, such as: restoring data and/or metadata if an original version (e.g., of primary data 112 ) is lost (e.g., by deletion, corruption, or disaster); allowing point-in-time recovery; complying with regulatory data retention and electronic discovery (e-discovery) requirements; reducing utilized storage capacity; facilitating organization and search of data; improving user access to data files across multiple computing devices and/or hosted services; and implementing data retention policies.
  • an original version e.g., of primary data 112
  • e-discovery electronic discovery
  • the client computing devices 102 access or receive primary data 112 and communicate the data, e.g., over one or more communication pathways 114 , for storage in the secondary storage device(s) 108 .
  • a secondary copy 116 can comprise a separate stored copy of application data that is derived from one or more earlier-created, stored copies (e.g., derived from primary data 112 or another secondary copy 116 ). Secondary copies 116 can include point-in-time data, and may be intended for relatively long-term retention (e.g., weeks, months or years), before some or all of the data is moved to other storage or is discarded.
  • a secondary copy 116 is a copy of application data created and stored subsequent to at least one other stored instance (e.g., subsequent to corresponding primary data 112 or to another secondary copy 116 ), in a different storage device than at least one previous stored copy, and/or remotely from at least one previous stored copy.
  • secondary copies can be stored in the same storage device as primary data 112 and/or other previously stored copies.
  • a disk array capable of performing hardware snapshots stores primary data 112 and creates and stores hardware snapshots of the primary data 112 as secondary copies 116 .
  • Secondary copies 116 may be stored in relatively slow and/or low cost storage (e.g., magnetic tape).
  • a secondary copy 116 may be stored in a backup or archive format, or in some other format different than the native source application format or other primary data format.
  • secondary copies 116 are indexed so users can browse and restore at another point in time.
  • a pointer or other location indicia e.g., a stub
  • the information management system 100 may create and manage multiple secondary copies 116 of a particular data object or metadata, each representing the state of the data object in primary data 112 at a particular point in time. Moreover, since an instance of a data object in primary data 112 may eventually be deleted from the primary storage device 104 and the file system, the information management system 100 may continue to manage point-in-time representations of that data object, even though the instance in primary data 112 no longer exists.
  • the operating system and other applications 110 of the client computing device(s) 102 may execute within or under the management of virtualization software (e.g., a VMM), and the primary storage device(s) 104 may comprise a virtual disk created on a physical storage device.
  • the information management system 100 may create secondary copies 116 of the files or other data objects in a virtual disk file and/or secondary copies 116 of the entire virtual disk file itself (e.g., of an entire .vmdk file).
  • Secondary copies 116 may be distinguished from corresponding primary data 112 in a variety of ways, some of which will now be described. First, as discussed, secondary copies 116 can be stored in a different format (e.g., backup, archive, or other non-native format) than primary data 112 . For this or other reasons, secondary copies 116 may not be directly useable by the applications 110 of the client computing device 102 , e.g., via standard system calls or otherwise without modification, processing, or other intervention by the information management system 100 .
  • a different format e.g., backup, archive, or other non-native format
  • Secondary copies 116 are also in some embodiments stored on a secondary storage device 108 that is inaccessible to the applications 110 running on the client computing devices 102 (and/or hosted services). Some secondary copies 116 may be “offline copies,” in that they are not readily available (e.g., not mounted to tape or disk). Offline copies can include copies of data that the information management system 100 can access without human intervention (e.g., tapes within an automated tape library, but not yet mounted in a drive), and copies that the information management system 100 can access only with at least some human intervention (e.g., tapes located at an offsite storage site).
  • Secondary copies can be a challenging task. For instance, there can be hundreds or thousands of client computing devices 102 continually generating large volumes of primary data 112 to be protected. Also, there can be significant overhead involved in the creation of secondary copies 116 . Moreover, secondary storage devices 108 may be special purpose components, and interacting with them can require specialized intelligence.
  • the client computing devices 102 interact directly with the secondary storage device 108 to create the secondary copies 116 .
  • this approach can negatively impact the ability of the client computing devices 102 to serve the applications 110 and produce primary data 112 .
  • the client computing devices 102 may not be optimized for interaction with the secondary storage devices 108 .
  • the information management system 100 includes one or more software and/or hardware components which generally act as intermediaries between the client computing devices 102 and the secondary storage devices 108 .
  • these intermediate components can provide other benefits. For instance, as discussed further below with respect to FIG. 1D , distributing some of the work involved in creating secondary copies 116 can enhance scalability.
  • the intermediate components can include one or more secondary storage computing devices 106 as shown in FIG. 1A and/or one or more media agents, which can be software modules operating on corresponding secondary storage computing devices 106 (or other appropriate computing devices). Media agents are discussed below (e.g., with respect to FIGS. 1C-1E ).
  • the secondary storage computing device(s) 106 can comprise any of the computing devices described above, without limitation. In some cases, the secondary storage computing device(s) 106 include specialized hardware and/or software componentry for interacting with the secondary storage devices 108 .
  • the client computing device 102 in some embodiments communicates the primary data 112 to be copied (or a processed version thereof) to the designated secondary storage computing device 106 , via the communication pathway 114 .
  • the secondary storage computing device 106 in turn conveys the received data (or a processed version thereof) to the secondary storage device 108 .
  • the communication pathway 114 between the client computing device 102 and the secondary storage computing device 106 comprises a portion of a LAN, WAN or SAN.
  • at least some client computing devices 102 communicate directly with the secondary storage devices 108 (e.g., via Fibre Channel or SCSI connections).
  • one or more secondary copies 116 are created from existing secondary copies, such as in the case of an auxiliary copy operation, described in greater detail below.
  • FIG. 1B is a detailed view showing some specific examples of primary data stored on the primary storage device(s) 104 and secondary copy data stored on the secondary storage device(s) 108 , with other components in the system removed for the purposes of illustration.
  • Stored on the primary storage device(s) 104 are primary data objects including word processing documents 119 A-B, spreadsheets 120 , presentation documents 122 , video files 124 , image files 126 , email mailboxes 128 (and corresponding email messages 129 A-C), html/xml or other types of markup language files 130 , databases 132 and corresponding tables or other data structures 133 A- 133 C).
  • Some or all primary data objects are associated with corresponding metadata (e.g., “Meta1-11”), which may include file system metadata and/or application specific metadata.
  • metadata e.g., “Meta1-11”
  • Stored on the secondary storage device(s) 108 are secondary copy data objects 134 A-C which may include copies of or otherwise represent corresponding primary data objects and metadata.
  • the secondary copy data objects 134 A-C can individually represent more than one primary data object.
  • secondary copy data object 134 A represents three separate primary data objects 133 C, 122 , and 129 C (represented as 133 C′, 122 ′, and 129 C′, respectively, and accompanied by the corresponding metadata Meta11, Meta3, and Meta8, respectively).
  • a secondary copy object may store a representation of a primary data object and/or metadata differently than the original format, e.g., in a compressed, encrypted, deduplicated, or other modified format.
  • secondary data object 1346 represents primary data objects 120 , 1336 , and 119 A as 120 ′, 1336 ′, and 119 A′, respectively and accompanied by corresponding metadata Meta2, Meta10, and Meta1, respectively.
  • secondary data object 134 C represents primary data objects 133 A, 1196 , and 129 A as 133 A′, 1196 ′, and 129 A′, respectively, accompanied by corresponding metadata Meta9, Meta5, and Meta6, respectively.
  • the information management system 100 can incorporate a variety of different hardware and software components, which can in turn be organized with respect to one another in many different configurations, depending on the embodiment. There are critical design choices involved in specifying the functional responsibilities of the components and the role of each component in the information management system 100 . For instance, as will be discussed, such design choices can impact performance as well as the adaptability of the information management system 100 to data growth or other changing circumstances.
  • FIG. 1C shows an information management system 100 designed according to these considerations and which includes: storage manager 140 , a centralized storage and/or information manager that is configured to perform certain control functions, one or more data agents 142 executing on the client computing device(s) 102 configured to process primary data 112 , and one or more media agents 144 executing on the one or more secondary storage computing devices 106 for performing tasks involving the secondary storage devices 108 . While distributing functionality amongst multiple computing devices can have certain advantages, in other contexts it can be beneficial to consolidate functionality on the same computing device. As such, in various other embodiments, one or more of the components shown in FIG. 1C as being implemented on separate computing devices are implemented on the same computing device.
  • a storage manager 140 , one or more data agents 142 , and one or more media agents 144 are all implemented on the same computing device. In another embodiment, one or more data agents 142 and one or more media agents 144 are implemented on the same computing device, while the storage manager 140 is implemented on a separate computing device, etc. without limitation.
  • responsibility for controlling the information management system 100 is allocated to the storage manager 140 .
  • responsibility for controlling the information management system 100 is allocated to the storage manager 140 .
  • the storage manager 140 can be adapted independently according to changing circumstances.
  • a computing device for hosting the storage manager 140 can be selected to best suit the functions of the storage manager 140 .
  • the storage manager 140 may be a software module or other application, which, in some embodiments operates in conjunction with one or more associated data structures, e.g., a dedicated database (e.g., management database 146 ).
  • storage manager 140 is a computing device comprising circuitry for executing computer instructions and performs the functions described herein.
  • the storage manager generally initiates, performs, coordinates and/or controls storage and other information management operations performed by the information management system 100 , e.g., to protect and control the primary data 112 and secondary copies 116 of data and metadata.
  • storage manager 100 may be said to manage information management system 100 , which includes managing the constituent components, e.g., data agents and media agents, etc.
  • the storage manager 140 may communicate with and/or control some or all elements of the information management system 100 , such as the data agents 142 and media agents 144 .
  • control information originates from the storage manager 140 and status reporting is transmitted to storage manager 140 by the various managed components, whereas payload data and payload metadata is generally communicated between the data agents 142 and the media agents 144 (or otherwise between the client computing device(s) 102 and the secondary storage computing device(s) 106 ), e.g., at the direction of and under the management of the storage manager 140 .
  • Control information can generally include parameters and instructions for carrying out information management operations, such as, without limitation, instructions to perform a task associated with an operation, timing information specifying when to initiate a task associated with an operation, data path information specifying what components to communicate with or access in carrying out an operation, and the like.
  • Payload data can include the actual data involved in the storage operation, such as content data written to a secondary storage device 108 in a secondary copy operation.
  • Payload metadata can include any of the types of metadata described herein, and may be written to a storage device along with the payload content data (e.g., in the form of a header).
  • some information management operations are controlled by other components in the information management system 100 (e.g., the media agent(s) 144 or data agent(s) 142 ), instead of or in combination with the storage manager 140 .
  • the storage manager 140 provides one or more of the following functions:
  • the storage manager 140 may maintain a database 146 (or “storage manager database 146 ” or “management database 146 ”) of management-related data and information management policies 148 .
  • the database 146 may include a management index 150 (or “index 150 ”) or other data structure that stores logical associations between components of the system, user preferences and/or profiles (e.g., preferences regarding encryption, compression, or deduplication of primary or secondary copy data, preferences regarding the scheduling, type, or other aspects of primary or secondary copy or other operations, mappings of particular information management users or user accounts to certain computing devices or other components, etc.), management tasks, media containerization, or other useful data.
  • the storage manager 140 may use the index 150 to track logical associations between media agents 144 and secondary storage devices 108 and/or movement of data from primary storage devices 104 to secondary storage devices 108 .
  • the index 150 may store data associating a client computing device 102 with a particular media agent 144 and/or secondary storage device 108 , as specified in an information management policy 148 (e.g., a storage policy, which is defined in more detail below).
  • an information management policy 148 can include a data structure or other information source that specifies a set of parameters (e.g., criteria and rules) associated with storage or other information management operations.
  • the storage manager database 146 may maintain the information management policies 148 and associated data, although the information management policies 148 can be stored in any appropriate location.
  • an information management policy 148 such as a storage policy may be stored as metadata in a media agent database 152 or in a secondary storage device 108 (e.g., as an archive copy) for use in restore operations or other information management operations, depending on the embodiment.
  • Information management policies 148 are described further below.
  • the storage manager database 146 comprises a relational database (e.g., an SQL database) for tracking metadata, such as metadata associated with secondary copy operations (e.g., what client computing devices 102 and corresponding data were protected).
  • This and other metadata may additionally be stored in other locations, such as at the secondary storage computing devices 106 or on the secondary storage devices 108 , allowing data recovery without the use of the storage manager 140 in some cases.
  • the storage manager 140 may include a jobs agent 156 , a user interface 158 , and a management agent 154 , all of which may be implemented as interconnected software modules or application programs.
  • the jobs agent 156 in some embodiments initiates, controls, and/or monitors the status of some or all storage or other information management operations previously performed, currently being performed, or scheduled to be performed by the information management system 100 .
  • the jobs agent 156 may access information management policies 148 to determine when and how to initiate and control secondary copy and other information management operations, as will be discussed further.
  • the user interface 158 may include information processing and display software, such as a graphical user interface (“GUI”), an application program interface (“API”), or other interactive interface(s) through which users and system processes can retrieve information about the status of information management operations (e.g., storage operations) or issue instructions to the information management system 100 and its constituent components. Via the user interface 158 , users may optionally issue instructions to the components in the information management system 100 regarding performance of storage and recovery operations. For example, a user may modify a schedule concerning the number of pending secondary copy operations. As another example, a user may employ the GUI to view the status of pending storage operations or to monitor the status of certain components in the information management system 100 (e.g., the amount of capacity left in a storage device).
  • GUI graphical user interface
  • API application program interface
  • An “information management cell” may generally include a logical and/or physical grouping of a combination of hardware and software components associated with performing information management operations on electronic data, typically one storage manager 140 and at least one client computing device 102 (comprising data agent(s) 142 ) and at least one media agent 144 .
  • the components shown in FIG. 1C may together form an information management cell.
  • Multiple cells may be organized hierarchically. With this configuration, cells may inherit properties from hierarchically superior cells or be controlled by other cells in the hierarchy (automatically or otherwise). Alternatively, in some embodiments, cells may inherit or otherwise be associated with information management policies, preferences, information management metrics, or other properties or characteristics according to their relative position in a hierarchy of cells.
  • Cells may also be delineated and/or organized hierarchically according to function, geography, architectural considerations, or other factors useful or desirable in performing information management operations.
  • a first cell may represent a geographic segment of an enterprise, such as a Chicago office, and a second cell may represent a different geographic segment, such as a New York office. Other cells may represent departments within a particular office.
  • a first cell may perform one or more first types of information management operations (e.g., one or more first types of secondary or other copies), and a second cell may perform one or more second types of information management operations (e.g., one or more second types of secondary or other copies).
  • the storage manager 140 may also track information that permits it to select, designate, or otherwise identify content indices, deduplication databases, or similar databases or resources or data sets within its information management cell (or another cell) to be searched in response to certain queries. Such queries may be entered by the user via interaction with the user interface 158 .
  • the management agent 154 allows multiple information management cells to communicate with one another.
  • the information management system 100 in some cases may be one information management cell of a network of multiple cells adjacent to one another or otherwise logically related in a WAN or LAN. With this arrangement, the cells may be connected to one another through respective management agents 154 .
  • the management agent 154 can provide the storage manager 140 with the ability to communicate with other components within the information management system 100 (and/or other cells within a larger information management system) via network protocols and application programming interfaces (“APIs”) including, e.g., HTTP, HTTPS, FTP, REST, virtualization software APIs, cloud service provider APIs, and hosted service provider APIs.
  • APIs application programming interfaces
  • Inter-cell communication and hierarchy is described in greater detail in e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 7,747,579 and 7,343,453, which are incorporated by reference herein.
  • a variety of different types of applications 110 can operate on a given client computing device 102 , including operating systems, database applications, e-mail applications, and virtual machines, just to name a few. And, as part of the process of creating and restoring secondary copies 116 , the client computing devices 102 may be tasked with processing and preparing the primary data 112 from these various different applications 110 . Moreover, the nature of the processing/preparation can differ across clients and application types, e.g., due to inherent structural and formatting differences among applications 110 .
  • the one or more data agent(s) 142 are therefore advantageously configured in some embodiments to assist in the performance of information management operations based on the type of data that is being protected, at a client-specific and/or application-specific level.
  • the data agent 142 may be a software module or component that is generally responsible for managing, initiating, or otherwise assisting in the performance of information management operations in information management system 100 , generally as directed by storage manager 140 .
  • the data agent 142 may take part in performing data storage operations such as the copying, archiving, migrating, and/or replicating of primary data 112 stored in the primary storage device(s) 104 .
  • the data agent 142 may receive control information from the storage manager 140 , such as commands to transfer copies of data objects, metadata, and other payload data to the media agents 144 .
  • a data agent 142 may be distributed between the client computing device 102 and storage manager 140 (and any other intermediate components) or may be deployed from a remote location or its functions approximated by a remote process that performs some or all of the functions of data agent 142 .
  • a data agent 142 may perform some functions provided by a media agent 144 , or may perform other functions such as encryption and deduplication.
  • each data agent 142 may be specialized for a particular application 110 , and the system can employ multiple application-specific data agents 142 , each of which may perform information management operations (e.g., perform backup, migration, and data recovery) associated with a different application 110 .
  • information management operations e.g., perform backup, migration, and data recovery
  • different individual data agents 142 may be designed to handle Microsoft Exchange data, Lotus Notes data, Microsoft Windows file system data, Microsoft Active Directory Objects data, SQL Server data, SharePoint data, Oracle database data, SAP database data, virtual machines and/or associated data, and other types of data.
  • a file system data agent may handle data files and/or other file system information.
  • a specialized data agent 142 may be used for each data type to copy, archive, migrate, and restore the client computing device 102 data.
  • the client computing device 102 may use a Microsoft Exchange Mailbox data agent 142 to back up the Exchange mailboxes, a Microsoft Exchange Database data agent 142 to back up the Exchange databases, a Microsoft Exchange Public Folder data agent 142 to back up the Exchange Public Folders, and a Microsoft Windows File System data agent 142 to back up the file system of the client computing device 102 .
  • these specialized data agents 142 may be treated as four separate data agents 142 even though they operate on the same client computing device 102 .
  • FIG. 1 may depict one or more generic data agents 142 that can handle and process data from two or more different applications 110 , or that can handle and process multiple data types, instead of or in addition to using specialized data agents 142 .
  • one generic data agent 142 may be used to back up, migrate and restore Microsoft Exchange Mailbox data and Microsoft Exchange Database data while another generic data agent may handle Microsoft Exchange Public Folder data and Microsoft Windows File System data.
  • Each data agent 142 may be configured to access data and/or metadata stored in the primary storage device(s) 104 associated with the data agent 142 and process the data as appropriate. For example, during a secondary copy operation, the data agent 142 may arrange or assemble the data and metadata into one or more files having a certain format (e.g., a particular backup or archive format) before transferring the file(s) to a media agent 144 or other component. The file(s) may include a list of files or other metadata. Each data agent 142 can also assist in restoring data or metadata to primary storage devices 104 from a secondary copy 116 . For instance, the data agent 142 may operate in conjunction with the storage manager 140 and one or more of the media agents 144 to restore data from secondary storage device(s) 108 .
  • a certain format e.g., a particular backup or archive format
  • off-loading certain responsibilities from the client computing devices 102 to intermediate components such as the media agent(s) 144 can provide a number of benefits including improved client computing device 102 operation, faster secondary copy operation performance, and enhanced scalability.
  • the media agent 144 can act as a local cache of copied data and/or metadata that it has stored to the secondary storage device(s) 108 , providing improved restore capabilities.
  • a media agent 144 may be implemented as a software module that manages, coordinates, and facilitates the transmission of data, as directed by the storage manager 140 , between a client computing device 102 and one or more secondary storage devices 108 .
  • the media agent 144 generally provides a portal to secondary storage devices 108 .
  • other components in the system interact with the media agents 144 to gain access to data stored on the secondary storage devices 108 , whether it be for the purposes of reading, writing, modifying, or deleting data.
  • media agents 144 can generate and store information relating to characteristics of the stored data and/or metadata, or can generate and store other types of information that generally provides insight into the contents of the secondary storage devices 108 .
  • Media agents 144 can comprise separate nodes in the information management system 100 (e.g., nodes that are separate from the client computing devices 102 , storage manager 140 , and/or secondary storage devices 108 ).
  • a node within the information management system 100 can be a logically and/or physically separate component, and in some cases is a component that is individually addressable or otherwise identifiable.
  • each media agent 144 may operate on a dedicated secondary storage computing device 106 in some cases, while in other embodiments a plurality of media agents 144 operate on the same secondary storage computing device 106 .
  • a media agent 144 (and corresponding media agent database 152 ) may be considered to be “associated with” a particular secondary storage device 108 if that media agent 144 is capable of one or more of: routing and/or storing data to the particular secondary storage device 108 , coordinating the routing and/or storing of data to the particular secondary storage device 108 , retrieving data from the particular secondary storage device 108 , coordinating the retrieval of data from a particular secondary storage device 108 , and modifying and/or deleting data retrieved from the particular secondary storage device 108 .
  • media agent(s) 144 are generally associated with one or more secondary storage devices 108
  • one or more media agents 144 in certain embodiments are physically separate from the secondary storage devices 108 .
  • the media agents 144 may operate on secondary storage computing devices 106 having different housings or packages than the secondary storage devices 108 .
  • a media agent 144 operates on a first server computer and is in communication with a secondary storage device(s) 108 operating in a separate, rack-mounted RAID-based system.
  • a first media agent 144 may provide failover functionality for a second, failed media agent 144 .
  • media agents 144 can be dynamically selected for storage operations to provide load balancing. Failover and load balancing are described in greater detail below.
  • a media agent 144 associated with a particular secondary storage device 108 may instruct the secondary storage device 108 to perform an information management operation.
  • a media agent 144 may instruct a tape library to use a robotic arm or other retrieval means to load or eject a certain storage media, and to subsequently archive, migrate, or retrieve data to or from that media, e.g., for the purpose of restoring the data to a client computing device 102 .
  • a secondary storage device 108 may include an array of hard disk drives or solid state drives organized in a RAID configuration, and the media agent 144 may forward a logical unit number (LUN) and other appropriate information to the array, which uses the received information to execute the desired storage operation.
  • the media agent 144 may communicate with a secondary storage device 108 via a suitable communications link, such as a SCSI or Fiber Channel link.
  • each media agent 144 may maintain an associated media agent database 152 .
  • the media agent database 152 may be stored in a disk or other storage device (not shown) that is local to the secondary storage computing device 106 on which the media agent 144 operates. In other cases, the media agent database 152 is stored remotely from the secondary storage computing device 106 .
  • the media agent database 152 can include, among other things, an index 153 (see, e.g., FIG. 1C ), which comprises information generated during secondary copy operations and other storage or information management operations.
  • the index 153 provides a media agent 144 or other component with a fast and efficient mechanism for locating secondary copies 116 or other data stored in the secondary storage devices 108 .
  • the index 153 does not form a part of and is instead separate from the media agent database 152 .
  • a media agent index 153 or other data structure associated with the particular media agent 144 may include information about the stored data.
  • the index 153 may include metadata such as a list of the data objects (e.g., files/subdirectories, database objects, mailbox objects, etc.), a path to the secondary copy 116 on the corresponding secondary storage device 108 , location information indicating where the data objects are stored in the secondary storage device 108 , when the data objects were created or modified, etc.
  • the index 153 includes metadata associated with the secondary copies 116 that is readily available for use without having to be first retrieved from the secondary storage device 108 .
  • some or all of the information in index 153 may instead or additionally be stored along with the secondary copies of data in a secondary storage device 108 .
  • the secondary storage devices 108 can include sufficient information to perform a “bare metal restore”, where the operating system of a failed client computing device 102 or other restore target is automatically rebuilt as part of a restore operation.
  • the index 153 maintained in the media agent database 152 may operate as a cache, it can also be referred to as “an index cache.”
  • information stored in the index cache 153 typically comprises data that reflects certain particulars about storage operations that have occurred relatively recently. After some triggering event, such as after a certain period of time elapses, or the index cache 153 reaches a particular size, the index cache 153 may be copied or migrated to a secondary storage device(s) 108 . This information may need to be retrieved and uploaded back into the index cache 153 or otherwise restored to a media agent 144 to facilitate retrieval of data from the secondary storage device(s) 108 .
  • the cached information may include format or containerization information related to archives or other files stored on the storage device(s) 108 . In this manner, the index cache 153 allows for accelerated restores.
  • the media agent 144 generally acts as a coordinator or facilitator of storage operations between client computing devices 102 and corresponding secondary storage devices 108 , but does not actually write the data to the secondary storage device 108 .
  • the storage manager 140 (or the media agent 144 ) may instruct a client computing device 102 and secondary storage device 108 to communicate with one another directly.
  • the client computing device 102 transmits the data directly or via one or more intermediary components to the secondary storage device 108 according to the received instructions, and vice versa.
  • the media agent 144 may still receive, process, and/or maintain metadata related to the storage operations.
  • the payload data can flow through the media agent 144 for the purposes of populating the index cache 153 maintained in the media agent database 152 , but not for writing to the secondary storage device 108 .
  • the media agent 144 and/or other components such as the storage manager 140 may in some cases incorporate additional functionality, such as data classification, content indexing, deduplication, encryption, compression, and the like. Further details regarding these and other functions are described below.
  • certain functions of the information management system 100 can be distributed amongst various physical and/or logical components in the system.
  • one or more of the storage manager 140 , data agents 142 , and media agents 144 may operate on computing devices that are physically separate from one another. This architecture can provide a number of benefits.
  • the secondary computing devices 106 on which the media agents 144 operate can be tailored for interaction with associated secondary storage devices 108 and provide fast index cache operation, among other specific tasks.
  • the client computing device(s) 102 can be selected to effectively service the applications 110 thereon, in order to efficiently produce and store primary data 112 .
  • one or more of the individual components in the information management system 100 can be distributed to multiple, separate computing devices.
  • the database 146 may be migrated to or otherwise reside on a specialized database server (e.g., an SQL server) separate from a server that implements the other functions of the storage manager 140 .
  • This distributed configuration can provide added protection because the database 146 can be protected with standard database utilities (e.g., SQL log shipping or database replication) independent from other functions of the storage manager 140 .
  • the database 146 can be efficiently replicated to a remote site for use in the event of a disaster or other data loss at the primary site. Or the database 146 can be replicated to another computing device within the same site, such as to a higher performance machine in the event that a storage manager host device can no longer service the needs of a growing information management system 100 .
  • FIG. 1D shows an embodiment of the information management system 100 including a plurality of client computing devices 102 and associated data agents 142 as well as a plurality of secondary storage computing devices 106 and associated media agents 144 .
  • Additional components can be added or subtracted based on the evolving needs of the information management system 100 . For instance, depending on where bottlenecks are identified, administrators can add additional client computing devices 102 , secondary storage computing devices 106 (and corresponding media agents 144 ), and/or secondary storage devices 108 . Moreover, where multiple fungible components are available, load balancing can be implemented to dynamically address identified bottlenecks. As an example, the storage manager 140 may dynamically select which media agents 144 and/or secondary storage devices 108 to use for storage operations based on a processing load analysis of the media agents 144 and/or secondary storage devices 108 , respectively.
  • each client computing device 102 in some embodiments can communicate with, among other components, any of the media agents 144 , e.g., as directed by the storage manager 140 .
  • each media agent 144 may be able to communicate with, among other components, any of the secondary storage devices 108 , e.g., as directed by the storage manager 140 .
  • operations can be routed to the secondary storage devices 108 in a dynamic and highly flexible manner, to provide load balancing, failover, and the like.
  • Further examples of scalable systems capable of dynamic storage operations, and of systems capable of performing load balancing and fail over are provided in U.S. Pat. No. 7,246,207, which is incorporated by reference herein.
  • certain components are not distributed and may instead reside and execute on the same computing device.
  • one or more data agents 142 and the storage manager 140 operate on the same client computing device 102 .
  • one or more data agents 142 and one or more media agents 144 operate on a single computing device.
  • the information management system 100 can be configured to perform a variety of information management operations. As will be described, these operations can generally include secondary copy and other data movement operations, processing and data manipulation operations, analysis, reporting, and management operations.
  • the operations described herein may be performed on any type of computing device, e.g., between two computers connected via a LAN, to a mobile client telecommunications device connected to a server via a WLAN, to any manner of client computing device coupled to a cloud storage target, etc., without limitation.
  • Data movement operations are generally operations that involve the copying or migration of data (e.g., payload data) between different locations in the information management system 100 in an original/native and/or one or more different formats.
  • data movement operations can include operations in which stored data is copied, migrated, or otherwise transferred from one or more first storage devices to one or more second storage devices, such as from primary storage device(s) 104 to secondary storage device(s) 108 , from secondary storage device(s) 108 to different secondary storage device(s) 108 , from secondary storage devices 108 to primary storage devices 104 , or from primary storage device(s) 104 to different primary storage device(s) 104 .
  • Data movement operations can include by way of example, backup operations, archive operations, information lifecycle management operations such as hierarchical storage management operations, replication operations (e.g., continuous data replication operations), snapshot operations, deduplication or single-instancing operations, auxiliary copy operations, and the like.
  • replication operations e.g., continuous data replication operations
  • snapshot operations e.g., snapshot operations
  • deduplication or single-instancing operations e.g., auxiliary copy operations
  • auxiliary copy operations e.g., auxiliary copy operations
  • a backup operation creates a copy of a version of data (e.g., one or more files or other data units) in primary data 112 at a particular point in time. Each subsequent backup copy may be maintained independently of the first. Further, a backup copy in some embodiments is generally stored in a form that is different than the native format, e.g., a backup format. This can be in contrast to the version in primary data 112 from which the backup copy is derived, and which may instead be stored in a native format of the source application(s) 110 . In various cases, backup copies can be stored in a format in which the data is compressed, encrypted, deduplicated, and/or otherwise modified from the original application format. For example, a backup copy may be stored in a backup format that facilitates compression and/or efficient long-term storage.
  • Backup copies can have relatively long retention periods as compared to primary data 112 , and may be stored on media with slower retrieval times than primary data 112 and certain other types of secondary copies 116 .
  • backups may have relatively shorter retention periods than some other types of secondary copies 116 , such as archive copies (described below). Backups may sometimes be stored at an offsite location.
  • Backup operations can include full backups, differential backups, incremental backups, “synthetic full” backups, and/or creating a “reference copy.”
  • a full backup (or “standard full backup”) in some embodiments is generally a complete image of the data to be protected. However, because full backup copies can consume a relatively large amount of storage, it can be useful to use a full backup copy as a baseline and only store changes relative to the full backup copy for subsequent backup copies.
  • a differential backup operation (or cumulative incremental backup operation) tracks and stores changes that have occurred since the last full backup.
  • Differential backups can grow quickly in size, but can provide relatively efficient restore times because a restore can be completed in some cases using only the full backup copy and the latest differential copy.
  • An incremental backup operation generally tracks and stores changes since the most recent backup copy of any type, which can greatly reduce storage utilization. In some cases, however, restore times can be relatively long in comparison to full or differential backups because completing a restore operation may involve accessing a full backup in addition to multiple incremental backups.
  • Synthetic full backups generally consolidate data without directly backing up data from the client computing device.
  • a synthetic full backup is created from the most recent full backup (i.e., standard or synthetic) and subsequent incremental and/or differential backups. The resulting synthetic full backup is identical to what would have been created had the last backup for the subclient been a standard full backup.
  • a synthetic full backup does not actually transfer data from a client computer to the backup media, because it operates as a backup consolidator.
  • a synthetic full backup extracts the index data of each participating subclient. Using this index data and the previously backed up user data images, it builds new full backup images, one for each subclient. The new backup images consolidate the index and user data stored in the related incremental, differential, and previous full backups, in some embodiments creating an archive file at the subclient level.
  • volume level backup operations generally involve the copying of a data volume (e.g., a logical disk or partition) as a whole.
  • the information management system 100 may generally track changes to individual files, and includes copies of files in the backup copy.
  • files are broken into constituent blocks, and changes are tracked at the block-level.
  • the information management system 100 reassembles the blocks into files in a transparent fashion.
  • a block-level copy may involve the transfer of less data than a file-level copy, resulting in faster execution times.
  • restoring a relatively higher-granularity copy can result in longer restore times.
  • the process of locating constituent blocks can sometimes result in longer restore times as compared to file-level backups.
  • the other types of secondary copy operations described herein can also be implemented at either the volume-level, file-level, or block-level.
  • a reference copy may comprise copy(ies) of selected objects from backed up data, typically to help organize data by keeping contextual information from multiple sources together, and/or help retain specific data for a longer period of time, such as for legal hold needs.
  • a reference copy generally maintains data integrity, and when the data is restored, it may be viewed in the same format as the source data.
  • a reference copy is based on a specialized client, individual subclient and associated information management policies (e.g., storage policy, retention policy, etc.) that are administered within information management system 100 .
  • backup operations generally involve maintaining a version of the copied data in primary data 112 and also maintaining backup copies in secondary storage device(s) 108 , they can consume significant storage capacity.
  • an archive operation creates a secondary copy 116 by both copying and removing source data. Or, seen another way, archive operations can involve moving some or all of the source data to the archive destination. Thus, data satisfying criteria for removal (e.g., data of a threshold age or size) may be removed from source storage.
  • the source data may be primary data 112 or a secondary copy 116 , depending on the situation.
  • archive copies can be stored in a format in which the data is compressed, encrypted, deduplicated, and/or otherwise modified from the format of the original application or source copy.
  • archive copies may be retained for relatively long periods of time (e.g., years) and, in some cases, are never deleted. Archive copies are generally retained for longer periods of time than backup copies, for example. In certain embodiments, archive copies may be made and kept for extended periods in order to meet compliance regulations.
  • archiving can serve the purpose of freeing up space in the primary storage device(s) 104 and easing the demand on computational resources on client computing device 102 .
  • secondary copy 116 when a secondary copy 116 is archived, the secondary copy 116 may be deleted, and an archive copy can therefore serve the purpose of freeing up space in secondary storage device(s) 108 .
  • source copies often remain intact when creating backup copies. Examples of compatible data archiving operations are provided in U.S. Pat. No. 7,107,298, which is incorporated by reference herein.
  • Snapshot operations can provide a relatively lightweight, efficient mechanism for protecting data.
  • a snapshot may be thought of as an “instant” image of the primary data 112 at a given point in time, and may include state and/or status information relative to an application that creates/manages the primary data 112 .
  • a snapshot may generally capture the directory structure of an object in primary data 112 such as a file or volume or other data set at a particular moment in time and may also preserve file attributes and contents.
  • a snapshot in some cases is created relatively quickly, e.g., substantially instantly, using a minimum amount of file space, but may still function as a conventional file system backup.
  • a “hardware snapshot” (or “hardware-based snapshot”) operation can be a snapshot operation where a target storage device (e.g., a primary storage device 104 or a secondary storage device 108 ) performs the snapshot operation in a self-contained fashion, substantially independently, using hardware, firmware and/or software operating on the storage device itself.
  • the storage device may be capable of performing snapshot operations upon request, generally without intervention or oversight from any of the other components in the information management system 100 . In this manner, hardware snapshots can off-load other components of information management system 100 from processing involved in snapshot creation and management.
  • a “software snapshot” (or “software-based snapshot”) operation can be a snapshot operation in which one or more other components in information management system 100 (e.g., client computing devices 102 , data agents 142 , etc.) implement a software layer that manages the snapshot operation via interaction with the target storage device. For instance, the component executing the snapshot management software layer may derive a set of pointers and/or data that represents the snapshot. The snapshot management software layer may then transmit the same to the target storage device, along with appropriate instructions for writing the snapshot.
  • one or more other components in information management system 100 e.g., client computing devices 102 , data agents 142 , etc.
  • the component executing the snapshot management software layer may derive a set of pointers and/or data that represents the snapshot.
  • the snapshot management software layer may then transmit the same to the target storage device, along with appropriate instructions for writing the snapshot.
  • snapshots do not actually create another physical copy of all the data as it existed at the particular point in time, but may simply create pointers that are able to map files and directories to specific memory locations (e.g., to specific disk blocks) where the data resides, as it existed at the particular point in time.
  • a snapshot copy may include a set of pointers derived from the file system or from an application.
  • the snapshot may be created at the block-level, such that creation of the snapshot occurs without awareness of the file system.
  • Each pointer points to a respective stored data block, so that collectively, the set of pointers reflect the storage location and state of the data object (e.g., file(s) or volume(s) or data set(s)) at a particular point in time when the snapshot copy was created.
  • the data object e.g., file(s) or volume(s) or data set(s)
  • An initial snapshot may use only a small amount of disk space needed to record a mapping or other data structure representing or otherwise tracking the blocks that correspond to the current state of the file system. Additional disk space is usually required only when files and directories are modified later on. Furthermore, when files are modified, typically only the pointers which map to blocks are copied, not the blocks themselves.
  • “copy-on-write” snapshots when a block changes in primary storage, the block is copied to secondary storage or cached in primary storage before the block is overwritten in primary storage, and the pointer to that block is changed to reflect the new location of that block.
  • the snapshot mapping of file system data may also be updated to reflect the changed block(s) at that particular point in time.
  • a snapshot includes a full physical copy of all or substantially all of the data represented by the snapshot. Further examples of snapshot operations are provided in U.S. Pat. No. 7,529,782, which is incorporated by reference herein.
  • a snapshot copy in many cases can be made quickly and without significantly impacting primary computing resources because large amounts of data need not be copied or moved.
  • a snapshot may exist as a virtual file system, parallel to the actual file system. Users in some cases gain read-only access to the record of files and directories of the snapshot. By electing to restore primary data 112 from a snapshot taken at a given point in time, users may also return the current file system to the state of the file system that existed when the snapshot was taken.
  • Another type of secondary copy operation is a replication operation.
  • Some types of secondary copies 116 are used to periodically capture images of primary data 112 at particular points in time (e.g., backups, archives, and snapshots). However, it can also be useful for recovery purposes to protect primary data 112 in a more continuous fashion, by replicating the primary data 112 substantially as changes occur.
  • a replication copy can be a mirror copy, for instance, where changes made to primary data 112 are mirrored or substantially immediately copied to another location (e.g., to secondary storage device(s) 108 ).
  • By copying each write operation to the replication copy two storage systems are kept synchronized or substantially synchronized so that they are virtually identical at approximately the same time. Where entire disk volumes are mirrored, however, mirroring can require significant amount of storage space and utilizes a large amount of processing resources.
  • storage operations are performed on replicated data that represents a recoverable state, or “known good state” of a particular application running on the source system.
  • known good replication copies may be viewed as copies of primary data 112 . This feature allows the system to directly access, copy, restore, backup or otherwise manipulate the replication copies as if the data were the “live” primary data 112 . This can reduce access time, storage utilization, and impact on source applications 110 , among other benefits.
  • the information management system 100 can replicate sections of application data that represent a recoverable state rather than rote copying of blocks of data. Examples of compatible replication operations (e.g., continuous data replication) are provided in U.S. Pat. No. 7,617,262, which is incorporated by reference herein.
  • deduplication Another type of data movement operation is deduplication or single-instance storage, which is useful to reduce the amount of non-primary data.
  • some or all of the above-described secondary storage operations can involve deduplication in some fashion.
  • New data is read, broken down into portions (e.g., sub-file level blocks, files, etc.) of a selected granularity, compared with blocks that are already in secondary storage, and only the new blocks are stored.
  • Blocks that already exist are represented as pointers to the already stored data.
  • the information management system 100 may calculate and/or store signatures (e.g., hashes or cryptographically unique IDs) corresponding to the individual data blocks in a database and compare the signatures instead of comparing entire data blocks.
  • signatures e.g., hashes or cryptographically unique IDs
  • deduplication operations may therefore be referred to interchangeably as “single-instancing” operations.
  • deduplication or single-instancing operations can store more than one instance of certain data blocks, but nonetheless significantly reduce data redundancy.
  • deduplication blocks can be of fixed or variable length. Using variable length blocks can provide enhanced deduplication by responding to changes in the data stream, but can involve complex processing.
  • the information management system 100 utilizes a technique for dynamically aligning deduplication blocks (e.g., fixed-length blocks) based on changing content in the data stream, as described in U.S. Pat. No. 8,364,652, which is incorporated by reference herein.
  • deduplication blocks e.g., fixed-length blocks
  • the information management system 100 can perform deduplication in a variety of manners at a variety of locations in the information management system 100 .
  • the information management system 100 implements “target-side” deduplication by deduplicating data (e.g., secondary copies 116 ) stored in the secondary storage devices 108 .
  • the media agents 144 are generally configured to manage the deduplication process.
  • one or more of the media agents 144 maintain a corresponding deduplication database that stores deduplication information (e.g., datablock signatures). Examples of such a configuration are provided in U.S. Pat. Pub. No. 2012/0150826, which is incorporated by reference herein.
  • deduplication can also be performed on the “source-side” (or “client-side”), e.g., to reduce the amount of traffic between the media agents 144 and the client computing device(s) 102 and/or reduce redundant data stored in the primary storage devices 104 .
  • one or more of the storage devices of the target-side and/or source-side of an operation can be cloud-based storage devices.
  • the target-side and/or source-side deduplication can be cloud-based deduplication.
  • the storage manager 140 may communicate with other components within the information management system 100 via network protocols and cloud service provider APIs to facilitate cloud-based deduplication/single instancing.
  • files and other data over their lifetime move from more expensive, quick access storage to less expensive, slower access storage.
  • Operations associated with moving data through various tiers of storage are sometimes referred to as information lifecycle management (ILM) operations.
  • ILM information lifecycle management
  • a HSM operation is generally an operation for automatically moving data between classes of storage devices, such as between high-cost and low-cost storage devices.
  • HSM operation may involve movement of data from primary storage devices 104 to secondary storage devices 108 , or between tiers of secondary storage devices 108 . With each tier, the storage devices may be progressively relatively cheaper, have relatively slower access/restore times, etc. For example, movement of data between tiers may occur as data becomes less important over time.
  • an HSM operation is similar to an archive operation in that creating an HSM copy may (though not always) involve deleting some of the source data, e.g., according to one or more criteria related to the source data.
  • an HSM copy may include data from primary data 112 or a secondary copy 116 that is larger than a given size threshold or older than a given age threshold and that is stored in a backup format.
  • HSM data that is removed or aged from the source is replaced by a logical reference pointer or stub.
  • the reference pointer or stub can be stored in the primary storage device 104 (or other source storage device, such as a secondary storage device 108 ) to replace the deleted source data and to point to or otherwise indicate the new location in a secondary storage device 108 .
  • files are generally moved between higher and lower cost storage depending on how often the files are accessed.
  • the information management system 100 uses the stub to locate the data and may make recovery of the data appear transparent, even though the HSM data may be stored at a location different from other source data. In this manner, the data appears to the user (e.g., in file system browsing windows and the like) as if it still resides in the source location (e.g., in a primary storage device 104 ).
  • the stub may also include some metadata associated with the corresponding data, so that a file system and/or application can provide some information about the data object and/or a limited-functionality version (e.g., a preview) of the data object.
  • An HSM copy may be stored in a format other than the native application format (e.g., where the data is compressed, encrypted, deduplicated, and/or otherwise modified from the original native application format).
  • copies which involve the removal of data from source storage and the maintenance of stub or other logical reference information on source storage may be referred to generally as “on-line archive copies”.
  • copies which involve the removal of data from source storage without the maintenance of stub or other logical reference information on source storage may be referred to as “off-line archive copies”. Examples of HSM and ILM techniques are provided in U.S. Pat. No. 7,343,453, which is incorporated by reference herein.
  • An auxiliary copy is generally a copy operation in which a copy is created of an existing secondary copy 116 .
  • an initial secondary copy 116 may be generated using or otherwise be derived from primary data 112 (or other data residing in the secondary storage subsystem 118 ), whereas an auxiliary copy is generated from the initial secondary copy 116 .
  • Auxiliary copies can be used to create additional standby copies of data and may reside on different secondary storage devices 108 than the initial secondary copies 116 .
  • auxiliary copies can be used for recovery purposes if initial secondary copies 116 become unavailable.
  • Exemplary compatible auxiliary copy techniques are described in further detail in U.S. Pat. No. 8,230,195, which is incorporated by reference herein.
  • the information management system 100 may also perform disaster recovery operations that make or retain disaster recovery copies, often as secondary, high-availability disk copies.
  • the information management system 100 may create secondary disk copies and store the copies at disaster recovery locations using auxiliary copy or replication operations, such as continuous data replication technologies.
  • disaster recovery locations can be remote from the client computing devices 102 and primary storage devices 104 , remote from some or all of the secondary storage devices 108 , or both.
  • Data analysis, reporting, and management operations can be different than data movement operations in that they do not necessarily involve the copying, migration or other transfer of data (e.g., primary data 112 or secondary copies 116 ) between different locations in the system.
  • data analysis operations may involve processing (e.g., offline processing) or modification of already stored primary data 112 and/or secondary copies 116 .
  • data analysis operations are performed in conjunction with data movement operations.
  • Some data analysis operations include content indexing operations and classification operations which can be useful in leveraging the data under management to provide enhanced search and other features.
  • Other data analysis operations such as compression and encryption can provide data reduction and security benefits, respectively.
  • the information management system 100 analyzes and indexes characteristics, content, and metadata associated with the primary data 112 and/or secondary copies 116 .
  • the content indexing can be used to identify files or other data objects having pre-defined content (e.g., user-defined keywords or phrases, other keywords/phrases that are not defined by a user, etc.), and/or metadata (e.g., email metadata such as “to”, “from”, “cc”, “bcc”, attachment name, received time, etc.).
  • the information management system 100 generally organizes and catalogues the results in a content index, which may be stored within the media agent database 152 , for example.
  • the content index can also include the storage locations of (or pointer references to) the indexed data in the primary data 112 or secondary copies 116 , as appropriate.
  • the results may also be stored, in the form of a content index database or otherwise, elsewhere in the information management system 100 (e.g., in the primary storage devices 104 , or in the secondary storage device 108 ).
  • Such index data provides the storage manager 140 or another component with an efficient mechanism for locating primary data 112 and/or secondary copies 116 of data objects that match particular criteria.
  • search criteria can be specified by a user through user interface 158 of the storage manager 140 .
  • the information management system 100 analyzes data and/or metadata in secondary copies 116 to create an “off-line” content index, without significantly impacting the performance of the client computing devices 102 .
  • the system can also implement “on-line” content indexing, e.g., of primary data 112 . Examples of compatible content indexing techniques are provided in U.S. Pat. No. 8,170,995, which is incorporated by reference herein.
  • One or more components can be configured to scan data and/or associated metadata for classification purposes to populate a database (or other data structure) of information, which can be referred to as a “data classification database” or a “metabase”.
  • the data classification database(s) can be organized in a variety of different ways, including centralization, logical sub-divisions, and/or physical sub-divisions.
  • one or more centralized data classification databases may be associated with different subsystems or tiers within the information management system 100 . As an example, there may be a first centralized metabase associated with the primary storage subsystem 117 and a second centralized metabase associated with the secondary storage subsystem 118 .
  • metabases there may be one or more metabases associated with individual components, e.g., client computing devices 102 and/or media agents 144 .
  • a data classification database may reside as one or more data structures within management database 146 , or may be otherwise associated with storage manager 140 .
  • the metabase(s) may be included in separate database(s) and/or on separate storage device(s) from primary data 112 and/or secondary copies 116 , such that operations related to the metabase do not significantly impact performance on other components in the information management system 100 .
  • the metabase(s) may be stored along with primary data 112 and/or secondary copies 116 .
  • Files or other data objects can be associated with identifiers (e.g., tag entries, etc.) in the media agent 144 (or other indices) to facilitate searches of stored data objects.
  • the metabase can also allow efficient, automatic identification of files or other data objects to associate with secondary copy or other information management operations (e.g., in lieu of scanning an entire file system). Examples of compatible metabases and data classification operations are provided in U.S. Pat. Nos. 8,229,954 and 7,747,579, which are incorporated by reference herein.
  • the information management system 100 in some cases is configured to process data (e.g., files or other data objects, secondary copies 116 , etc.), according to an appropriate encryption algorithm (e.g., Blowfish, Advanced Encryption Standard [AES], Triple Data Encryption Standard [3-DES], etc.) to limit access and provide data security in the information management system 100 .
  • the information management system 100 in some cases encrypts the data at the client level, such that the client computing devices 102 (e.g., the data agents 142 ) encrypt the data prior to forwarding the data to other components, e.g., before sending the data to media agents 144 during a secondary copy operation.
  • the client computing device 102 may maintain or have access to an encryption key or passphrase for decrypting the data upon restore. Encryption can also occur when creating copies of secondary copies, e.g., when creating auxiliary copies or archive copies.
  • the secondary storage devices 108 can implement built-in, high performance hardware encryption.
  • Certain embodiments leverage the integrated, ubiquitous nature of the information management system 100 to provide useful system-wide management and reporting functions. Examples of some compatible management and reporting techniques are provided in U.S. Pat. No. 7,343,453, which is incorporated by reference herein.
  • Operations management can generally include monitoring and managing the health and performance of information management system 100 by, without limitation, performing error tracking, generating granular storage/performance metrics (e.g., job success/failure information, deduplication efficiency, etc.), generating storage modeling and costing information, and the like.
  • a storage manager 140 or other component in the information management system 100 may analyze traffic patterns and suggest and/or automatically route data via a particular route to minimize congestion.
  • the system can generate predictions relating to storage operations or storage operation information. Such predictions, which may be based on a trending analysis, may predict various network operations or resource usage, such as network traffic levels, storage media use, use of bandwidth of communication links, use of media agent components, etc. Further examples of traffic analysis, trend analysis, prediction generation, and the like are described in U.S. Pat. No. 7,343,453, which is incorporated by reference herein.
  • a master storage manager 140 may track the status of storage operation cells in a hierarchy, such as the status of jobs, system components, system resources, and other items, by communicating with storage managers 140 (or other components) in the respective storage operation cells. Moreover, the master storage manager 140 may track the status of its associated storage operation cells and information management operations by receiving periodic status updates from the storage managers 140 (or other components) in the respective cells regarding jobs, system components, system resources, and other items. In some embodiments, a master storage manager 140 may store status information and other information regarding its associated storage operation cells and other system information in its index 150 (or other location).
  • the master storage manager 140 or other component may also determine whether certain storage-related criteria or other criteria are satisfied, and perform an action or trigger event (e.g., data migration) in response to the criteria being satisfied, such as where a storage threshold is met for a particular volume, or where inadequate protection exists for certain data. For instance, in some embodiments, data from one or more storage operation cells is used to dynamically and automatically mitigate recognized risks, and/or to advise users of risks or suggest actions to mitigate these risks.
  • an action or trigger event e.g., data migration
  • an information management policy may specify certain requirements (e.g., that a storage device should maintain a certain amount of free space, that secondary copies should occur at a particular interval, that data should be aged and migrated to other storage after a particular period, that data on a secondary volume should always have a certain level of availability and be restorable within a given time period, that data on a secondary volume may be mirrored or otherwise migrated to a specified number of other volumes, etc.). If a risk condition or other criterion is triggered, the system may notify the user of these conditions and may suggest (or automatically implement) an action to mitigate or otherwise address the risk.
  • certain requirements e.g., that a storage device should maintain a certain amount of free space, that secondary copies should occur at a particular interval, that data should be aged and migrated to other storage after a particular period, that data on a secondary volume should always have a certain level of availability and be restorable within a given time period, that data on a secondary volume may be mirrored or otherwise migrated to a specified
  • the system may indicate that data from a primary copy 112 should be migrated to a secondary storage device 108 to free space on the primary storage device 104 .
  • risk factors examples include, but are not limited to, risk factors, fraud, fraud, and other triggering criteria.
  • the system 100 may also determine whether a metric or other indication satisfies particular storage criteria and, if so, perform an action. For example, as previously described, a storage policy or other definition might indicate that a storage manager 140 should initiate a particular action if a storage metric or other indication drops below or otherwise fails to satisfy specified criteria such as a threshold of data protection. Examples of such metrics are described in U.S. Pat. No. 7,343,453, which is incorporated by reference herein.
  • risk factors may be quantified into certain measurable service or risk levels for ease of comprehension.
  • certain applications and associated data may be considered to be more important by an enterprise than other data and services.
  • Financial compliance data for example, may be of greater importance than marketing materials, etc.
  • Network administrators may assign priority values or “weights” to certain data and/or applications, corresponding to the relative importance.
  • the level of compliance of storage operations specified for these applications may also be assigned a certain value.
  • the health, impact, and overall importance of a service may be determined, such as by measuring the compliance value and calculating the product of the priority value and the compliance value to determine the “service level” and comparing it to certain operational thresholds to determine whether it is acceptable. Further examples of the service level determination are provided in U.S. Pat. No. 7,343,453, which is incorporated by reference herein.
  • the system 100 may additionally calculate data costing and data availability associated with information management operation cells according to an embodiment of the invention. For instance, data received from the cell may be used in conjunction with hardware-related information and other information about system elements to determine the cost of storage and/or the availability of particular data in the system. Exemplary information generated could include how fast a particular department is using up available storage space, how long data would take to recover over a particular system pathway from a particular secondary storage device, costs over time, etc. Moreover, in some embodiments, such information may be used to determine or predict the overall cost associated with the storage of certain information. The cost associated with hosting a certain application may be based, at least in part, on the type of media on which the data resides, for example. Storage devices may be assigned to a particular cost categories, for example. Further examples of costing techniques are described in U.S. Pat. No. 7,343,453, which is incorporated by reference herein.
  • Any of the above types of information can generally be provided to users via the user interface 158 in a single, integrated view or console (not shown).
  • the console may support a reporting capability that allows for the generation of a variety of reports, which may be tailored to a particular aspect of information management.
  • Report types may include: scheduling, event management, media management and data aging. Available reports may also include backup history, data aging history, auxiliary copy history, job history, library and drive, media in library, restore history, and storage policy, etc., without limitation.
  • Such reports may be specified and created at a certain point in time as a system analysis, forecasting, or provisioning tool.
  • Integrated reports may also be generated that illustrate storage and performance metrics, risks and storage costing information.
  • users may create their own reports based on specific needs.
  • the integrated user interface 158 can include an option to show a “virtual view” of the system that graphically depicts the various components in the system using appropriate icons.
  • the user interface 158 may provide a graphical depiction of one or more primary storage devices 104 , the secondary storage devices 108 , data agents 142 and/or media agents 144 , and their relationship to one another in the information management system 100 .
  • the operations management functionality can facilitate planning and decision-making. For example, in some embodiments, a user may view the status of some or all jobs as well as the status of each component of the information management system 100 . Users may then plan and make decisions based on this data.
  • a user may view high-level information regarding storage operations for the information management system 100 , such as job status, component status, resource status (e.g., communication pathways, etc.), and other information.
  • the user may also drill down or use other means to obtain more detailed information regarding a particular component, job, or the like.
  • Further examples of some reporting techniques and associated interfaces providing an integrated view of an information management system are provided in U.S. Pat. No. 7,343,453, which is incorporated by reference herein.
  • the information management system 100 can also be configured to perform system-wide e-discovery operations in some embodiments.
  • e-discovery operations provide a unified collection and search capability for data in the system, such as data stored in the secondary storage devices 108 (e.g., backups, archives, or other secondary copies 116 ).
  • the information management system 100 may construct and maintain a virtual repository for data stored in the information management system 100 that is integrated across source applications 110 , different storage device types, etc.
  • e-discovery utilizes other techniques described herein, such as data classification and/or content indexing.
  • an information management policy 148 can include a data structure or other information source that specifies a set of parameters (e.g., criteria and rules) associated with secondary copy and/or other information management operations.
  • a storage policy generally comprises a data structure or other information source that defines (or includes information sufficient to determine) a set of preferences or other criteria for performing information management operations.
  • Storage policies can include one or more of the following items: (1) what data will be associated with the storage policy; (2) a destination to which the data will be stored; (3) datapath information specifying how the data will be communicated to the destination; (4) the type of storage operation to be performed; and (5) retention information specifying how long the data will be retained at the destination (see, e.g., FIG. 1E ).
  • data associated with a storage policy can be logically organized into groups. In some cases, these logical groupings can be referred to as “sub-clients”.
  • a sub-client may represent static or dynamic associations of portions of a data volume.
  • Sub-clients may represent mutually exclusive portions. Thus, in certain embodiments, a portion of data may be given a label and the association is stored as a static entity in an index, database or other storage location.
  • Sub-clients may also be used as an effective administrative scheme of organizing data according to data type, department within the enterprise, storage preferences, or the like.
  • sub-clients can correspond to files, folders, virtual machines, databases, etc. In one exemplary scenario, an administrator may find it preferable to separate e-mail data from financial data using two different sub-clients.
  • a storage policy can define where data is stored by specifying a target or destination storage device (or group of storage devices). For instance, where the secondary storage device 108 includes a group of disk libraries, the storage policy may specify a particular disk library for storing the sub-clients associated with the policy. As another example, where the secondary storage devices 108 include one or more tape libraries, the storage policy may specify a particular tape library for storing the sub-clients associated with the storage policy, and may also specify a drive pool and a tape pool defining a group of tape drives and a group of tapes, respectively, for use in storing the sub-client data.
  • While information in the storage policy can be statically assigned in some cases, some or all of the information in the storage policy can also be dynamically determined based on criteria, which can be set forth in the storage policy. For instance, based on such criteria, a particular destination storage device(s) (or other parameter of the storage policy) may be determined based on characteristics associated with the data involved in a particular storage operation, device availability (e.g., availability of a secondary storage device 108 or a media agent 144 ), network status and conditions (e.g., identified bottlenecks), user credentials, and the like).
  • criteria can be set forth in the storage policy. For instance, based on such criteria, a particular destination storage device(s) (or other parameter of the storage policy) may be determined based on characteristics associated with the data involved in a particular storage operation, device availability (e.g., availability of a secondary storage device 108 or a media agent 144 ), network status and conditions (e.g., identified bottlenecks), user credentials, and the like).
  • Datapath information can also be included in the storage policy.
  • the storage policy may specify network pathways and components to utilize when moving the data to the destination storage device(s).
  • the storage policy specifies one or more media agents 144 for conveying data associated with the storage policy between the source (e.g., one or more host client computing devices 102 ) and destination (e.g., a particular target secondary storage device 108 ).
  • a storage policy can also specify the type(s) of operations associated with the storage policy, such as a backup, archive, snapshot, auxiliary copy, or the like.
  • Retention information can specify how long the data will be kept, depending on organizational needs (e.g., a number of days, months, years, etc.)
  • Scheduling parameters may specify with what frequency (e.g., hourly, weekly, daily, event-based, etc.) or under what triggering conditions secondary copy or other information management operations will take place.
  • Scheduling policies in some cases are associated with particular components, such as particular logical groupings of data associated with a storage policy (e.g., a sub-client), client computing device 102 , and the like. In one configuration, a separate scheduling policy is maintained for particular logical groupings of data on a client computing device 102 .
  • the scheduling policy specifies that those logical groupings are to be moved to secondary storage devices 108 every hour according to storage policies associated with the respective sub-clients.
  • the information management system 100 automatically applies a default configuration to client computing device 102 .
  • the installation script may register the client computing device 102 with the storage manager 140 , which in turn applies the default configuration to the new client computing device 102 . In this manner, data protection operations can begin substantially immediately.
  • the default configuration can include a default storage policy, for example, and can specify any appropriate information sufficient to begin data protection operations. This can include a type of data protection operation, scheduling information, a target secondary storage device 108 , data path information (e.g., a particular media agent 144 ), and the like.
  • An audit policy is a set of preferences, rules and/or criteria that protect sensitive data in the information management system 100 .
  • an audit policy may define “sensitive objects” as files or objects that contain particular keywords (e.g., “confidential,” or “privileged”) and/or are associated with particular keywords (e.g., in metadata) or particular flags (e.g., in metadata identifying a document or email as personal, confidential, etc.).
  • An audit policy may further specify rules for handling sensitive objects.
  • an audit policy may require that a reviewer approve the transfer of any sensitive objects to a cloud storage site, and that if approval is denied for a particular sensitive object, the sensitive object should be transferred to a local primary storage device 104 instead.
  • the audit policy may further specify how a secondary storage computing device 106 or other system component should notify a reviewer that a sensitive object is slated for transfer.
  • a provisioning policy can include a set of preferences, priorities, rules, and/or criteria that specify how client computing devices 102 (or groups thereof) may utilize system resources, such as available storage on cloud storage and/or network bandwidth.
  • a provisioning policy specifies, for example, data quotas for particular client computing devices 102 (e.g., a number of gigabytes that can be stored monthly, quarterly or annually).
  • the storage manager 140 or other components may enforce the provisioning policy. For instance, the media agents 144 may enforce the policy when transferring data to secondary storage devices 108 . If a client computing device 102 exceeds a quota, a budget for the client computing device 102 (or associated department) is adjusted accordingly or an alert may trigger.
  • a storage policy may also include or otherwise be associated with one or more scheduling, audit, or provisioning policies or operational parameters thereof.
  • storage policies are typically associated with moving and storing data, other policies may be associated with other types of information management operations. The following is a non-exhaustive list of items the information management policies 148 may specify:
  • Policies can additionally specify or depend on a variety of historical or current criteria that may be used to determine which rules to apply to a particular data object, system component, or information management operation, such as:
  • FIG. 1E includes a data flow diagram depicting performance of storage operations by an embodiment of an information management system 100 , according to an exemplary storage policy 148 A.
  • the information management system 100 includes a storage manger 140 , a client computing device 102 having a file system data agent 142 A and an email data agent 142 B operating thereon, a primary storage device 104 , two media agents 144 A, 144 B, and two secondary storage devices 108 A, 108 B: a disk library 108 A and a tape library 108 B.
  • the primary storage device 104 includes primary data 112 A, which is associated with a logical grouping of data associated with a file system, and primary data 1128 , which is associated with a logical grouping of data associated with email.
  • the logical grouping of data associated with the file system is referred to as a file system sub-client, and the logical grouping of data associated with the email is referred to as an email sub-client, the techniques described with respect to FIG. 1E can be utilized in conjunction with data that is organized in a variety of other manners.
  • the second media agent 144 B and the tape library 1088 are “off-site”, and may therefore be remotely located from the other components in the information management system 100 (e.g., in a different city, office building, etc.).
  • “off-site” may refer to a magnetic tape located in storage, which must be manually retrieved and loaded into a tape drive to be read. In this manner, information stored on the tape library 1088 may provide protection in the event of a disaster or other failure.
  • the file system sub-client and its associated primary data 112 A in certain embodiments generally comprise information generated by the file system and/or operating system of the client computing device 102 , and can include, for example, file system data (e.g., regular files, file tables, mount points, etc.), operating system data (e.g., registries, event logs, etc.), and the like.
  • the e-mail sub-client, on the other hand, and its associated primary data 1128 include data generated by an e-mail application operating on the client computing device 102 , and can include mailbox information, folder information, emails, attachments, associated database information, and the like.
  • the sub-clients can be logical containers, and the data included in the corresponding primary data 112 A, 1128 may or may not be stored contiguously.
  • the exemplary storage policy 148 A includes backup copy preferences (or rule set) 160 , disaster recovery copy preferences rule set 162 , and compliance copy preferences or rule set 164 .
  • the backup copy rule set 160 specifies that it is associated with a file system sub-client 166 and an email sub-client 168 . Each of these sub-clients 166 , 168 are associated with the particular client computing device 102 .
  • the backup copy rule set 160 further specifies that the backup operation will be written to the disk library 108 A, and designates a particular media agent 144 A to convey the data to the disk library 108 A.
  • the backup copy rule set 160 specifies that backup copies created according to the rule set 160 are scheduled to be generated on an hourly basis and to be retained for 30 days. In some other embodiments, scheduling information is not included in the storage policy 148 A, and is instead specified by a separate scheduling policy.
  • the disaster recovery copy rule set 162 is associated with the same two sub-clients 166 , 168 . However, the disaster recovery copy rule set 162 is associated with the tape library 108 B, unlike the backup copy rule set 160 . Moreover, the disaster recovery copy rule set 162 specifies that a different media agent, namely 144 B, will be used to convey the data to the tape library 108 B. As indicated, disaster recovery copies created according to the rule set 162 will be retained for 60 days, and will be generated on a daily basis. Disaster recovery copies generated according to the disaster recovery copy rule set 162 can provide protection in the event of a disaster or other catastrophic data loss that would affect the backup copy 116 A maintained on the disk library 108 A.
  • the compliance copy rule set 164 is only associated with the email sub-client 168 , and not the file system sub-client 166 . Compliance copies generated according to the compliance copy rule set 164 will therefore not include primary data 112 A from the file system sub-client 166 . For instance, the organization may be under an obligation to store and maintain copies of email data for a particular period of time (e.g., 10 years) to comply with state or federal regulations, while similar regulations do not apply to the file system data.
  • the compliance copy rule set 164 is associated with the same tape library 108 B and media agent 144 B as the disaster recovery copy rule set 162 , although a different storage device or media agent could be used in other embodiments. Finally, the compliance copy rule set 164 specifies that copies generated under the compliance copy rule set 164 will be retained for 10 years, and will be generated on a quarterly basis.
  • the storage manager 140 initiates a backup operation according to the backup copy rule set 160 .
  • a scheduling service running on the storage manager 140 accesses scheduling information from the backup copy rule set 160 or a separate scheduling policy associated with the client computing device 102 , and initiates a backup copy operation on an hourly basis.
  • the storage manager 140 sends instructions to the client computing device 102 (i.e., to both data agent 142 A and data agent 142 B) to begin the backup operation.
  • the file system data agent 142 A and the email data agent 142 B operating on the client computing device 102 respond to the instructions received from the storage manager 140 by accessing and processing the primary data 112 A, 112 B involved in the copy operation, which can be found in primary storage device 104 . Because the operation is a backup copy operation, the data agent(s) 142 A, 142 B may format the data into a backup format or otherwise process the data.
  • the client computing device 102 communicates the retrieved, processed data to the first media agent 144 A, as directed by the storage manager 140 , according to the backup copy rule set 160 .
  • the information management system 100 may implement a load-balancing, availability-based, or other appropriate algorithm to select from the available set of media agents 144 A, 144 B. Regardless of the manner the media agent 144 A is selected, the storage manager 140 may further keep a record in the storage manager database 146 of the association between the selected media agent 144 A and the client computing device 102 and/or between the selected media agent 144 A and the backup copy 116 A.
  • the target media agent 144 A receives the data from the client computing device 102 , and at step 4 conveys the data to the disk library 108 A to create the backup copy 116 A, again at the direction of the storage manager 140 and according to the backup copy rule set 160 .
  • the secondary storage device 108 A can be selected in other ways. For instance, the media agent 144 A may have a dedicated association with a particular secondary storage device(s), or the storage manager 140 or media agent 144 A may select from a plurality of secondary storage devices, e.g., according to availability, using one of the techniques described in U.S. Pat. No. 7,246,207, which is incorporated by reference herein.
  • the media agent 144 A can also update its index 153 to include data and/or metadata related to the backup copy 116 A, such as information indicating where the backup copy 116 A resides on the disk library 108 A, data and metadata for cache retrieval, etc.
  • the storage manager 140 may similarly update its index 150 to include information relating to the storage operation, such as information relating to the type of storage operation, a physical location associated with one or more copies created by the storage operation, the time the storage operation was performed, status information relating to the storage operation, the components involved in the storage operation, and the like.
  • the storage manager 140 may update its index 150 to include some or all of the information stored in the index 153 of the media agent 144 A. After the 30 day retention period expires, the storage manager 140 instructs the media agent 144 A to delete the backup copy 116 A from the disk library 108 A. Indexes 150 and/or 153 are updated accordingly.
  • the storage manager 140 initiates the creation of a disaster recovery copy 1168 according to the disaster recovery copy rule set 162 .
  • the specified media agent 144 B retrieves the most recent backup copy 116 A from the disk library 108 A.
  • the media agent 144 B uses the retrieved data to create a disaster recovery copy 1168 on the tape library 1088 .
  • the disaster recovery copy 1168 is a direct, mirror copy of the backup copy 116 A, and remains in the backup format.
  • the disaster recovery copy 1168 may be generated in some other manner, such as by using the primary data 112 A, 1128 from the primary storage device 104 as source data. The disaster recovery copy operation is initiated once a day and the disaster recovery copies 1168 are deleted after 60 days; indexes are updated accordingly when/after each information management operation is executed/completed.
  • the storage manager 140 initiates the creation of a compliance copy 116 C, according to the compliance copy rule set 164 .
  • the storage manager 140 instructs the media agent 144 B to create the compliance copy 116 C on the tape library 1088 at step 9, as specified in the compliance copy rule set 164 .
  • the compliance copy 116 C is generated using the disaster recovery copy 1168 .
  • the compliance copy 116 C is instead generated using either the primary data 1128 corresponding to the email sub-client or using the backup copy 116 A from the disk library 108 A as source data.
  • compliance copies 116 C are created quarterly, and are deleted after ten years, and indexes are kept up-to-date accordingly.
  • a restore operation can be initiated involving one or more of the secondary copies 116 A, 1168 , 116 C.
  • a user may manually initiate a restore of the backup copy 116 A by interacting with the user interface 158 of the storage manager 140 .
  • the storage manager 140 then accesses data in its index 150 (and/or the respective storage policy 148 A) associated with the selected backup copy 116 A to identify the appropriate media agent 144 A and/or secondary storage device 108 A.
  • a media agent may be selected for use in the restore operation based on a load balancing algorithm, an availability based algorithm, or other criteria.
  • the selected media agent 144 A retrieves the data from the disk library 108 A. For instance, the media agent 144 A may access its index 153 to identify a location of the backup copy 116 A on the disk library 108 A, or may access location information residing on the disk 108 A itself.
  • the media agent 144 A accesses a cached version of the backup copy 116 A residing in the index 153 , without having to access the disk library 108 A for some or all of the data. Once it has retrieved the backup copy 116 A, the media agent 144 A communicates the data to the source client computing device 102 . Upon receipt, the file system data agent 142 A and the email data agent 142 B may unpackage (e.g., restore from a backup format to the native application format) the data in the backup copy 116 A and restore the unpackaged data to the primary storage device 104 .
  • unpackage e.g., restore from a backup format to the native application format
  • the storage manager 140 may permit a user to specify aspects of the storage policy 148 A.
  • the storage policy can be modified to include information governance policies to define how data should be managed in order to comply with a certain regulation or business objective.
  • the various policies may be stored, for example, in the management database 146 .
  • An information governance policy may comprise a classification policy, which is described herein.
  • An information governance policy may align with one or more compliance tasks that are imposed by regulations or business requirements. Examples of information governance policies might include a Sarbanes-Oxley policy, a HIPAA policy, an electronic discovery (E-Discovery) policy, and so on.
  • Information governance policies allow administrators to obtain different perspectives on all of an organization's online and offline data, without the need for a dedicated data silo created solely for each different viewpoint.
  • the data storage systems herein build a centralized index that reflects the contents of a distributed data set that spans numerous clients and storage devices, including both primary and secondary copies, and online and offline copies.
  • An organization may apply multiple information governance policies in a top-down manner over that unified data set and indexing schema in order to permit an organization to view and manipulate the single data set through different lenses, each of which is adapted to a particular compliance or business goal.
  • an E-discovery policy and a Sarbanes-Oxley policy two different groups of users in an organization can conduct two very different analyses of the same underlying physical set of data copies, which may be distributed throughout the organization and information management system.
  • a classification policy defines a taxonomy of classification terms or tags relevant to a compliance task and/or business objective.
  • a classification policy may also associate a defined tag with a classification rule.
  • a classification rule defines a particular combination of criteria, such as users who have created, accessed or modified a document or data object; file or application types; content or metadata keywords; clients or storage locations; dates of data creation and/or access; review status or other status within a workflow (e.g., reviewed or un-reviewed); modification times or types of modifications; and/or any other data attributes in any combination, without limitation.
  • a classification rule may also be defined using other classification tags in the taxonomy.
  • an E-discovery classification policy might define a classification tag “privileged” that is associated with documents or data objects that (1) were created or modified by legal department staff, or (2) were sent to or received from outside counsel via email, or (3) contain one of the following keywords: “privileged” or “attorney” or “counsel”, or other like terms.
  • An entity tag may be, for example, any content that matches a defined data mask format.
  • entity tags might include, e.g., social security numbers (e.g., any numerical content matching the formatting mask XXX-XX-XXX), credit card numbers (e.g., content having a 13-16 digit string of numbers), SKU numbers, product numbers, etc.
  • a user may define a classification policy by indicating criteria, parameters or descriptors of the policy via a graphical user interface, such as a form or page with fields to be filled in, pull-down menus or entries allowing one or more of several options to be selected, buttons, sliders, hypertext links or other known user interface tools for receiving user input, etc.
  • a user may define certain entity tags, such as a particular product number or project ID code that is relevant in the organization.
  • the classification policy can be implemented using cloud-based techniques.
  • the storage devices may be cloud storage devices, and the storage manager 140 may execute cloud service provider API over a network to classify data stored on cloud storage devices.
  • secondary copies 116 can vary, depending on the embodiment.
  • secondary copies 116 are formatted as a series of logical data units or “chunks” (e.g., 512 MB, 1 GB, 2 GB, 4 GB, or 8 GB chunks). This can facilitate efficient communication and writing to secondary storage devices 108 , e.g., according to resource availability. For example, a single secondary copy 116 may be written on a chunk-by-chunk basis to a single secondary storage device 108 or across multiple secondary storage devices 108 . In some cases, users can select different chunk sizes, e.g., to improve throughput to tape storage devices.
  • each chunk can include a header and a payload.
  • the payload can include files (or other data units) or subsets thereof included in the chunk, whereas the chunk header generally includes metadata relating to the chunk, some or all of which may be derived from the payload.
  • the media agent 144 , storage manager 140 , or other component may divide the associated files into chunks and generate headers for each chunk by processing the constituent files.
  • the headers can include a variety of information such as file identifier(s), volume(s), offset(s), or other information associated with the payload data items, a chunk sequence number, etc.
  • the chunk headers can also be stored to the index 153 of the associated media agent(s) 144 and/or the index 150 . This is useful in some cases for providing faster processing of secondary copies 116 during restores or other operations.
  • the secondary storage device 108 returns an indication of receipt, e.g., to the media agent 144 and/or storage manager 140 , which may update their respective indexes 153 , 150 accordingly.
  • chunks may be processed (e.g., by the media agent 144 ) according to the information in the chunk header to reassemble the files.
  • FIGS. 1F and 1G are diagrams of example data streams 170 and 171 , respectively, which may be employed for performing data storage operations.
  • the data agent 142 forms the data stream 170 from the data associated with a client computing device 102 (e.g., primary data 112 ).
  • the data stream 170 is composed of multiple pairs of stream header 172 and stream data (or stream payload) 174 .
  • the data streams 170 and 171 shown in the illustrated example are for a single-instanced storage operation, and a stream payload 174 therefore may include both single-instance (“SI”) data and/or non-SI data.
  • a stream header 172 includes metadata about the stream payload 174 .
  • This metadata may include, for example, a length of the stream payload 174 , an indication of whether the stream payload 174 is encrypted, an indication of whether the stream payload 174 is compressed, an archive file identifier (ID), an indication of whether the stream payload 174 is single instanceable, and an indication of whether the stream payload 174 is a start of a block of data.
  • ID archive file identifier
  • the data stream 171 has the stream header 172 and stream payload 174 aligned into multiple data blocks.
  • the data blocks are of size 64 KB.
  • the first two stream header 172 and stream payload 174 pairs comprise a first data block of size 64 KB.
  • the first stream header 172 indicates that the length of the succeeding stream payload 174 is 63 KB and that it is the start of a data block.
  • the next stream header 172 indicates that the succeeding stream payload 174 has a length of 1 KB and that it is not the start of a new data block.
  • Immediately following stream payload 174 is a pair comprising an identifier header 176 and identifier data 178 .
  • FIG. 1H is a diagram illustrating the data structures 180 that may be used to store blocks of SI data and non-SI data on the storage device (e.g., secondary storage device 108 ).
  • the data structures 180 do not form part of a native file system of the storage device.
  • the data structures 180 include one or more volume folders 182 , one or more chunk folders 184 / 185 within the volume folder 182 , and multiple files within the chunk folder 184 .
  • Each chunk folder 184 / 185 includes a metadata file 186 / 187 , a metadata index file 188 / 189 , one or more container files 190 / 191 / 193 , and a container index file 192 / 194 .
  • data block B 2 in the container file 190 is referred to by a link in the metadata file 187 in the chunk folder 185 .
  • the corresponding index entry in the container index file 192 indicates that the data block B 2 in the container file 190 is referred to.
  • data block B 1 in the container file 191 is referred to by a link in the metadata file 187 , and so the corresponding index entry in the container index file 192 indicates that this data block is referred to.
  • the second storage operation on the data of the second client computing device 102 would result in the media agent 144 storing primarily links to the data blocks of the first client computing device 102 that are already stored in the container files 190 / 191 . Accordingly, while a first storage operation may result in storing nearly all of the data subject to the storage operation, subsequent storage operations involving similar data may result in substantial data storage space savings, because links to already stored data blocks can be stored instead of additional instances of data blocks.
  • a sparse file is type of file that may include empty space (e.g., a sparse file may have real data within it, such as at the beginning of the file and/or at the end of the file, but may also have empty space in it that is not storing actual data, such as a contiguous range of bytes all having a value of zero).
  • the media agent 144 creates a new container file 190 / 191 / 193 when a container file 190 / 191 / 193 either includes 100 blocks of data or when the size of the container file 190 exceeds 50 MB.
  • a file on which a storage operation is performed may comprise a large number of data blocks.
  • a 100 MB file may comprise 400 data blocks of size 256 KB. If such a file is to be stored, its data blocks may span more than one container file, or even more than one chunk folder.
  • a database file of 20 GB may comprise over 40,000 data blocks of size 512 KB. If such a database file is to be stored, its data blocks will likely span multiple container files, multiple chunk folders, and potentially multiple volume folders. Restoring such files may require accessing multiple container files, chunk folders, and/or volume folders to obtain the requisite data blocks.
  • the system 200 of FIG. 2 may additionally include any of the other components shown in FIGS. 1C, 1D, and 1E that are not specifically shown in FIG. 2 .
  • the system 200 may include one or more of each component. All components of the system 200 can be in direct communication with each other or communicate indirectly via the client 220 , the storage manager 210 , the media agent 270 , or the like. In certain embodiments, some of the components in FIG. 2 shown as separate components can reside on a single computing device, or vice versa.
  • an organization may replicate production data of a source system to a destination system.
  • Production data may be generated by one or more applications installed on the production machines.
  • Using the production machines for the replication can affect the availability of resources of the production machines.
  • the organization may back up the production data to secondary storage, for example, using deduplication.
  • the information management system 200 can leverage deduplicated secondary copy data for replication.
  • the system 200 includes a source system 201 and a destination system 202 in the context of replication (shown in dashed lines).
  • the source system 201 and the destination system 202 may each be a subsystem within the system 200 .
  • the source system 201 and the destination system 202 share a storage manager 210 .
  • the source system 201 and the destination system 202 each include a client 220 , an information store 230 , a media agent 270 , and a storage device 280 .
  • a client 220 has an application 260 and a data agent 240 associated with the application 260 installed on the client 220 .
  • An instance of the application 260 installed on the client 220 a of the source system 201 generates the data to be replicated.
  • components of the source system 201 may be referred to as source components
  • components of the destination system 202 may be referred to as destination components.
  • the source client 220 a stores the generated data in the source information store 230 a , Information Store 1.
  • the system 200 backs up the application data in Information Store 1 230 a in order to create a secondary copy of the application data.
  • the secondary copy data can be deduplicated, for example, to reduce the amount of storage used in the storage devices 280 a .
  • the system 200 replicates the deduplicated secondary copy data in the source system 201 to the destination system 202 .
  • Media Agent 1 270 a in the source system 201 traverses the deduplicated secondary copy data in Storage Device 1 280 a and sends hash values of blocks to Media Agent 2 270 b in the destination system 202 .
  • Media Agent 2 270 b compares the received hash values to check whether the corresponding blocks exist in Storage Device 2 280 b .
  • Hash values are described as an example, and any type of unique signature may be used to check whether certain blocks exist in the storage devices 280 b . If some blocks corresponding to the received hash values do not exist, Media Agent 2 270 b requests the corresponding blocks.
  • Media Agent 1 270 a sends the requested blocks to Media Agent 2 270 b , and Media Agent 2 270 b copies the received blocks to Storage Device 2 280 b .
  • the source system 201 may package the deduplicated secondary copy data in a particular format that facilitates replication to the destination system 202 . After Media Agent 2 270 b copies the received blocks to Storage Device 2 280 b , the system 200 performs a restore of the replicated secondary copy data to the destination information store 230 b , Information Store 2, in the destination system 202 .
  • One or more replication agents 250 can manage and/or perform the functions relating to replication of data.
  • the replication agent 250 may reside on one or more components of the system 200 .
  • an instance of the replication agent 250 executes on the storage manager 210 , Media Agent 1 270 a , Media Agent 2 270 b , etc.
  • the version of the replication agent 250 installed on different components in the system 200 may be the same, similar, or different, depending on the embodiment.
  • the replication agent 250 installed on the storage manager 210 is slightly different from the replication agent 250 installed on the media agent 270 .
  • the source system 201 and the destination system 202 can have the same data, for example, by copying the data residing in Information Store 1 230 a in the source system 201 to Information Store 2 230 b in the destination system 202 . Replication can occur from that point on.
  • the storage manager 210 schedules or initiates a backup operation in the source system 201 . Because secondary copy data is used to replicate from the source system 201 to the destination system 202 as will be described, it is desirable to perform a backup from the primary storage subsystem 201 a to the secondary storage subsystem 201 b at the source system 201 (e.g., from the primary storage device(s) 230 a to the secondary storage device(s) 280 a ) relatively frequently in order to make the replication process more continuous and synchronous. Accordingly, the storage manager 210 can dynamically schedule a backup, for example, based on various factors.
  • Factors may include: number of writes to the primary storage device(s) 230 a , time of last write to the primary storage device(s) 230 a , time since last write to the primary storage device(s) 230 a , CPU availability or usage (e.g., of the client computing device 220 a and/or the computing device hosting the media agent 270 a ), network availability or usage, I/O availability or usage, time since last backup, etc. For instance, the storage manager 210 schedules a backup for every 5 writes. In another example, the storage manager 210 checks the time of the last write, and if a specific amount of time has passed since the time of the last write, the storage manager 210 schedules a backup.
  • the storage manager 210 checks CPU availability and schedules a backup when the CPU usage is low. For example, the CPU usage of the application 260 may be low at a particular time. In some embodiments, the storage manager 210 schedules a backup at a predetermined interval (e.g., every 1, 2, 5, 10, or 30 seconds, every 1, 2, 5, or 10 minutes). In certain embodiments, the frequency of backup varies depending on the application 260 that generated the data to be replicated. For instance, the system 200 performs a backup for one application every 5 minutes and for another application every 10 minutes. Changes to data of the first application may occur more frequently than to data of the second application, making more frequent backup desirable for the first application.
  • a predetermined interval e.g., every 1, 2, 5, 10, or 30 seconds, every 1, 2, 5, or 10 minutes.
  • the frequency of backup varies depending on the application 260 that generated the data to be replicated. For instance, the system 200 performs a backup for one application every 5 minutes and for another application every 10 minutes. Changes to data of the first application may occur
  • the system 200 provides replication using deduplicated secondary copy data as an option during backup. For example, the system administrator may select the feature as one of the backup parameters. The system 200 can then back up data in a deduplicated format and use the deduplicated secondary copies to perform replication.
  • Media Agent 1 270 a performs a deduplicated backup of data residing in primary storage.
  • the system 200 can divide data to be backed up into blocks; if a block already exists in the storage device 280 a , the system 200 can create a reference to the existing block, and if a block does not yet exist in the storage device 280 a , the system 200 can copy the block to the storage device 280 a .
  • Media Agent 1 270 a can create a deduplicated secondary copy 285 of data in Storage Device 1 280 a . Certain details relating to deduplication are explained above, for example, in connection with FIGS. 1A-1H .
  • Media Agent 1 270 a can package the data in a format that facilitates deduplicated copy.
  • Media Agent 1 270 a packages hashes of blocks with the blocks as illustrated in FIG. 3A .
  • a block may have a block header that includes the hash for the block and a reference to the data of the block.
  • Packaging the hashes of the blocks together with the blocks can streamline the process of reading a deduplicated secondary copy 285 since the hashes are directly available in-line in the deduplicated secondary copy 285 and do not have to be obtained from another location.
  • Deduplicated copy can refer to copying from a deduplicated secondary copy 285 at a source to a deduplicated secondary copy at a destination.
  • a secondary copy of data in the format that facilitates deduplicated copy may be referred to as a dash copy. Certain details relating to the format of the deduplicated secondary copy data are explained in connection with FIGS. 3A and 3B .
  • the hashes may also be stored on Media Agent 1 270 a , e.g., in the media agent index 275 a associated with Media Agent 1 270 a.
  • the system 200 performs backups more frequently and accordingly would back up associated metadata more frequently as well. However, only a small portion of the metadata may have changed since the last backup, and backing up all metadata each time a backup is performed can require large amounts storage space. Accordingly, the system 200 can reduce the amount of metadata that is backed up by backing up only the changed portions of the metadata. This process may be referred to as metadata reduction.
  • the system 200 performs metadata reduction by creating one container file including metadata and/or data for an initial backup, and updating the container file during subsequent backups, instead of creating a new container file for each backup.
  • These container files may also be referred to as persistent archive files. For instance, at the time of backup, the system 200 checks whether a container file exists, and if a container file exists, the system 200 adds any new metadata and/or data for the current backup to the existing container file. If a container file does not exist, the system 200 creates a new container file. In certain embodiments, a single container file is used throughout the duration of the replication.
  • a single container file stores metadata and/or data associated with multiple backups that occur within a particular period of time (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 10 hours), and then a new container file is created for subsequent backups associated with the replication. Certain details relating to metadata reduction are explained below, for example, in connection with FIG. 7 .
  • Media Agent 1 270 a traverses through the dedpulicated secondary copy 285 .
  • Media Agent 1 270 a starts reading the deduplicated secondary copy 285 on a block-by-block basis.
  • the deduplicated secondary copy 285 can include the blocks along with the hashes of the blocks.
  • Media Agent 1 270 a accesses the block header of a block, which includes the hash value of the block and sends the hash value to Media Agent 2 270 b so that Media Agent 2 270 b can check whether the block corresponding to the hash value exists in the destination system 202 .
  • Media Agent 1 270 a can read multiple block headers at a time and send the read hash values as a group to Media Agent 2 270 b . For instance, Media Agent 1 270 a reads a block header to access the hash value, then skips over the blocks until it reads another block header to access the hash value, and so on. Media Agent 1 270 a can collect a number of hash values to send over to Media Agent 2 270 b , e.g., in a batch. Further details relating to traversing through the deduplicated secondary copy are explained in connection with FIG. 3B .
  • the replication agent 250 on Media Agent 1 270 a can perform the functions relating to replication using deduplicated secondary copy; for instance, the replication agent 250 traverses through the deduplicated secondary copy.
  • Media Agent 1 270 a performs a deduplicated copy with an embedded command stream 292 .
  • Media Agent 1 270 a sends a hash or a group of hashes to Media Agent 2 270 b , e.g., in a transaction.
  • Media Agent 1 270 a can send 64 hashes in a group or 1,000 hashes in a group.
  • Each communication of a group of hashes by Media Agent 1 270 a at the source system 201 to Media Agent 2 270 b at the destination system 202 may be referred to as a transaction.
  • a transaction may refer to delivery of a group of hashes.
  • Media Agent 2 270 b performs a lookup of the received hash(es) to determine whether the blocks already exist in the destination system 202 . If a block corresponding to a hash already exists in Storage Device 2 280 b , Media Agent 2 270 b stores a reference to the existing block in Storage Device 2 280 b . If a block corresponding to a hash does not exist in Storage Device 2 280 b , Media Agent 2 270 b requests Media Agent 1 270 a to send the block. Similar to Media Agent 1 270 a sending hashes as a group or transaction, Media Agent 2 270 b can request the blocks as a group or transaction. For instance, Media Agent 2 270 b can look up all the hashes received in a group from Media Agent 1 270 a , and send a request for any blocks in the group that Media Agent 2 270 b does not have.
  • the system 200 may determine how many hashes to send in a group based on various factors. Examples of such factors may include bandwidth of the connection between Media Agent 1 270 a and Media Agent 2 270 b , size of a hash, size of the buffer involved in sending hashes, latency, etc. In one embodiment, the system 200 determines how many hashes to send by taking the product of the bandwidth and the latency of the wide area network (WAN), local area network (LAN) or other connection between Media Agent 1 270 a and Media Agent 2 270 b , which can indicate the size of the buffer. The size of the buffer is divided by the size of a hash to determine how many hashes can be sent in a group.
  • WAN wide area network
  • LAN local area network
  • the size of the buffer may be 100 kilobytes (kB).
  • the number of hashes is rounded up to the nearest hundred; for example, 1562.5 hashes is rounded up to 1600.
  • commands are not captured in traditional backups because a backup is a point-in-time copy of the data and/or because the backup copies are stored in a backup format rather than a file system format.
  • the data in the source system 201 is continuously sent to the destination system 202 , and the commands may also be sent to the destination system 202 to reflect the changes to the data at the source system 201 .
  • the system 200 (e.g., the replication agent 250 of the source system 201 ) can send the commands from the source system 201 to the destination system 202 in a command stream 292 .
  • the system 200 may send the hashes and/or the data blocks in a data stream 291 , and can send a command stream 292 along with a data stream 291 .
  • FIG. 2 illustrates separate command stream 292 and data stream 291 for illustrative purposes, but the command stream 292 and the data stream 291 may be implemented as a single stream.
  • each message in the single stream includes a header that indicates whether a certain message is a command or a data block.
  • each command message has a timestamp associated with it, and the destination system 202 processes the command messages based on the timestamp.
  • the storage manager 210 manages creating the command streams 292 and coding of command messages. Certain details relating to the command stream and corresponding data structure are explained below, e.g., in connection with FIG. 4 .
  • Media Agent 1 270 a may store backup-related information and/or deduplication-related information in the media agent index 275 a .
  • the information in the media agent index 275 a is also replicated to the destination system 202 .
  • the information is sent to and stored in the media agent index 275 b associated with Media Agent 2 270 b .
  • the media agent index 275 may also be deduplicated.
  • the media agent index 275 a , the media agent index 275 b , or both are deduplicated.
  • the process for replicating deduplicated secondary copies 285 can be used to copy the information in the media agent index 275 .
  • Media Agent 1 270 a may send a group of hashes to Media Agent 2 270 b , and Media Agent 2 270 b can look up the hashes to determine whether to request blocks corresponding to the hashes.
  • the source system 201 and the destination system 202 may be connected to one another by a Local Area Network (LAN), although another network type such as a wide area network (WAN) may be used in other embodiments.
  • LAN Local Area Network
  • WAN wide area network
  • the data sent between the source system 201 and the destination system 202 can move across the LAN.
  • Media Agent 2 270 b copies blocks received in the data stream 291 to Storage Device 2 280 b .
  • the deduplicated secondary copy 285 in Storage Device 1 280 a includes blocks B 1 , B 2 , B 3 , and so on.
  • Media Agent 1 270 a sends hashes of blocks B 1 , B 2 , B 3 , etc. in a group. By checking the hashes of Blocks B 1 , B 2 , B 3 , etc. with the hashes in the media agent index 275 b , Media Agent 2 270 b determines that the destination system 202 does not have blocks B 2 and B 5 .
  • Media Agent 2 270 b requests blocks B 2 and B 5 from Media Agent 1 270 a .
  • Media Agent 1 270 a sends blocks B 2 and B 5 .
  • Media Agent 2 270 b stores the blocks in Storage Device 2 280 b .
  • Deduplicated secondary copy data in Storage Device 2 280 b can also be packaged in the format that facilitates deduplicated copy, for example, used in the source system 201 .
  • the destination system 202 can also serve as the source system for replication to another destination system (not shown) using deduplicated secondary copy data.
  • Media Agent 2 270 b processes commands received in the command stream 292 .
  • the commands may be processed in order, e.g., based on the timestamp of each command.
  • Media Agent 2 270 b processes the received commands and forwards them to the data agent 240 b on Client 2 for execution.
  • the data agent 240 b performs the commands.
  • the replication agent 250 on Media Agent 2 270 b can perform the functions relating to replication using deduplicated secondary copy; for instance, the replication agent 250 stores the blocks to Storage Device 2 280 b and processes the commands.
  • the storage manager 210 schedules a restore operation.
  • a restore may be scheduled when the corresponding backup is completed.
  • the scheduling of a restore operation can be similar to the scheduling of a backup operation at data flow step 1 and may be based on similar factors as the scheduling of a backup operation.
  • factors may include: number of pending writes to the primary storage device(s) 230 b of the destination system 202 (e.g., with respect to replication), time of last write to the primary storage device(s) 230 b of the destination system 202 , time since last write to the primary storage device(s) 230 b of the destination system 202 , CPU availability (e.g., of the client computing device 220 b and/or the computing device hosting the media agent 270 b ), number of writes to the secondary storage device(s) 280 b since last restore, time of last write to the secondary storage device(s) 280 b since last restore, time since last restore, etc.
  • the storage manager 210 may consider the factors in relation to or in the context of the replication process.
  • the time since last restore refers to the time since last restore for replication.
  • the storage manager 210 schedules the restore every time a deduplicated copy is performed at data flow step 4.
  • the replication can be close to real-time, and updates to the data in the source system 201 can be reflected in the destination system 202 relatively quickly on a continuous basis.
  • the updates can be replicated to the destination system 202 at or about the same frequency as the backup operations occur at the source system 201 (e.g., every 10, 20, 30 seconds, every 1, 2, 5, or 10 minutes).
  • the frequency of restore varies depending on the application 260 that generated the data to be replicated.
  • the source system 201 and the destination system 202 share a common storage manager 210 , same storage policies may be applicable at the source system 201 and the destination system 202 , for example, with respect to replication. Accordingly, the source system 201 and the destination system 202 can keep copies of the same storage policy(ies) locally. Or the source system 201 and the destination system 202 may refer to the storage manager 210 for the storage policy(ies).
  • Media Agent 2 270 b performs restore from deduplicated secondary copy data in Storage Device 2 280 b .
  • Media Agent 2 270 b can restore data from Storage Device 2 280 b to Information Store 2 230 b .
  • Media Agent 2 270 b restores each file to Information Store 2 230 b .
  • Information Store 2 230 b is also deduplicated, in addition to Storage Device 2 280 b .
  • Media Agent 2 270 b restores only the newly received blocks since the other blocks already exist Information Store 2 230 b .
  • the data agent 240 b can process the commands on the restored data in Information Store 2 230 b .
  • the sequence of the commands can be preserved (e.g., via timestamps sent in association with the command stream 292 , and the data agent 240 b can play back the commands during the restore according to the sequence in order to maintain consistency between the source system 201 and the destination system 202 .
  • one type of command may be a file rename operation.
  • the data agent 240 b processes the command to rename the corresponding file on Information Store 2 230 b at the destination system 202 .
  • the system 200 can use the same job number for replication using deduplicated secondary copy data.
  • the system 200 keeps track of the replication process between the source system 201 and the destination system 202 as one job.
  • One job ID is used for multiple backups performed at the source system 201 in association with the replication process, and appropriate information and/or statistics is updated each time a backup is performed.
  • the job information can be stored in association with the storage manager 210 .
  • the job information may include: job ID, number of files, size of backup, indexing, etc. in the backup.
  • the source system 201 updates the number of files, the size of backup, indexing, etc.
  • the same job ID that is used for backup at the source system 201 is used as the job ID for the restore at the destination system 202 .
  • One job ID can be used for multiple restores performed at the destination system 202 .
  • the system 200 may leverage deduplicated data in secondary storage as the source to replicate production data from one client to another client, while reducing the burden on the production machines.
  • packaging the deduplicated data in a particular format that facilitates replication e.g., packaging the hashes and the data together
  • the source media agent 270 a or the replication agent 250 can read the hashes directly from the deduplicated secondary copy 285 , instead of obtaining the hashes from another location or device.
  • the source media agent 270 a may read multiple hashes at one time and send them to the destination media agent 270 b in a group. Accordingly, the amount of time and/or resource used for replication can be reduced.
  • FIG. 3A is a logical diagram illustrative of a deduplicated file used to implement replication using deduplicated secondary copy data, according to certain embodiments.
  • the deduplicated file in FIG. 3A is explained in connection with an information management system 300 as described in FIG. 3B .
  • the system 300 and corresponding components of FIG. 3B may be similar to or the same as the system 100 , 200 and similarly named (but not necessarily numbered) components of FIGS. 1C, 1D, 1E, and 2 .
  • the system 300 includes a backup storage subsystem 302 including at least one first media agent 304 and at least one secondary storage device 306 .
  • the backup storage subsystem 302 can be similar to the source system 201 in FIG. 2 .
  • the system 300 further includes a secondary backup storage subsystem 308 including at least one second media agent 310 and at least one secondary storage device 312 .
  • the secondary backup storage subsystem 308 can be similar to the destination system 202 in FIG. 2 .
  • the first media agent 304 generally conducts the data to and from the secondary storage device 306 for storage and retrieval (e.g., during backup and restore operations, respectively).
  • the first media agent 304 receives a data block (or group of data blocks) from the client system for backup.
  • the first media agent 304 determines whether the data block already exists at the secondary storage device 306 .
  • the first media agent 304 can generate a signature (e.g., a hash value) corresponding to the data block and compare the signature to values in a signature table 314 .
  • the signature table 314 generally stores signatures corresponding to one or more of the data blocks already stored in the secondary storage device 306 .
  • the first media agent 304 does not generate the hash itself, but instead receives the hash from the client system. If there is no match, the media agent 304 stores the data block in the secondary storage device 306 . Otherwise, the media agent 304 may store only a reference to the data block.
  • the hash table 314 may reside at the media agent 304 as shown, at the secondary storage device 306 , or at some other location. In some embodiments, no hash table 314 is maintained.
  • the first media agent 304 when writing the data to the secondary storage device 306 , formats or packages the data such that performance of subsequent storage operations is enhanced.
  • the data formatted or packaged in such manner can be referred to as a dash copy.
  • Certain details relating to dash copies are described further in U.S. application Ser. No. 12/982,100, filed Dec. 30, 2010, issued as U.S. Pat. No. 8,578,109, entitled “SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR RETAINING AND USING DATA BLOCK SIGNATURES IN DATA PROTECTION OPERATIONS” (Attorney Docket: COMMV.082A), which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
  • FIG. 3A shows a detailed view of the example packaged data file 316 stored on the secondary storage device 306 .
  • the file 316 includes a file header 316 a , one or more block headers 316 b , and one or more data blocks 316 c .
  • the data packaging operations described herein such as the data packaging operations described with respect to any of FIGS. 2-5 may be performed by a data packaging module or manager executing on one or more of the components in the system.
  • a data packaging module or manager may be implemented on the storage manager, media agents (e.g., one or more of the media agents 304 , 310 shown in FIG. 3B ), or a combination thereof.
  • the file header 316 a generally includes information related to the file such as a file name or identifier, information related to the application that created the file, user access information, or other metadata related to the file.
  • the block headers 316 b can each include a block reference 316 d (e.g., a pointer or link) and substantially unique signature 316 e (e.g., a hash) corresponding to an associated data block. While not shown to scale, the signatures 316 e and/or block references 316 b according to certain embodiments are significantly smaller than the corresponding data blocks. For example, in one embodiment, the data blocks are 512 kB, and the signatures are 64 bytes, although other values can be used, such as 128, 256 or 512 bytes, or lesser or greater values. In other embodiments, the files 316 can include data blocks and/or signatures having variable lengths.
  • the ratio between the size of the data blocks and the size of the signature value is selected to calibrate system performance in certain embodiments. For example, in the above-described embodiment where the data blocks are 512 kB and the signature values are 64 bytes, the ratio is configured to be 8192. In another embodiment, the size of the data blocks is variable (e.g., selectable by a user) and ranges from between 32 kB and 512 kB, while the signature values are 64 bytes. In such an embodiment, the ratio is at least about 512.
  • the ratio can be configured to be at least about 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048, 4096, 8192, 16,384, 32,768, 65,536, at least about some other lesser or greater power of two, or at least about some other value.
  • the associated block reference 316 d can point to the corresponding data block 316 c itself in the file 316 .
  • the data blocks 316 c 1 and 316 c 2 have not been deduplicated.
  • the block reference 316 d 1 points to the data block 316 c 1 stored in the file 316
  • the block reference 316 d 4 points to the data block 316 c 2 in the file 316 .
  • the block reference 316 b points to a previously existing copy of the data block, and the data block itself may not be stored in the file 316 .
  • the block reference 316 d 2 points to a previously existing data block at some other location in the secondary storage device 306 , such as a data block in another file.
  • a block reference 316 d can point to a previously existing copy of the data block within that same file.
  • the block reference 316 d 3 points to the data block 316 c 1 in the file 316 .
  • the media agent 304 can package the data such that the signatures 316 e are embedded in the file 316 and associated with the corresponding block references 316 d and/or data blocks 316 c .
  • the signatures 316 e in one embodiment are stored in generally logically or physically contiguous memory space with the corresponding block reference 316 d and/or data block 316 c , or are otherwise logically associated.
  • the groupings defined by the media agent 304 and including the respective signature values 316 e , data block references 316 d and/or data blocks 316 c are referred to herein as signature/data words.
  • link information can be added that includes information regarding the physical location of the actual data block.
  • the link information can include identifiers indicating the machine and/or path at which the data block is stored, an offset associated with the block, such as an offset indicating a position of the data block in the relevant file, and the like.
  • link information is added for each signature 316 e .
  • the link information can be included in the block reference 316 d in some embodiments, or in some other data structure.
  • Embedding the signature values in the signature/data words along with the data and/or data block references 316 d is generally in contrast to where the signatures 316 e are stored in a separate hash table, such as the hash table 314 .
  • the hash table 314 may be used by the media agent 304 during backup for deduplication purposes, to determine whether incoming blocks are redundant.
  • the signatures 316 e embedded in the file 316 may be used for other specialized purposes, such as during copy or other operations, to quickly access the signature values as the operation is performed.
  • the media agent 304 may maintain multiple instances of at least some signature values.
  • the signatures 316 e are stored in a separate hash table rather than being embedded along with the data blocks 316 c and/or block references 316 b .
  • the separate hash table may be in addition to the hash table 314 , and the backup subsystem may therefore include at least first and second hash tables.
  • FIG. 3B is a block diagram illustrative of performing a deduplication copy, according to certain embodiments.
  • the system 300 performs a deduplicated copy of data from the secondary storage device 306 to the secondary storage device 312 .
  • the system 300 can utilize certain advantageous aspects described herein to reduce the overhead and time associated with executing the deduplicated copy, improving system performance.
  • the data transfer operations described herein such as the deduplicated copy operations described with respect to any of FIGS. 2-5 may be performed by a replication agent executing on one or more of the components in the system.
  • a replication agent may be implemented on the storage manager, media agents (e.g., one or more of the media agents 304 , 310 shown in FIG. 3B ), or a combination thereof.
  • the media agents 304 , 310 may respectively be the media agents 270 a , 270 b of the source and destination systems 201 , 202 of FIG. 2
  • the secondary storage devices 306 , 312 may respectively be the secondary storage devices 280 a , 280 b of the source and destination systems 201 , 202 .
  • the first media agent 304 receives instructions to perform a deduplicated copy.
  • the deduplicated copy may be scheduled relatively frequently in order to support replication to the destination system 202 (e.g., every 10, 20, 30 seconds, every 1, 2, 5, or 10 minutes, etc.), and may be initiated by a storage manager (not shown), such as the storage manager 210 of FIG. 2 .
  • the media agent 304 may initiate the deduplicated copy itself.
  • the first media agent 304 begins the copy operation.
  • the first media agent 304 sends signatures of corresponding data blocks to be copied to the second media agent 310 before sending the data blocks themselves.
  • the second media agent 310 can check to see if the received signatures match the signatures of data blocks already existing at the secondary storage device 312 . For example, the second media agent 310 compares the received signatures to entries in a signature table 318 (e.g., a hash table). If a data block already exists at the secondary storage device 312 , the second media agent 310 stores a reference to the existing copy of the data block in the secondary storage device 312 , and the first media agent 304 does not need to send the actual data block. If a data block does not exist at the secondary storage device 312 , the second media agent 310 informs the first media agent 304 , and the first media agent 304 will send the actual data block.
  • a signature table 318 e.g., a hash table
  • the first media agent 304 writes the signature values 316 e along with the data during the initial backup storage operation.
  • the signature values 316 e are embedded with the data in the signature/data words.
  • the signature values 316 e are advantageously readily accessible by the first media agent 304 without having to read the data or generate the signature value at that point.
  • the first media agent 304 can efficiently retrieve the signature values 316 e and send them to the second media agent 310 .
  • a lookup may be performed on the second media agent 310 to see if the hash already exists. If the hash already exists, the data block is not read or sent to the second media agent 310 as discussed in further detail herein.
  • reading the signature values from the secondary storage device 306 can consume less resources and/or take less time than reading the data blocks themselves to generate the signature values.
  • the signature values are embedded in the file 316 and associated with the corresponding block references 316 b and/or data blocks 316 c 1 , the signature values are readily accessible during the deduplicated copy operation.
  • the media agent 304 can generally traverse the signature/data words in the file 316 and extract the signature values 316 e.
  • system parameters can be tuned to achieve an appropriate balance between additional storage overhead and improved performance.
  • Such parameters can include the size of the signatures 316 e , the size of the data blocks 316 c , the ratio between the signature size and block size, and the like.
  • the system 300 can allow manually tuning of these parameters by system operators and/or perform automatic tuning. For example, the system 300 in one embodiment performs parameter tuning based on the amount of available storage, the processing or memory capacity of the media agent 304 , or the like. In other embodiments, the system 300 allows for manually or automatically disabling the storage of the signature values 316 e along with the block references 316 b and/or data blocks 316 c.
  • FIG. 4 is a block diagram illustrative of a data structure used to implement replication using deduplicated secondary copy data, according to certain embodiments. Certain details relating to FIG. 4 are further explained with respect to FIGS. 2, 3A, and 3B .
  • the stream 490 can include a data stream 491 and a command stream 492 .
  • the data stream 491 and the command stream 492 may be the same as or similar to the data stream 291 and the command stream 292 in FIG. 2 , respectively.
  • the command stream 492 can include messages that contain commands. Messages containing commands may be referred to as command messages.
  • the data stream 491 can include messages that contain hashes or data. Messages containing hashes or data may be referred to as data messages.
  • FIG. 4 illustrates the command stream 492 and the data stream 491 as parallel streams, but as explained above, a single stream 490 may include both types of messages.
  • command messages are embedded throughout data messages.
  • the commands can include without limitation, file rename commands, file delete commands, file exists commands, size commands, copy commands, and the like.
  • FIG. 5 is a flow diagram of illustrative of one embodiment of a routine 500 for replication using deduplicated secondary copy data.
  • the routine 500 is described with respect to the system 200 of FIG. 2 .
  • one or more of the steps of routine 500 may be implemented by other information management systems, such as those described in greater detail above with reference to FIGS. 1C, 1D, and 1E .
  • the routine 500 can be implemented by any one, or a combination of, a client, a storage manager, a data agent, a media agent, and the like.
  • further details regarding certain aspects of at least some of steps of the routine 500 are described in greater detail above with reference to FIG. 2 .
  • the process of FIG. 5 can be compatible with other types of storage operations, such as, for example, archiving, migration, snapshots, replication operations, and the like.
  • the source media agent 270 a creates or updates a deduplicated secondary copy 285 of a file on the source storage device(s) 280 a .
  • Media Agent 1 270 a may receive instructions from the client 220 a to copy data from the source information store(s) 230 a to the source storage device(s) 280 a , for example, in a backup.
  • the deduplicated secondary copy 285 can include multiple blocks and corresponding signature values of the blocks.
  • the deduplicated secondary copy 285 may reflect a change to at least one changed portion of the primary data residing on the source primary storage device(s) 280 a as compared to a previous deduplicated secondary copy of the primary data.
  • the deduplicated secondary copy 285 is one of a plurality of deduplicated secondary copies that the source system 201 is configured to perform as part of a continuous replication process, and the plurality of deduplicated secondary copies are performed according to a predetermined schedule at a regular interval.
  • the regular interval is less than one hour. In another embodiment, the regular interval is less than ten minutes. In yet another embodiment, the regular interval is less than five minutes.
  • the source media agent 270 a sends the signature value of at least one modified block in the secondary copy 285 to the destination media agent 270 b .
  • Media Agent 1 270 a sends hashes for one or more blocks to Media Agent 2 270 b .
  • the at least one modified block may correspond to the at least one changed portion of the primary data.
  • the source media agent 270 a receives notification that the block does not exist in the destination storage device(s) 280 b .
  • Media Agent 2 270 b notifies Media Agent 1 270 a that the block does not exist in the destination system 202 (e.g., in Storage Device 2 280 b ).
  • the source media agent 270 a sends the data of the block to the destination media agent 270 b .
  • Media Agent 1 270 a sends the data of the block to Media Agent 2 270 b.
  • the destination media agent 270 b copies the data of the block to the destination storage device(s) 280 b .
  • Media Agent 2 270 b stores the data of the block to Storage Device 2 280 b.
  • the destination media agent 270 b restores the data of the block to the destination information store 230 b .
  • Media Agent 2 270 b restores the data of the block to Information Store 2 230 b .
  • the restore performed by the destination system 202 is one of a plurality of restore operations, wherein each of the plurality of restore operations corresponds to one of the plurality of deduplicated secondary copies performed by the source system 201 .
  • the plurality of restore operations are performed at the regular interval such that changes to the primary data on the source system 201 are replicated to the destination system 202 in a period of time not significantly greater than the regular interval.
  • the plurality of restore operations are performed at the regular interval at which the plurality of deduplicated secondary copies are performed.
  • the primary data includes one or more files
  • the source media agent 270 a sends a command stream 292 including one or more commands associated with the one or more files to the destination system 202 .
  • the destination system 202 e.g., the destination media agent 270 b ) executes the one or more commands.
  • the routine 500 can include fewer, more, or different blocks than those illustrated in FIG. 5 without departing from the spirit and scope of the description. Moreover, it will be appreciated by those skilled in the art and others that some or all of the functions described in this disclosure may be embodied in software executed by one or more processors of the disclosed components and mobile communication devices. The software may be persistently stored in any type of non-volatile and/or non-transitory storage.
  • FIG. 6 is a flow diagram illustrative of one embodiment of a routine 600 for scheduling backup operations in replication using deduplicated secondary copy data.
  • the routine 600 is described with respect to the system 200 of FIG. 2 .
  • one or more of the steps of routine 600 may be implemented by other information management systems, such as those described in greater detail above with reference to FIGS. 1C, 1D, and 1E .
  • the routine 600 can be implemented by any one, or a combination of, a client, a storage manager, a data agent, a media agent, and the like.
  • further details regarding certain aspects of at least some of steps of the routine 600 are described in greater detail above with reference to FIG. 2 .
  • the process of FIG. 6 can be compatible with other types of storage operations, such as, for example, archiving, migration, snapshots, replication operations, and the like.
  • the system 200 detects a write to one or more files. For instance, the system 200 detects a write to one or more files on the primary storage device 230 a associated with the client 1 220 a.
  • the system 200 determines based on various factors whether to schedule or initiate a backup. As explained above, factors may include: number of writes, time of last write, time since last write, CPU availability, etc. If the system 200 determines that it is appropriate to schedule or initiate a backup operation (or other secondary copy operation), at block 603 the system 200 schedules or initiates the backup operation.
  • the routine 600 can include fewer, more, or different blocks than those illustrated in FIG. 6 without departing from the spirit and scope of the description. Moreover, it will be appreciated by those skilled in the art and others that some or all of the functions described in this disclosure may be embodied in software executed by one or more processors of the disclosed components and mobile communication devices. The software may be persistently stored in any type of non-volatile and/or non-transitory storage.
  • FIG. 7 is a flow diagram illustrative of one embodiment of a routine 700 for reducing metadata associated with a replication process using deduplicated secondary copy data.
  • the routine 700 is described with respect to the system 200 of FIG. 2 .
  • one or more of the steps of routine 700 may be implemented by other information management systems, such as those described in greater detail above with reference to FIGS. 1C, 1D, and 1E .
  • the routine 700 can be implemented by any one, or a combination of, a client, a storage manager, a data agent, a media agent, and the like.
  • further details regarding certain aspects of at least some of steps of the routine 700 are described in greater detail above with reference to FIG. 2 .
  • the process of FIG. 7 can be compatible with other types of storage operations, such as, for example, archiving, migration, snapshots, replication operations, and the like.
  • the system 200 initiates a replication process in which a plurality of deduplicated backup copies 285 are used to replicate data from the source system 201 to the destination system 202 .
  • a replication policy is stored in a storage manager database and dictates that the storage manager 210 should initiate deduplicated backups at the source system 201 every five minutes.
  • the storage policy further specifies that the media agent 270 a should communicate changed data from the source system 201 to the destination system 202 every time a deduplicated backup operation completes.
  • the system 200 performs a backup operation associated with the replication process. For instance, in the example case, after the five minutes specified by the storage policy expires, the storage manager 210 instructs the data agent(s) 240 a and the media agent(s) 270 a to back up data generated by the application 260 a to the secondary storage device(s) 280 a , thereby generating the first backup copy 285 for use in the replication operation.
  • the system 200 determines whether to create a new metadata container file including metadata associated with a backup used in the replication process.
  • the metadata container file may be referred to as persistent because it is reused for multiple backup operations, and in some cases is reused for backup operations spanning an entire replication process, as is described further herein. For instance, the system 200 may create a new metadata container file if no metadata container file associated with the replication process currently exists.
  • the system 200 may create a new metadata container file based on a predetermined policy, such when an existing metadata container file includes metadata associated with a predetermined number of backup operations (e.g., 100, 1000, or 10,000), when an existing metadata container file has been in use for a certain predetermined period of time (e.g., 1, 5, or 10 hours), etc.
  • a predetermined number of backup operations e.g. 100, 1000, or 10,000
  • a certain predetermined period of time e.g. 1, 5, or 10 hours
  • multiple metadata container files exist for the same job ID, for example, if the job was suspended and resumed multiple times.
  • the metadata included in the container file can provide information about the files included in the backup copies, information relating to the backup operation corresponding to the backup copies, etc.
  • the metadata may include information such as the time, size, amount of data transferred, etc.; these types of information can be listed once per container file.
  • FIG. 7A described further below shows one embodiment of a container file. While the metadata is described with respect to FIG. 7 as being stored in a container file separate from the backup copies, in other embodiments, the metadata can be stored in one or more of the backup copies. In either case, the existing metadata can reside on the secondary storage device(s) 280 a.
  • the storage manager 210 at block 703 determines that there is no existing metadata container file residing on the secondary storage device(s) 280 a associated with one or more backup operations. For instance, the storage manager 210 may assume that no metadata container file exists because the storage manager 210 controls the replication process, and therefore is aware that the metadata container file has not been created yet. In some other embodiments, the media agent 270 a may read the secondary storage device(s) 280 a to determine that no metadata container file exists and inform the storage manager 210 of the same. In any case, the system 200 creates a metadata container file at block 704 . For instance, the media agent 270 a or can collect metadata during the initial backup operation and writes the metadata to the storage device(s) 280 a .
  • the media agent 270 a in the exemplary scenario creates a new metadata container file on the secondary storage device(s) 280 a and writes the collected metadata into the container file.
  • the media agent 270 a writes the metadata to the backup file 285 itself.
  • the system 200 determines whether to continue the replication operation at block 706 .
  • the system 200 returns to block 702 and performs the second deduplicated backup operation in the replication process.
  • the system 200 returns to block 703 and determines that the metadata container file already exists and does not need to be created.
  • the storage manager 210 may recognize that an initial metadata container file already exists because it was created in association with the first backup operation. Thus, the storage manager 210 does not create a new metadata container file, but instead opens the existing metadata container file and updates the existing container file at block 705 to include metadata associated with the current backup operation.
  • FIG. 7A shows an example partial metadata container file 790 .
  • the metadata container file may also be referred to as a replication metadata container.
  • the replication metadata container 790 can include information such as job ID, data size, file names, etc.
  • FIG. 7A illustrates the replication metadata container 790 at two different times: time t0 following an initial backup and time t1 following a second backup.
  • the replication metadata container 790 has the job ID 123, the data size is 2 GB, and the file names include “A,” “B,” and “C.”
  • Backup data at t0 includes Backup File 1, which is 2 GB in size.
  • the source system 201 backs up Backup File 2, which is 100 MB in size.
  • Backup File 2 includes a new file, File D.
  • the source system 201 updates the replication metadata container 790 to reflect the information related to the second backup.
  • the replication metadata container 790 has the job ID 123, the data size is 2.1 GB, and the file names include “A,” “B,” “C,” and “D.”
  • the data size is updated from 2 GB to 2.1 GB in view of Backup File 2, and the file names field is updated to include “D.”
  • the source system 201 uses the same job ID for a replication process, and therefore, the job ID remains 123.
  • the routine 700 can include fewer, more, or different blocks than those illustrated in FIG. 7 without departing from the spirit and scope of the description. Moreover, it will be appreciated by those skilled in the art and others that some or all of the functions described in this disclosure may be embodied in software executed by one or more processors of the disclosed components and mobile communication devices. The software may be persistently stored in any type of non-volatile and/or non-transitory storage.
  • FIG. 8 is a flow diagram of illustrative of one embodiment of a routine 800 for processing an embedded command stream in replication using deduplicated secondary copy data.
  • the routine 800 is described with respect to the system 200 of FIG. 2 .
  • one or more of the steps of routine 800 may be implemented by other information management systems, such as those described in greater detail above with reference to FIGS. 1C, 1D, and 1E .
  • the routine 800 can be implemented by any one, or a combination of, a client, a storage manager, a data agent, a media agent, and the like.
  • further details regarding certain aspects of at least some of steps of the routine 800 are described in greater detail above with reference to FIG. 2 .
  • the process of FIG. 8 can be compatible with other types of storage operations, such as, for example, archiving, migration, snapshots, replication operations, and the like.
  • the system 200 receives a stream including commands, hashes, and block data.
  • commands can be embedded within a stream along with data.
  • the header for each message in the stream can indicate whether the message contains a command, a hash, or block data. In certain embodiments, the header does not distinguish between a message containing a hash and a message containing block data, and simply indicates that a message contains data.
  • the storage manager 210 handles the coding of the commands into the stream. For example, the source system 201 logs the commands at the client 220 a , and the commands are processed with data during a backup.
  • the system 200 checks the header of a message in the stream.
  • Media Agent 2 270 b receives the stream and checks the header of each message to determine whether the message contains a command, a hash, or block data.
  • the header only distinguishes between a message containing a command and a message containing data (e.g., hash or block data).
  • the system 200 processes a command message. For example, when the header of a message indicates that it is a command message, Media Agent 2 270 b logs the command in the payload of the message and forwards the command to the data agent 240 b . Media Agent 2 270 b may collect a number of commands before sending them to the data agent 240 b or send each command as Media Agent 2 270 b processes the command.
  • the system 200 performs the command.
  • the data agent 240 b can receive the command from Media Agent 2 270 b and execute the command on the restored data in Information Store 2 230 b.
  • the storage manager 210 is conducting a replication operation in which a plurality of deduplicationed backup copy files 285 including data associated with the client 220 a have been written to the secondary storage device 280 a by the media agent 270 a .
  • a replication policy specifies that backup copies occur every one minute, and that data changes are communicated from the source system 201 to the destination system 202 after completion of every backup operation.
  • a user deletes a first file, File B. Then, following the deletion, a user renames a second file, File A, as File B.
  • the system 200 performs backup copy n+1.
  • the storage manager 210 instructs the media agent 1 270 a of the source system 201 to communicate the backup copy n+1 to the media agent 270 b of the destination system 202 .
  • the media agent 1 270 a sends over the data stream including a header and payload data including data blocks, data block signatures (e.g., hashes), and an embedded command stream.
  • the command stream includes a first entry including information sufficient for the media agent 2 270 b to determine that the first file, original File B, was deleted, and that the second file, File A, was renamed as File B.
  • the command stream further includes sequence information sufficient for the media agent 2 270 b to determine that the delete operation occurred prior to the rename operation.
  • the media agent 2 270 b at the destination system 202 receives the data stream from the media agent 1 270 a of the source system 201 at block 801 of the routine 800 .
  • the data stream can include a header and payload data including data blocks, data block signatures (e.g., hashes), and an embedded command stream.
  • the data stream may be in the format shown in FIG. 4 .
  • the media agent 2 270 b reviews the header to determine that the command stream includes one or more commands.
  • the media agent 2 270 b processes the messages in the command stream.
  • the media agent 2 270 b reviews the messages and then instructs the data agent 240 b to play back the commands.
  • the data agent 240 b first deletes File B on the primary storage device(s) 230 b and then renames File A on primary storage device(s) 230 b as File B.
  • the commands in one embodiment are played back after backup copy n+1 is restored to the primary storage device 230 b .
  • the commands are played back in the same order as they were performed in the source system 201 such that the data at the destination system 202 matches the data at the source system 201 .
  • the routine 800 can include fewer, more, or different blocks than those illustrated in FIG. 8 without departing from the spirit and scope of the description. Moreover, it will be appreciated by those skilled in the art and others that some or all of the functions described in this disclosure may be embodied in software executed by one or more processors of the disclosed components and mobile communication devices. The software may be persistently stored in any type of non-volatile and/or non-transitory storage.
  • Conditional language such as, among others, “can,” “could,” “might,” or “may,” unless specifically stated otherwise, or otherwise understood within the context as used, is generally intended to convey that certain embodiments include, while other embodiments do not include, certain features, elements and/or steps. Thus, such conditional language is not generally intended to imply that features, elements and/or steps are in any way required for one or more embodiments or that one or more embodiments necessarily include logic for deciding, with or without user input or prompting, whether these features, elements and/or steps are included or are to be performed in any particular embodiment.
  • the words “comprise,” “comprising,” and the like are to be construed in an inclusive sense, as opposed to an exclusive or exhaustive sense; that is to say, in the sense of “including, but not limited to.”
  • the terms “connected,” “coupled,” or any variant thereof means any connection or coupling, either direct or indirect, between two or more elements; the coupling or connection between the elements can be physical, logical, or a combination thereof.
  • the words “herein,” “above,” “below,” and words of similar import when used in this application, refer to this application as a whole and not to any particular portions of this application.
  • words in the above Detailed Description using the singular or plural number may also include the plural or singular number respectively.
  • the word “or” in reference to a list of two or more items covers all of the following interpretations of the word: any one of the items in the list, all of the items in the list, and any combination of the items in the list.
  • the term “and/or” in reference to a list of two or more items covers all of the following interpretations of the word: any one of the items in the list, all of the items in the list, and any combination of the items in the list.
  • operations, acts, events, or functions of any of the algorithms described herein can be performed in a different sequence, can be added, merged, or left out altogether (e.g., not all are necessary for the practice of the algorithms).
  • operations, acts, functions, or events can be performed concurrently, e.g., through multi-threaded processing, interrupt processing, or multiple processors or processor cores or on other parallel architectures, rather than sequentially.
  • Systems and modules described herein may comprise software, firmware, hardware, or any combination(s) of software, firmware, or hardware suitable for the purposes described herein.
  • Software and other modules may reside and execute on servers, workstations, personal computers, computerized tablets, PDAs, and other computing devices suitable for the purposes described herein.
  • Software and other modules may be accessible via local memory, via a network, via a browser, or via other means suitable for the purposes described herein.
  • Data structures described herein may comprise computer files, variables, programming arrays, programming structures, or any electronic information storage schemes or methods, or any combinations thereof, suitable for the purposes described herein.
  • User interface elements described herein may comprise elements from graphical user interfaces, interactive voice response, command line interfaces, and other suitable interfaces.
  • processing of the various components of the illustrated systems can be distributed across multiple machines, networks, and other computing resources.
  • two or more components of a system can be combined into fewer components.
  • Various components of the illustrated systems can be implemented in one or more virtual machines, rather than in dedicated computer hardware systems and/or computing devices.
  • the data repositories shown can represent physical and/or logical data storage, including, for example, storage area networks or other distributed storage systems.
  • the connections between the components shown represent possible paths of data flow, rather than actual connections between hardware. While some examples of possible connections are shown, any of the subset of the components shown can communicate with any other subset of components in various implementations.
  • Embodiments are also described above with reference to flow chart illustrations and/or block diagrams of methods, apparatus (systems) and computer program products.
  • Each block of the flow chart illustrations and/or block diagrams, and combinations of blocks in the flow chart illustrations and/or block diagrams may be implemented by computer program instructions.
  • Such instructions may be provided to a processor of a general purpose computer, special purpose computer, specially-equipped computer (e.g., comprising a high-performance database server, a graphics subsystem, etc.) or other programmable data processing apparatus to produce a machine, such that the instructions, which execute via the processor(s) of the computer or other programmable data processing apparatus, create means for implementing the acts specified in the flow chart and/or block diagram block or blocks.
  • These computer program instructions may also be stored in a non-transitory computer-readable memory that can direct a computer or other programmable data processing apparatus to operate in a particular manner, such that the instructions stored in the computer-readable memory produce an article of manufacture including instruction means which implement the acts specified in the flow chart and/or block diagram block or blocks.
  • the computer program instructions may also be loaded onto a computing device or other programmable data processing apparatus to cause a series of operations to be performed on the computing device or other programmable apparatus to produce a computer implemented process such that the instructions which execute on the computer or other programmable apparatus provide steps for implementing the acts specified in the flow chart and/or block diagram block or blocks.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Quality & Reliability (AREA)
  • Human Computer Interaction (AREA)
  • Databases & Information Systems (AREA)
  • Data Mining & Analysis (AREA)
  • Computer Security & Cryptography (AREA)
  • Computing Systems (AREA)
  • Information Retrieval, Db Structures And Fs Structures Therefor (AREA)

Abstract

An information management system according to certain aspects uses backup copies or other secondary copies of production data for the purposes of replicating production data to another client. The secondary copies can be deduplicated copies. By utilizing available secondary copies of the data for replication, the system can reduce the impact on the production machines associated with replication. Utilizing deduplicated copies not only reduces the amount of stored data, but also reduces the amount of data that is communicated between the source and the destination, increasing the speed of the replication process.

Description

    INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE TO ANY PRIORITY APPLICATIONS
  • Any and all applications for which a foreign or domestic priority claim is identified in the Application Data Sheet of the present application are hereby incorporated by reference under 37 CFR 1.57.
  • BACKGROUND
  • Businesses worldwide recognize the commercial value of their data and seek reliable, cost-effective ways to protect the information stored on their computer networks while minimizing impact on productivity. Protecting information is often part of a routine process that is performed within an organization. A company might back up critical computing systems such as databases, file servers, web servers, and so on as part of a daily, weekly, or monthly maintenance schedule. The company may similarly protect computing systems used by each of its employees, such as those used by an accounting department, marketing department, engineering department, and so forth.
  • Given the rapidly expanding volume of data under management, companies also continue to seek innovative techniques for managing data growth, in addition to protecting data. For instance, companies often implement migration techniques for moving data to lower cost storage over time and data reduction techniques for reducing redundant data, pruning lower priority data, etc. Enterprises also increasingly view their stored data as a valuable asset. Along these lines, customers are looking for solutions that not only protect and manage, but also leverage their data. For instance, solutions providing data analysis capabilities, information management, improved data presentation and access features, and the like, are in increasing demand.
  • SUMMARY
  • In some cases, an organization may want to replicate production data generated by one or more source client to one or more destination clients. In particular, it can be desirable to maintain the same data at two different locations. Replication may be performed using production machines, but this can be resource intensive, reducing availability of the production machines for production activities. In order to address these and other challenges, an information management system according to certain aspects may use backup copies or other secondary copies of production data for the purposes of replicating production data to another client. The secondary copies can be deduplicated copies, for instance. By utilizing available secondary copies of the data for replication, the system can reduce the impact on the production machines associated with replication. Utilizing deduplicated copies not only reduces the amount of stored data, but reduce the amount of data that is communicated between the source and the destination, increasing the speed of the replication process. According to some aspects, the system achieves the replication by performing a deduplicated copy from a source to a destination, then performing a restore from the deduplicated secondary copies at the destination. The deduplicated secondary copies can be packaged in a particular format that facilitates replication. For example, the system packages the hashes and data together. In this way, the system can access the hashes directly from the deduplicated secondary copies.
  • In this manner, the system can leverage deduplicated data in secondary storage as the source to replicate production data from one client to another client, while reducing the burden on the production machines. Moreover, packaging the deduplicated data in the format explained above, the system may streamline accessing of the hashes.
  • While traditional backup copies may be taken relatively infrequently (e.g., every several hours, every day, every week, etc.), some of the systems described herein create backups or other secondary copies on a more frequent basis (e.g., every 10 seconds, 30 seconds, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 10 minutes) in order to support the replication process, and more quickly replicate changes from the source to the destination. This can result in a large number of backup operations. In order to reduce the amount of metadata generated in association with these operations, some embodiments described herein perform metadata reduction techniques. For instance, the system may create a single container file that includes metadata and/or data associated with a multiple backup operations, rather than creating a new file for each operation. The system can modify (e.g., increment a data size parameter) existing parameters within the container file to reflect the iterative backup operations instead of generating new parameters for individual backup files.
  • In addition to the actual data, there may be other changes to the data in the source, such as renaming of a file, deletion of a file, etc. Such changes to the data may be referred to as commands. Generally, commands are not captured in traditional backups because a backup is a point-in-time copy of the data and/or because the backup copies are stored in a backup format rather than a file system format. In replication using deduplicated secondary copy, the data in the source is continuously sent to the destination, and the commands may also be sent to the destination, for example, in a command stream in order to reflect the changes to the data at the source. For example, the source may send the hashes and/or the data blocks in a data stream, and can send a command stream along with a data stream. The destination receives and executes the commands. The order of the commands may be preserved, for example, based on time information, such that the commands can be executed in order at the destination.
  • For purposes of summarizing the disclosure, certain aspects, advantages and novel features of the inventions have been described herein. It is to be understood that not necessarily all such advantages may be achieved in accordance with any particular embodiment of the invention. Thus, the invention may be embodied or carried out in a manner that achieves or optimizes one advantage or group of advantages as taught herein without necessarily achieving other advantages as may be taught or suggested herein.
  • According to certain aspects of the disclosure, a system is described for replicating data in secondary storage using secondary copy data. The system can include a source system having a source client computing device comprising hardware. The source primary storage devices are associated with the source client computing device. The source system can further include one or more source secondary storage controller computers comprising hardware and one or more source secondary storage devices. The source secondary storage controller computers according to certain embodiments are configured to create a first copy of primary data residing in the one or more source primary storage devices on the one or more source secondary storage devices. The first copy can be a deduplicated secondary copy including a plurality of data blocks and corresponding signature values and reflects a change to at least one changed portion of the primary data as compared to a previous deduplicated secondary copy of the primary data. The source secondary storage controller computers can additionally be configured to send the signature value corresponding to at least a first data block of the plurality of data blocks in the first copy to the one or more destination secondary storage controller computers, the first data block corresponding to the at least one changed portion of the primary data. In response to notification from the one or more destination secondary storage controller computers that the first data block does not exist in the one or more destination secondary storage devices, the source secondary storage controller computers can be further configured to send the first data block to the one or more destination secondary storage controller computers. The system can further include a destination system comprising a destination client computing device comprising hardware. The destination system can additionally include one or more destination primary storage devices associated with the destination client computing device. The destination system can further include one or more destination secondary storage controller computers comprising hardware, and one or more destination secondary storage devices. The destination system can be configured to copy the first data block to the one or more destination secondary storage devices. The destination system can additionally be configured to restore a deduplicated secondary copy of the primary data stored on the one or more destination secondary storage devices to the one or more destination primary storage devices such that the change to the primary data is propagated to a replicated version of the primary data residing on the destination primary storage devices.
  • In some implementations, the first copy is one of a plurality of deduplicated secondary copies that the source system is configured to perform as part of a continuous replication process. The plurality of deduplicated secondary copies can be performed according to a predetermined schedule at a regular interval. Depending on the implementation, the regular interval can be less than one hour, less than ten minutes, or less than five minutes.
  • The restore performed by the destination system can be one of a plurality of restore operations. Each of the plurality of restore operations can correspond to one of the plurality of deduplicated secondary copies performed by the source system. The plurality of restore operations are performed at the regular interval according to certain configurations such that changes to the primary data on the source system are replicated to the destination system in a period of time not significantly greater than the regular interval.
  • In some embodiments, the primary data includes one or more files, and the one or more secondary storage controller computers are further configured to send a command stream including one or more commands associated with the one or more files. The destination system can be configured to execute the one or more commands.
  • According to yet further aspects of the present disclosure, a method of replicating data from a source system to a destination system using secondary copy data is provided. The method can include, using the source system, creating a first copy of primary data, the primary data residing in one or more source primary storage devices of the source system. The first copy can be created on one or more source secondary storage devices of the source system. The first copy can be a deduplicated secondary copy including a plurality of data blocks and corresponding signature values, and can reflect a change to at least one changed portion of the primary data as compared to a previous deduplicated secondary copy of the primary data. The method can further including sending the signature value corresponding to at least a first data block of the plurality of data blocks in the first copy to one or more destination secondary storage controller computers in the destination system, the first data block corresponding to the at least one changed portion of the primary data. In response to notification from the one or more destination secondary storage controller computers that the first data block does not exist in one or more destination secondary storage devices of the destination system, the method can further include sending the first data block to the one or more destination secondary storage controller computers. The method can further include, using the destination system, copying the first data block to the one or more destination secondary storage devices of the destination system. The method can additionally include restoring a deduplicated secondary copy of the primary data stored on the one or more destination secondary storage devices to one or more destination primary storage devices of the destination system such that the change to the primary data is propagated to a replicated version of the primary data residing on the destination primary storage devices.
  • The first copy according to certain implementations is one of a plurality of deduplicated secondary copies that the source system is configured to perform as part of a continuous replication process. The plurality of deduplicated secondary copies are performed according to a pre-determined schedule at a regular interval. The regular interval is less than one hour, less than ten minutes, or less than five minutes.
  • In some embodiments, the restore performed by the destination system is one of a plurality of restore operations, wherein each of the plurality of restore operations corresponds to one of the plurality of deduplicated secondary copies performed by the source system. The plurality of restore operations can be performed at the regular interval such that changes to the primary data on the source system are replicated to the destination system in a period of time not significantly greater than the regular interval. The primary data can include one or more files, where the method further includes, using the one or more secondary storage controller computers, sending a command stream including one or more commands associated with the one or more files; and using the destination system, executing the one or more commands.
  • BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
  • FIG. 1A is a block diagram illustrating an exemplary information management system.
  • FIG. 1B is a detailed view of a primary storage device, a secondary storage device, and some examples of primary data and secondary copy data.
  • FIG. 1C is a block diagram of an exemplary information management system including a storage manager, one or more data agents, and one or more media agents.
  • FIG. 1D is a block diagram illustrating a scalable information management system.
  • FIG. 1E illustrates certain secondary copy operations according to an exemplary storage policy.
  • FIGS. 1F-1H are block diagrams illustrating suitable data structures that may be employed by the information management system.
  • FIG. 2 is a data flow diagram illustrative of the interaction between the various components of an exemplary information management system configured to implement replication using deduplicated secondary copy data, according to certain embodiments.
  • FIG. 3A is a logical diagram illustrative of a deduplicated file used to implement replication using deduplicated secondary copy data, according to certain embodiments.
  • FIG. 3B is a block diagram illustrative of performing a deduplication copy, according to certain embodiments.
  • FIG. 4 is a block diagram illustrative of a data structure used to implement replication using deduplicated secondary copy data, according to certain embodiments.
  • FIG. 5 is a flow diagram of illustrative of one embodiment of a routine for replication using deduplicated secondary copy data.
  • FIG. 6 is a flow diagram illustrative of one embodiment of a routine for scheduling backup operations in replication using deduplicated secondary copy data.
  • FIG. 7 is a flow diagram illustrative of one embodiment of a routine for reducing metadata in replication using deduplicated secondary copy data.
  • FIG. 7A is a block diagram illustrative of an exemplary partial metadata container file.
  • FIG. 8 is a flow diagram of illustrative of one embodiment of a routine for processing an embedded command stream in replication using deduplicated secondary copy data.
  • DETAILED DESCRIPTION
  • Systems and methods are disclosed for implementing replication using deduplicated secondary copy data. Examples of such systems and methods are described in further detail herein, in reference to FIGS. 2-8. Components and functionality for replication using deduplicated secondary copy data may be configured and/or incorporated into information management systems such as those described herein in FIGS. 1A-1H.
  • Information Management System Overview
  • With the increasing importance of protecting and leveraging data, organizations simply cannot afford to take the risk of losing critical data. Moreover, runaway data growth and other modern realities make protecting and managing data an increasingly difficult task. There is therefore a need for efficient, powerful, and user-friendly solutions for protecting and managing data.
  • Depending on the size of the organization, there are typically many data production sources which are under the purview of tens, hundreds, or even thousands of employees or other individuals. In the past, individual employees were sometimes responsible for managing and protecting their data. A patchwork of hardware and software point solutions has been applied in other cases. These solutions were often provided by different vendors and had limited or no interoperability.
  • Certain embodiments described herein provide systems and methods capable of addressing these and other shortcomings of prior approaches by implementing unified, organization-wide information management. FIG. 1A shows one such information management system 100, which generally includes combinations of hardware and software configured to protect and manage data and metadata, which is generated and used by the various computing devices in information management system 100. The organization that employs the information management system 100 may be a corporation or other business entity, non-profit organization, educational institution, household, governmental agency, or the like.
  • Generally, the systems and associated components described herein may be compatible with and/or provide some or all of the functionality of the systems and corresponding components described in one or more of the following U.S. patents and patent application publications assigned to CommVault Systems, Inc., each of which is hereby incorporated in its entirety by reference herein:
      • U.S. Pat. No. 7,035,880, entitled “Modular Backup and Retrieval System Used in Conjunction With a Storage Area Network”;
      • U.S. Pat. No. 7,107,298, entitled “System And Method For Archiving Objects In An Information Store”;
      • U.S. Pat. No. 7,246,207, entitled “System and Method for Dynamically Performing Storage Operations in a Computer Network”;
      • U.S. Pat. No. 7,315,923, entitled “System And Method For Combining Data Streams In Pipelined Storage Operations In A Storage Network”;
      • U.S. Pat. No. 7,343,453, entitled “Hierarchical Systems and Methods for Providing a Unified View of Storage Information”;
      • U.S. Pat. No. 7,395,282, entitled “Hierarchical Backup and Retrieval System”;
      • U.S. Pat. No. 7,529,782, entitled “System and Methods for Performing a Snapshot and for Restoring Data”;
      • U.S. Pat. No. 7,617,262, entitled “System and Methods for Monitoring Application Data in a Data Replication System”;
      • U.S. Pat. No. 7,747,579, entitled “Metabase for Facilitating Data Classification”;
      • U.S. Pat. No. 8,156,086, entitled “Systems And Methods For Stored Data Verification”;
      • U.S. Pat. No. 8,170,995, entitled “Method and System for Offline Indexing of Content and Classifying Stored Data”;
      • U.S. Pat. No. 8,229,954, entitled “Managing Copies Of Data”;
      • U.S. Pat. No. 8,230,195, entitled “System And Method For Performing Auxiliary Storage Operations”;
      • U.S. Pat. No. 8,285,681, entitled “Data Object Store and Server for a Cloud Storage Environment, Including Data Deduplication and Data Management Across Multiple Cloud Storage Sites”;
      • U.S. Pat. No. 8,307,177, entitled “Systems And Methods For Management Of Virtualization Data”;
      • U.S. Pat. No. 8,364,652, entitled “Content-Aligned, Block-Based Deduplication”;
      • U.S. Pat. No. 8,578,120, entitled “Block-Level Single Instancing”;
      • U.S. Pat. Pub. No. 2006/0224846, entitled “System and Method to Support Single Instance Storage Operations”;
      • U.S. Pat. Pub. No. 2009/0319534, entitled “Application-Aware and Remote Single Instance Data Management”;
      • U.S. Pat. Pub. No. 2012/0150818, entitled “Client-Side Repository in a Networked Deduplicated Storage System”; and
      • U.S. Pat. Pub. No. 2012/0150826, entitled “Distributed Deduplicated Storage System”.
  • The information management system 100 can include a variety of different computing devices. For instance, as will be described in greater detail herein, the information management system 100 can include one or more client computing devices 102 and secondary storage computing devices 106.
  • Computing devices can include, without limitation, one or more: workstations, personal computers, desktop computers, or other types of generally fixed computing systems such as mainframe computers and minicomputers. Other computing devices can include mobile or portable computing devices, such as one or more laptops, tablet computers, personal data assistants, mobile phones (such as smartphones), and other mobile or portable computing devices such as embedded computers, set top boxes, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable computers, etc. Computing devices can include servers, such as mail servers, file servers, database servers, and web servers.
  • In some cases, a computing device includes virtualized and/or cloud computing resources. For instance, one or more virtual machines may be provided to the organization by a third-party cloud service vendor. Or, in some embodiments, computing devices can include one or more virtual machine(s) running on a physical host computing device (or “host machine”) operated by the organization. As one example, the organization may use one virtual machine as a database server and another virtual machine as a mail server, both virtual machines operating on the same host machine.
  • A virtual machine includes an operating system and associated virtual resources, and is hosted simultaneously with another operating system on a physical host computer (or host machine). A hypervisor (typically software, and also known in the art as a virtual machine monitor or a virtual machine manager or “VMM”) sits between the virtual machine and the hardware of the physical host machine. One example of hypervisor as virtualization software is ESX Server, by VMware, Inc. of Palo Alto, Calif.; other examples include Microsoft Virtual Server and Microsoft Windows Server Hyper-V, both by Microsoft Corporation of Redmond, Wash., and Sun xVM by Oracle America Inc. of Santa Clara, Calif. In some embodiments, the hypervisor may be firmware or hardware or a combination of software and/or firmware and/or hardware.
  • The hypervisor provides to each virtual operating system virtual resources, such as a virtual processor, virtual memory, a virtual network device, and a virtual disk. Each virtual machine has one or more virtual disks. The hypervisor typically stores the data of virtual disks in files on the file system of the physical host machine, called virtual machine disk files (in the case of VMware virtual servers) or virtual hard disk image files (in the case of Microsoft virtual servers). For example, VMware's ESX Server provides the Virtual Machine File System (VMFS) for the storage of virtual machine disk files. A virtual machine reads data from and writes data to its virtual disk much the same way that an actual physical machine reads data from and writes data to an actual disk.
  • Examples of techniques for implementing information management techniques in a cloud computing environment are described in U.S. Pat. No. 8,285,681, which is incorporated by reference herein. Examples of techniques for implementing information management techniques in a virtualized computing environment are described in U.S. Pat. No. 8,307,177, also incorporated by reference herein.
  • The information management system 100 can also include a variety of storage devices, including primary storage devices 104 and secondary storage devices 108, for example. Storage devices can generally be of any suitable type including, without limitation, disk drives, hard-disk arrays, semiconductor memory (e.g., solid state storage devices), network attached storage (NAS) devices, tape libraries or other magnetic, non-tape storage devices, optical media storage devices, DNA/RNA-based memory technology, combinations of the same, and the like. In some embodiments, storage devices can form part of a distributed file system. In some cases, storage devices are provided in a cloud (e.g., a private cloud or one operated by a third-party vendor). A storage device in some cases comprises a disk array or portion thereof.
  • The illustrated information management system 100 includes one or more client computing device 102 having at least one application 110 executing thereon, and one or more primary storage devices 104 storing primary data 112. The client computing device(s) 102 and the primary storage devices 104 may generally be referred to in some cases as a primary storage subsystem 117. A computing device in an information management system 100 that has a data agent 142 installed and operating on it is generally referred to as a client computing device 102 (or, in the context of a component of the information management system 100 simply as a “client”).
  • Depending on the context, the term “information management system” can refer to generally all of the illustrated hardware and software components. Or, in other instances, the term may refer to only a subset of the illustrated components.
  • For instance, in some cases, the information management system 100 generally refers to a combination of specialized components used to protect, move, manage, manipulate, analyze, and/or process data and metadata generated by the client computing devices 102. However, the information management system 100 in some cases does not include the underlying components that generate and/or store the primary data 112, such as the client computing devices 102 themselves, the applications 110 and operating system operating on the client computing devices 102, and the primary storage devices 104. As an example, “information management system” may sometimes refer to one or more of the following components and corresponding data structures: storage managers, data agents, and media agents. These components will be described in further detail below.
  • Client Computing Devices
  • There are typically a variety of sources in an organization that produce data to be protected and managed. As just one illustrative example, in a corporate environment such data sources can be employee workstations and company servers such as a mail server, a web server, a database server, a transaction server, or the like. In the information management system 100, the data generation sources include the one or more client computing devices 102.
  • The client computing devices 102 may include any of the types of computing devices described above, without limitation, and in some cases the client computing devices 102 are associated with one or more users and/or corresponding user accounts, of employees or other individuals.
  • The information management system 100 generally addresses and handles the data management and protection needs for the data generated by the client computing devices 102. However, the use of this term does not imply that the client computing devices 102 cannot be “servers” in other respects. For instance, a particular client computing device 102 may act as a server with respect to other devices, such as other client computing devices 102. As just a few examples, the client computing devices 102 can include mail servers, file servers, database servers, and web servers.
  • Each client computing device 102 may have one or more applications 110 (e.g., software applications) executing thereon which generate and manipulate the data that is to be protected from loss and managed. The applications 110 generally facilitate the operations of an organization (or multiple affiliated organizations), and can include, without limitation, mail server applications (e.g., Microsoft Exchange Server), file server applications, mail client applications (e.g., Microsoft Exchange Client), database applications (e.g., SQL, Oracle, SAP, Lotus Notes Database), word processing applications (e.g., Microsoft Word), spreadsheet applications, financial applications, presentation applications, graphics and/or video applications, browser applications, mobile applications, entertainment applications, and so on.
  • The client computing devices 102 can have at least one operating system (e.g., Microsoft Windows, Mac OS X, iOS, IBM z/OS, Linux, other Unix-based operating systems, etc.) installed thereon, which may support or host one or more file systems and other applications 110.
  • The client computing devices 102 and other components in information management system 100 can be connected to one another via one or more communication pathways 114. For example, a first communication pathway 114 may connect (or communicatively couple) client computing device 102 and secondary storage computing device 106; a second communication pathway 114 may connect storage manager 140 and client computing device 102; and a third communication pathway 114 may connect storage manager 140 and secondary storage computing device 106, etc. (see, e.g., FIG. 1A and FIG. 1C). The communication pathways 114 can include one or more networks or other connection types including one or more of the following, without limitation: the Internet, a wide area network (WAN), a local area network (LAN), a Storage Area Network (SAN), a Fibre Channel connection, a Small Computer System Interface (SCSI) connection, a virtual private network (VPN), a token ring or TCP/IP based network, an intranet network, a point-to-point link, a cellular network, a wireless data transmission system, a two-way cable system, an interactive kiosk network, a satellite network, a broadband network, a baseband network, a neural network, a mesh network, an ad hoc network, other appropriate wired, wireless, or partially wired/wireless computer or telecommunications networks, combinations of the same or the like. The communication pathways 114 in some cases may also include application programming interfaces (APIs) including, e.g., cloud service provider APIs, virtual machine management APIs, and hosted service provider APIs. The underlying infrastructure of communication paths 114 may be wired and/or wireless, analog and/or digital, or any combination thereof; and the facilities used may be private, public, third-party provided, or any combination thereof, without limitation.
  • Primary Data and Exemplary Primary Storage Devices
  • Primary data 112 according to some embodiments is production data or other “live” data generated by the operating system and/or applications 110 operating on a client computing device 102. The primary data 112 is generally stored on the primary storage device(s) 104 and is organized via a file system supported by the client computing device 102. For instance, the client computing device(s) 102 and corresponding applications 110 may create, access, modify, write, delete, and otherwise use primary data 112. In some cases, some or all of the primary data 112 can be stored in cloud storage resources (e.g., primary storage device 104 may be a cloud-based resource).
  • Primary data 112 is generally in the native format of the source application 110. According to certain aspects, primary data 112 is an initial or first (e.g., created before any other copies or before at least one other copy) stored copy of data generated by the source application 110. Primary data 112 in some cases is created substantially directly from data generated by the corresponding source applications 110.
  • The primary storage devices 104 storing the primary data 112 may be relatively fast and/or expensive technology (e.g., a disk drive, a hard-disk array, solid state memory, etc.). In addition, primary data 112 may be highly changeable and/or may be intended for relatively short term retention (e.g., hours, days, or weeks).
  • According to some embodiments, the client computing device 102 can access primary data 112 from the primary storage device 104 by making conventional file system calls via the operating system. Primary data 112 may include structured data (e.g., database files), unstructured data (e.g., documents), and/or semi-structured data. Some specific examples are described below with respect to FIG. 1B.
  • It can be useful in performing certain tasks to organize the primary data 112 into units of different granularities. In general, primary data 112 can include files, directories, file system volumes, data blocks, extents, or any other hierarchies or organizations of data objects. As used herein, a “data object” can refer to both (1) any file that is currently addressable by a file system or that was previously addressable by the file system (e.g., an archive file) and (2) a subset of such a file (e.g., a data block).
  • As will be described in further detail, it can also be useful in performing certain functions of the information management system 100 to access and modify metadata within the primary data 112. Metadata generally includes information about data objects or characteristics associated with the data objects. For simplicity herein, it is to be understood that, unless expressly stated otherwise, any reference to primary data 112 generally also includes its associated metadata, but references to the metadata do not include the primary data.
  • Metadata can include, without limitation, one or more of the following: the data owner (e.g., the client or user that generates the data), the last modified time (e.g., the time of the most recent modification of the data object), a data object name (e.g., a file name), a data object size (e.g., a number of bytes of data), information about the content (e.g., an indication as to the existence of a particular search term), user-supplied tags, to/from information for email (e.g., an email sender, recipient, etc.), creation date, file type (e.g., format or application type), last accessed time, application type (e.g., type of application that generated the data object), location/network (e.g., a current, past or future location of the data object and network pathways to/from the data object), geographic location (e.g., GPS coordinates), frequency of change (e.g., a period in which the data object is modified), business unit (e.g., a group or department that generates, manages or is otherwise associated with the data object), aging information (e.g., a schedule, such as a time period, in which the data object is migrated to secondary or long term storage), boot sectors, partition layouts, file location within a file folder directory structure, user permissions, owners, groups, access control lists [ACLs]), system metadata (e.g., registry information), combinations of the same or other similar information related to the data object.
  • In addition to metadata generated by or related to file systems and operating systems, some of the applications 110 and/or other components of the information management system 100 maintain indices of metadata for data objects, e.g., metadata associated with individual email messages. Thus, each data object may be associated with corresponding metadata. The use of metadata to perform classification and other functions is described in greater detail below.
  • Each of the client computing devices 102 are generally associated with and/or in communication with one or more of the primary storage devices 104 storing corresponding primary data 112. A client computing device 102 may be considered to be “associated with” or “in communication with” a primary storage device 104 if it is capable of one or more of: routing and/or storing data (e.g., primary data 112) to the particular primary storage device 104, coordinating the routing and/or storing of data to the particular primary storage device 104, retrieving data from the particular primary storage device 104, coordinating the retrieval of data from the particular primary storage device 104, and modifying and/or deleting data retrieved from the particular primary storage device 104.
  • The primary storage devices 104 can include any of the different types of storage devices described above, or some other kind of suitable storage device. The primary storage devices 104 may have relatively fast I/O times and/or are relatively expensive in comparison to the secondary storage devices 108. For example, the information management system 100 may generally regularly access data and metadata stored on primary storage devices 104, whereas data and metadata stored on the secondary storage devices 108 is accessed relatively less frequently.
  • Primary storage device 104 may be dedicated or shared. In some cases, each primary storage device 104 is dedicated to an associated client computing device 102. For instance, a primary storage device 104 in one embodiment is a local disk drive of a corresponding client computing device 102. In other cases, one or more primary storage devices 104 can be shared by multiple client computing devices 102, e.g., via a network such as in a cloud storage implementation. As one example, a primary storage device 104 can be a disk array shared by a group of client computing devices 102, such as one of the following types of disk arrays: EMC Clariion, EMC Symmetrix, EMC Celerra, Dell EqualLogic, IBM XIV, NetApp FAS, HP EVA, and HP 3PAR.
  • The information management system 100 may also include hosted services (not shown), which may be hosted in some cases by an entity other than the organization that employs the other components of the information management system 100. For instance, the hosted services may be provided by various online service providers to the organization. Such service providers can provide services including social networking services, hosted email services, or hosted productivity applications or other hosted applications). Hosted services may include software-as-a-service (SaaS), platform-as-a-service (PaaS), application service providers (ASPs), cloud services, or other mechanisms for delivering functionality via a network. As it provides services to users, each hosted service may generate additional data and metadata under management of the information management system 100, e.g., as primary data 112. In some cases, the hosted services may be accessed using one of the applications 110. As an example, a hosted mail service may be accessed via browser running on a client computing device 102. The hosted services may be implemented in a variety of computing environments. In some cases, they are implemented in an environment having a similar arrangement to the information management system 100, where various physical and logical components are distributed over a network.
  • Secondary Copies and Exemplary Secondary Storage Devices
  • The primary data 112 stored on the primary storage devices 104 may be compromised in some cases, such as when an employee deliberately or accidentally deletes or overwrites primary data 112 during their normal course of work. Or the primary storage devices 104 can be damaged, lost, or otherwise corrupted. For recovery and/or regulatory compliance purposes, it is therefore useful to generate copies of the primary data 112. Accordingly, the information management system 100 includes one or more secondary storage computing devices 106 and one or more secondary storage devices 108 configured to create and store one or more secondary copies 116 of the primary data 112 and associated metadata. The secondary storage computing devices 106 and the secondary storage devices 108 may sometimes be referred to as a secondary storage subsystem 118.
  • Creation of secondary copies 116 can help in search and analysis efforts and meet other information management goals, such as: restoring data and/or metadata if an original version (e.g., of primary data 112) is lost (e.g., by deletion, corruption, or disaster); allowing point-in-time recovery; complying with regulatory data retention and electronic discovery (e-discovery) requirements; reducing utilized storage capacity; facilitating organization and search of data; improving user access to data files across multiple computing devices and/or hosted services; and implementing data retention policies.
  • The client computing devices 102 access or receive primary data 112 and communicate the data, e.g., over one or more communication pathways 114, for storage in the secondary storage device(s) 108.
  • A secondary copy 116 can comprise a separate stored copy of application data that is derived from one or more earlier-created, stored copies (e.g., derived from primary data 112 or another secondary copy 116). Secondary copies 116 can include point-in-time data, and may be intended for relatively long-term retention (e.g., weeks, months or years), before some or all of the data is moved to other storage or is discarded.
  • In some cases, a secondary copy 116 is a copy of application data created and stored subsequent to at least one other stored instance (e.g., subsequent to corresponding primary data 112 or to another secondary copy 116), in a different storage device than at least one previous stored copy, and/or remotely from at least one previous stored copy. In some other cases, secondary copies can be stored in the same storage device as primary data 112 and/or other previously stored copies. For example, in one embodiment a disk array capable of performing hardware snapshots stores primary data 112 and creates and stores hardware snapshots of the primary data 112 as secondary copies 116. Secondary copies 116 may be stored in relatively slow and/or low cost storage (e.g., magnetic tape). A secondary copy 116 may be stored in a backup or archive format, or in some other format different than the native source application format or other primary data format.
  • In some cases, secondary copies 116 are indexed so users can browse and restore at another point in time. After creation of a secondary copy 116 representative of certain primary data 112, a pointer or other location indicia (e.g., a stub) may be placed in primary data 112, or be otherwise associated with primary data 112 to indicate the current location on the secondary storage device(s) 108 of secondary copy 116.
  • Since an instance of a data object or metadata in primary data 112 may change over time as it is modified by an application 110 (or hosted service or the operating system), the information management system 100 may create and manage multiple secondary copies 116 of a particular data object or metadata, each representing the state of the data object in primary data 112 at a particular point in time. Moreover, since an instance of a data object in primary data 112 may eventually be deleted from the primary storage device 104 and the file system, the information management system 100 may continue to manage point-in-time representations of that data object, even though the instance in primary data 112 no longer exists.
  • For virtualized computing devices the operating system and other applications 110 of the client computing device(s) 102 may execute within or under the management of virtualization software (e.g., a VMM), and the primary storage device(s) 104 may comprise a virtual disk created on a physical storage device. The information management system 100 may create secondary copies 116 of the files or other data objects in a virtual disk file and/or secondary copies 116 of the entire virtual disk file itself (e.g., of an entire .vmdk file).
  • Secondary copies 116 may be distinguished from corresponding primary data 112 in a variety of ways, some of which will now be described. First, as discussed, secondary copies 116 can be stored in a different format (e.g., backup, archive, or other non-native format) than primary data 112. For this or other reasons, secondary copies 116 may not be directly useable by the applications 110 of the client computing device 102, e.g., via standard system calls or otherwise without modification, processing, or other intervention by the information management system 100.
  • Secondary copies 116 are also in some embodiments stored on a secondary storage device 108 that is inaccessible to the applications 110 running on the client computing devices 102 (and/or hosted services). Some secondary copies 116 may be “offline copies,” in that they are not readily available (e.g., not mounted to tape or disk). Offline copies can include copies of data that the information management system 100 can access without human intervention (e.g., tapes within an automated tape library, but not yet mounted in a drive), and copies that the information management system 100 can access only with at least some human intervention (e.g., tapes located at an offsite storage site).
  • The Use of Intermediate Devices for Creating Secondary Copies
  • Creating secondary copies can be a challenging task. For instance, there can be hundreds or thousands of client computing devices 102 continually generating large volumes of primary data 112 to be protected. Also, there can be significant overhead involved in the creation of secondary copies 116. Moreover, secondary storage devices 108 may be special purpose components, and interacting with them can require specialized intelligence.
  • In some cases, the client computing devices 102 interact directly with the secondary storage device 108 to create the secondary copies 116. However, in view of the factors described above, this approach can negatively impact the ability of the client computing devices 102 to serve the applications 110 and produce primary data 112. Further, the client computing devices 102 may not be optimized for interaction with the secondary storage devices 108.
  • Thus, in some embodiments, the information management system 100 includes one or more software and/or hardware components which generally act as intermediaries between the client computing devices 102 and the secondary storage devices 108. In addition to off-loading certain responsibilities from the client computing devices 102, these intermediate components can provide other benefits. For instance, as discussed further below with respect to FIG. 1D, distributing some of the work involved in creating secondary copies 116 can enhance scalability.
  • The intermediate components can include one or more secondary storage computing devices 106 as shown in FIG. 1A and/or one or more media agents, which can be software modules operating on corresponding secondary storage computing devices 106 (or other appropriate computing devices). Media agents are discussed below (e.g., with respect to FIGS. 1C-1E).
  • The secondary storage computing device(s) 106 can comprise any of the computing devices described above, without limitation. In some cases, the secondary storage computing device(s) 106 include specialized hardware and/or software componentry for interacting with the secondary storage devices 108.
  • To create a secondary copy 116 involving the copying of data from the primary storage subsystem 117 to the secondary storage subsystem 118, the client computing device 102 in some embodiments communicates the primary data 112 to be copied (or a processed version thereof) to the designated secondary storage computing device 106, via the communication pathway 114. The secondary storage computing device 106 in turn conveys the received data (or a processed version thereof) to the secondary storage device 108. In some such configurations, the communication pathway 114 between the client computing device 102 and the secondary storage computing device 106 comprises a portion of a LAN, WAN or SAN. In other cases, at least some client computing devices 102 communicate directly with the secondary storage devices 108 (e.g., via Fibre Channel or SCSI connections). In some other cases, one or more secondary copies 116 are created from existing secondary copies, such as in the case of an auxiliary copy operation, described in greater detail below.
  • Exemplary Primary Data and an Exemplary Secondary Copy
  • FIG. 1B is a detailed view showing some specific examples of primary data stored on the primary storage device(s) 104 and secondary copy data stored on the secondary storage device(s) 108, with other components in the system removed for the purposes of illustration. Stored on the primary storage device(s) 104 are primary data objects including word processing documents 119A-B, spreadsheets 120, presentation documents 122, video files 124, image files 126, email mailboxes 128 (and corresponding email messages 129A-C), html/xml or other types of markup language files 130, databases 132 and corresponding tables or other data structures 133A-133C).
  • Some or all primary data objects are associated with corresponding metadata (e.g., “Meta1-11”), which may include file system metadata and/or application specific metadata. Stored on the secondary storage device(s) 108 are secondary copy data objects 134A-C which may include copies of or otherwise represent corresponding primary data objects and metadata.
  • As shown, the secondary copy data objects 134A-C can individually represent more than one primary data object. For example, secondary copy data object 134A represents three separate primary data objects 133C, 122, and 129C (represented as 133C′, 122′, and 129C′, respectively, and accompanied by the corresponding metadata Meta11, Meta3, and Meta8, respectively). Moreover, as indicated by the prime mark (′), a secondary copy object may store a representation of a primary data object and/or metadata differently than the original format, e.g., in a compressed, encrypted, deduplicated, or other modified format. Likewise, secondary data object 1346 represents primary data objects 120, 1336, and 119A as 120′, 1336′, and 119A′, respectively and accompanied by corresponding metadata Meta2, Meta10, and Meta1, respectively. Also, secondary data object 134C represents primary data objects 133A, 1196, and 129A as 133A′, 1196′, and 129A′, respectively, accompanied by corresponding metadata Meta9, Meta5, and Meta6, respectively.
  • Exemplary Information Management System Architecture
  • The information management system 100 can incorporate a variety of different hardware and software components, which can in turn be organized with respect to one another in many different configurations, depending on the embodiment. There are critical design choices involved in specifying the functional responsibilities of the components and the role of each component in the information management system 100. For instance, as will be discussed, such design choices can impact performance as well as the adaptability of the information management system 100 to data growth or other changing circumstances.
  • FIG. 1C shows an information management system 100 designed according to these considerations and which includes: storage manager 140, a centralized storage and/or information manager that is configured to perform certain control functions, one or more data agents 142 executing on the client computing device(s) 102 configured to process primary data 112, and one or more media agents 144 executing on the one or more secondary storage computing devices 106 for performing tasks involving the secondary storage devices 108. While distributing functionality amongst multiple computing devices can have certain advantages, in other contexts it can be beneficial to consolidate functionality on the same computing device. As such, in various other embodiments, one or more of the components shown in FIG. 1C as being implemented on separate computing devices are implemented on the same computing device. In one configuration, a storage manager 140, one or more data agents 142, and one or more media agents 144 are all implemented on the same computing device. In another embodiment, one or more data agents 142 and one or more media agents 144 are implemented on the same computing device, while the storage manager 140 is implemented on a separate computing device, etc. without limitation.
  • Storage Manager
  • As noted, the number of components in the information management system 100 and the amount of data under management can be quite large. Managing the components and data is therefore a significant task, and a task that can grow in an often unpredictable fashion as the quantity of components and data scale to meet the needs of the organization. For these and other reasons, according to certain embodiments, responsibility for controlling the information management system 100, or at least a significant portion of that responsibility, is allocated to the storage manager 140. By distributing control functionality in this manner, the storage manager 140 can be adapted independently according to changing circumstances. Moreover, a computing device for hosting the storage manager 140 can be selected to best suit the functions of the storage manager 140. These and other advantages are described in further detail below with respect to FIG. 1D.
  • The storage manager 140 may be a software module or other application, which, in some embodiments operates in conjunction with one or more associated data structures, e.g., a dedicated database (e.g., management database 146). In some embodiments, storage manager 140 is a computing device comprising circuitry for executing computer instructions and performs the functions described herein. The storage manager generally initiates, performs, coordinates and/or controls storage and other information management operations performed by the information management system 100, e.g., to protect and control the primary data 112 and secondary copies 116 of data and metadata. In general, storage manager 100 may be said to manage information management system 100, which includes managing the constituent components, e.g., data agents and media agents, etc.
  • As shown by the dashed arrowed lines 114 in FIG. 1C, the storage manager 140 may communicate with and/or control some or all elements of the information management system 100, such as the data agents 142 and media agents 144. Thus, in certain embodiments, control information originates from the storage manager 140 and status reporting is transmitted to storage manager 140 by the various managed components, whereas payload data and payload metadata is generally communicated between the data agents 142 and the media agents 144 (or otherwise between the client computing device(s) 102 and the secondary storage computing device(s) 106), e.g., at the direction of and under the management of the storage manager 140. Control information can generally include parameters and instructions for carrying out information management operations, such as, without limitation, instructions to perform a task associated with an operation, timing information specifying when to initiate a task associated with an operation, data path information specifying what components to communicate with or access in carrying out an operation, and the like. Payload data, on the other hand, can include the actual data involved in the storage operation, such as content data written to a secondary storage device 108 in a secondary copy operation. Payload metadata can include any of the types of metadata described herein, and may be written to a storage device along with the payload content data (e.g., in the form of a header).
  • In other embodiments, some information management operations are controlled by other components in the information management system 100 (e.g., the media agent(s) 144 or data agent(s) 142), instead of or in combination with the storage manager 140.
  • According to certain embodiments, the storage manager 140 provides one or more of the following functions:
      • initiating execution of secondary copy operations;
      • managing secondary storage devices 108 and inventory/capacity of the same;
      • reporting, searching, and/or classification of data in the information management system 100;
      • allocating secondary storage devices 108 for secondary storage operations;
      • monitoring completion of and providing status reporting related to secondary storage operations;
      • tracking age information relating to secondary copies 116, secondary storage devices 108, and comparing the age information against retention guidelines;
      • tracking movement of data within the information management system 100;
      • tracking logical associations between components in the information management system 100;
      • protecting metadata associated with the information management system 100; and
      • implementing operations management functionality.
  • The storage manager 140 may maintain a database 146 (or “storage manager database 146” or “management database 146”) of management-related data and information management policies 148. The database 146 may include a management index 150 (or “index 150”) or other data structure that stores logical associations between components of the system, user preferences and/or profiles (e.g., preferences regarding encryption, compression, or deduplication of primary or secondary copy data, preferences regarding the scheduling, type, or other aspects of primary or secondary copy or other operations, mappings of particular information management users or user accounts to certain computing devices or other components, etc.), management tasks, media containerization, or other useful data. For example, the storage manager 140 may use the index 150 to track logical associations between media agents 144 and secondary storage devices 108 and/or movement of data from primary storage devices 104 to secondary storage devices 108. For instance, the index 150 may store data associating a client computing device 102 with a particular media agent 144 and/or secondary storage device 108, as specified in an information management policy 148 (e.g., a storage policy, which is defined in more detail below).
  • Administrators and other people may be able to configure and initiate certain information management operations on an individual basis. But while this may be acceptable for some recovery operations or other relatively less frequent tasks, it is often not workable for implementing on-going organization-wide data protection and management. Thus, the information management system 100 may utilize information management policies 148 for specifying and executing information management operations (e.g., on an automated basis). Generally, an information management policy 148 can include a data structure or other information source that specifies a set of parameters (e.g., criteria and rules) associated with storage or other information management operations.
  • The storage manager database 146 may maintain the information management policies 148 and associated data, although the information management policies 148 can be stored in any appropriate location. For instance, an information management policy 148 such as a storage policy may be stored as metadata in a media agent database 152 or in a secondary storage device 108 (e.g., as an archive copy) for use in restore operations or other information management operations, depending on the embodiment. Information management policies 148 are described further below.
  • According to certain embodiments, the storage manager database 146 comprises a relational database (e.g., an SQL database) for tracking metadata, such as metadata associated with secondary copy operations (e.g., what client computing devices 102 and corresponding data were protected). This and other metadata may additionally be stored in other locations, such as at the secondary storage computing devices 106 or on the secondary storage devices 108, allowing data recovery without the use of the storage manager 140 in some cases.
  • As shown, the storage manager 140 may include a jobs agent 156, a user interface 158, and a management agent 154, all of which may be implemented as interconnected software modules or application programs.
  • The jobs agent 156 in some embodiments initiates, controls, and/or monitors the status of some or all storage or other information management operations previously performed, currently being performed, or scheduled to be performed by the information management system 100. For instance, the jobs agent 156 may access information management policies 148 to determine when and how to initiate and control secondary copy and other information management operations, as will be discussed further.
  • The user interface 158 may include information processing and display software, such as a graphical user interface (“GUI”), an application program interface (“API”), or other interactive interface(s) through which users and system processes can retrieve information about the status of information management operations (e.g., storage operations) or issue instructions to the information management system 100 and its constituent components. Via the user interface 158, users may optionally issue instructions to the components in the information management system 100 regarding performance of storage and recovery operations. For example, a user may modify a schedule concerning the number of pending secondary copy operations. As another example, a user may employ the GUI to view the status of pending storage operations or to monitor the status of certain components in the information management system 100 (e.g., the amount of capacity left in a storage device).
  • An “information management cell” (or “storage operation cell” or “cell”) may generally include a logical and/or physical grouping of a combination of hardware and software components associated with performing information management operations on electronic data, typically one storage manager 140 and at least one client computing device 102 (comprising data agent(s) 142) and at least one media agent 144. For instance, the components shown in FIG. 1C may together form an information management cell. Multiple cells may be organized hierarchically. With this configuration, cells may inherit properties from hierarchically superior cells or be controlled by other cells in the hierarchy (automatically or otherwise). Alternatively, in some embodiments, cells may inherit or otherwise be associated with information management policies, preferences, information management metrics, or other properties or characteristics according to their relative position in a hierarchy of cells. Cells may also be delineated and/or organized hierarchically according to function, geography, architectural considerations, or other factors useful or desirable in performing information management operations. A first cell may represent a geographic segment of an enterprise, such as a Chicago office, and a second cell may represent a different geographic segment, such as a New York office. Other cells may represent departments within a particular office. Where delineated by function, a first cell may perform one or more first types of information management operations (e.g., one or more first types of secondary or other copies), and a second cell may perform one or more second types of information management operations (e.g., one or more second types of secondary or other copies).
  • The storage manager 140 may also track information that permits it to select, designate, or otherwise identify content indices, deduplication databases, or similar databases or resources or data sets within its information management cell (or another cell) to be searched in response to certain queries. Such queries may be entered by the user via interaction with the user interface 158. In general, the management agent 154 allows multiple information management cells to communicate with one another. For example, the information management system 100 in some cases may be one information management cell of a network of multiple cells adjacent to one another or otherwise logically related in a WAN or LAN. With this arrangement, the cells may be connected to one another through respective management agents 154.
  • For instance, the management agent 154 can provide the storage manager 140 with the ability to communicate with other components within the information management system 100 (and/or other cells within a larger information management system) via network protocols and application programming interfaces (“APIs”) including, e.g., HTTP, HTTPS, FTP, REST, virtualization software APIs, cloud service provider APIs, and hosted service provider APIs. Inter-cell communication and hierarchy is described in greater detail in e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 7,747,579 and 7,343,453, which are incorporated by reference herein.
  • Data Agents
  • As discussed, a variety of different types of applications 110 can operate on a given client computing device 102, including operating systems, database applications, e-mail applications, and virtual machines, just to name a few. And, as part of the process of creating and restoring secondary copies 116, the client computing devices 102 may be tasked with processing and preparing the primary data 112 from these various different applications 110. Moreover, the nature of the processing/preparation can differ across clients and application types, e.g., due to inherent structural and formatting differences among applications 110.
  • The one or more data agent(s) 142 are therefore advantageously configured in some embodiments to assist in the performance of information management operations based on the type of data that is being protected, at a client-specific and/or application-specific level.
  • The data agent 142 may be a software module or component that is generally responsible for managing, initiating, or otherwise assisting in the performance of information management operations in information management system 100, generally as directed by storage manager 140. For instance, the data agent 142 may take part in performing data storage operations such as the copying, archiving, migrating, and/or replicating of primary data 112 stored in the primary storage device(s) 104. The data agent 142 may receive control information from the storage manager 140, such as commands to transfer copies of data objects, metadata, and other payload data to the media agents 144.
  • In some embodiments, a data agent 142 may be distributed between the client computing device 102 and storage manager 140 (and any other intermediate components) or may be deployed from a remote location or its functions approximated by a remote process that performs some or all of the functions of data agent 142. In addition, a data agent 142 may perform some functions provided by a media agent 144, or may perform other functions such as encryption and deduplication.
  • As indicated, each data agent 142 may be specialized for a particular application 110, and the system can employ multiple application-specific data agents 142, each of which may perform information management operations (e.g., perform backup, migration, and data recovery) associated with a different application 110. For instance, different individual data agents 142 may be designed to handle Microsoft Exchange data, Lotus Notes data, Microsoft Windows file system data, Microsoft Active Directory Objects data, SQL Server data, SharePoint data, Oracle database data, SAP database data, virtual machines and/or associated data, and other types of data.
  • A file system data agent, for example, may handle data files and/or other file system information. If a client computing device 102 has two or more types of data, a specialized data agent 142 may be used for each data type to copy, archive, migrate, and restore the client computing device 102 data. For example, to backup, migrate, and/or restore all of the data on a Microsoft Exchange server, the client computing device 102 may use a Microsoft Exchange Mailbox data agent 142 to back up the Exchange mailboxes, a Microsoft Exchange Database data agent 142 to back up the Exchange databases, a Microsoft Exchange Public Folder data agent 142 to back up the Exchange Public Folders, and a Microsoft Windows File System data agent 142 to back up the file system of the client computing device 102. In such embodiments, these specialized data agents 142 may be treated as four separate data agents 142 even though they operate on the same client computing device 102.
  • Other embodiments may employ one or more generic data agents 142 that can handle and process data from two or more different applications 110, or that can handle and process multiple data types, instead of or in addition to using specialized data agents 142. For example, one generic data agent 142 may be used to back up, migrate and restore Microsoft Exchange Mailbox data and Microsoft Exchange Database data while another generic data agent may handle Microsoft Exchange Public Folder data and Microsoft Windows File System data.
  • Each data agent 142 may be configured to access data and/or metadata stored in the primary storage device(s) 104 associated with the data agent 142 and process the data as appropriate. For example, during a secondary copy operation, the data agent 142 may arrange or assemble the data and metadata into one or more files having a certain format (e.g., a particular backup or archive format) before transferring the file(s) to a media agent 144 or other component. The file(s) may include a list of files or other metadata. Each data agent 142 can also assist in restoring data or metadata to primary storage devices 104 from a secondary copy 116. For instance, the data agent 142 may operate in conjunction with the storage manager 140 and one or more of the media agents 144 to restore data from secondary storage device(s) 108.
  • Media Agents
  • As indicated above with respect to FIG. 1A, off-loading certain responsibilities from the client computing devices 102 to intermediate components such as the media agent(s) 144 can provide a number of benefits including improved client computing device 102 operation, faster secondary copy operation performance, and enhanced scalability. In one specific example which will be discussed below in further detail, the media agent 144 can act as a local cache of copied data and/or metadata that it has stored to the secondary storage device(s) 108, providing improved restore capabilities.
  • Generally speaking, a media agent 144 may be implemented as a software module that manages, coordinates, and facilitates the transmission of data, as directed by the storage manager 140, between a client computing device 102 and one or more secondary storage devices 108. Whereas the storage manager 140 controls the operation of the information management system 100, the media agent 144 generally provides a portal to secondary storage devices 108. For instance, other components in the system interact with the media agents 144 to gain access to data stored on the secondary storage devices 108, whether it be for the purposes of reading, writing, modifying, or deleting data. Moreover, as will be described further, media agents 144 can generate and store information relating to characteristics of the stored data and/or metadata, or can generate and store other types of information that generally provides insight into the contents of the secondary storage devices 108.
  • Media agents 144 can comprise separate nodes in the information management system 100 (e.g., nodes that are separate from the client computing devices 102, storage manager 140, and/or secondary storage devices 108). In general, a node within the information management system 100 can be a logically and/or physically separate component, and in some cases is a component that is individually addressable or otherwise identifiable. In addition, each media agent 144 may operate on a dedicated secondary storage computing device 106 in some cases, while in other embodiments a plurality of media agents 144 operate on the same secondary storage computing device 106.
  • A media agent 144 (and corresponding media agent database 152) may be considered to be “associated with” a particular secondary storage device 108 if that media agent 144 is capable of one or more of: routing and/or storing data to the particular secondary storage device 108, coordinating the routing and/or storing of data to the particular secondary storage device 108, retrieving data from the particular secondary storage device 108, coordinating the retrieval of data from a particular secondary storage device 108, and modifying and/or deleting data retrieved from the particular secondary storage device 108.
  • While media agent(s) 144 are generally associated with one or more secondary storage devices 108, one or more media agents 144 in certain embodiments are physically separate from the secondary storage devices 108. For instance, the media agents 144 may operate on secondary storage computing devices 106 having different housings or packages than the secondary storage devices 108. In one example, a media agent 144 operates on a first server computer and is in communication with a secondary storage device(s) 108 operating in a separate, rack-mounted RAID-based system.
  • Where the information management system 100 includes multiple media agents 144 (see, e.g., FIG. 1D), a first media agent 144 may provide failover functionality for a second, failed media agent 144. In addition, media agents 144 can be dynamically selected for storage operations to provide load balancing. Failover and load balancing are described in greater detail below.
  • In operation, a media agent 144 associated with a particular secondary storage device 108 may instruct the secondary storage device 108 to perform an information management operation. For instance, a media agent 144 may instruct a tape library to use a robotic arm or other retrieval means to load or eject a certain storage media, and to subsequently archive, migrate, or retrieve data to or from that media, e.g., for the purpose of restoring the data to a client computing device 102. As another example, a secondary storage device 108 may include an array of hard disk drives or solid state drives organized in a RAID configuration, and the media agent 144 may forward a logical unit number (LUN) and other appropriate information to the array, which uses the received information to execute the desired storage operation. The media agent 144 may communicate with a secondary storage device 108 via a suitable communications link, such as a SCSI or Fiber Channel link.
  • As shown, each media agent 144 may maintain an associated media agent database 152. The media agent database 152 may be stored in a disk or other storage device (not shown) that is local to the secondary storage computing device 106 on which the media agent 144 operates. In other cases, the media agent database 152 is stored remotely from the secondary storage computing device 106.
  • The media agent database 152 can include, among other things, an index 153 (see, e.g., FIG. 1C), which comprises information generated during secondary copy operations and other storage or information management operations. The index 153 provides a media agent 144 or other component with a fast and efficient mechanism for locating secondary copies 116 or other data stored in the secondary storage devices 108. In some cases, the index 153 does not form a part of and is instead separate from the media agent database 152.
  • A media agent index 153 or other data structure associated with the particular media agent 144 may include information about the stored data. For instance, for each secondary copy 116, the index 153 may include metadata such as a list of the data objects (e.g., files/subdirectories, database objects, mailbox objects, etc.), a path to the secondary copy 116 on the corresponding secondary storage device 108, location information indicating where the data objects are stored in the secondary storage device 108, when the data objects were created or modified, etc. Thus, the index 153 includes metadata associated with the secondary copies 116 that is readily available for use without having to be first retrieved from the secondary storage device 108. In yet further embodiments, some or all of the information in index 153 may instead or additionally be stored along with the secondary copies of data in a secondary storage device 108. In some embodiments, the secondary storage devices 108 can include sufficient information to perform a “bare metal restore”, where the operating system of a failed client computing device 102 or other restore target is automatically rebuilt as part of a restore operation.
  • Because the index 153 maintained in the media agent database 152 may operate as a cache, it can also be referred to as “an index cache.” In such cases, information stored in the index cache 153 typically comprises data that reflects certain particulars about storage operations that have occurred relatively recently. After some triggering event, such as after a certain period of time elapses, or the index cache 153 reaches a particular size, the index cache 153 may be copied or migrated to a secondary storage device(s) 108. This information may need to be retrieved and uploaded back into the index cache 153 or otherwise restored to a media agent 144 to facilitate retrieval of data from the secondary storage device(s) 108. In some embodiments, the cached information may include format or containerization information related to archives or other files stored on the storage device(s) 108. In this manner, the index cache 153 allows for accelerated restores.
  • In some alternative embodiments the media agent 144 generally acts as a coordinator or facilitator of storage operations between client computing devices 102 and corresponding secondary storage devices 108, but does not actually write the data to the secondary storage device 108. For instance, the storage manager 140 (or the media agent 144) may instruct a client computing device 102 and secondary storage device 108 to communicate with one another directly. In such a case the client computing device 102 transmits the data directly or via one or more intermediary components to the secondary storage device 108 according to the received instructions, and vice versa. In some such cases, the media agent 144 may still receive, process, and/or maintain metadata related to the storage operations. Moreover, in these embodiments, the payload data can flow through the media agent 144 for the purposes of populating the index cache 153 maintained in the media agent database 152, but not for writing to the secondary storage device 108.
  • The media agent 144 and/or other components such as the storage manager 140 may in some cases incorporate additional functionality, such as data classification, content indexing, deduplication, encryption, compression, and the like. Further details regarding these and other functions are described below.
  • Distributed, Scalable Architecture
  • As described, certain functions of the information management system 100 can be distributed amongst various physical and/or logical components in the system. For instance, one or more of the storage manager 140, data agents 142, and media agents 144 may operate on computing devices that are physically separate from one another. This architecture can provide a number of benefits.
  • For instance, hardware and software design choices for each distributed component can be targeted to suit its particular function. The secondary computing devices 106 on which the media agents 144 operate can be tailored for interaction with associated secondary storage devices 108 and provide fast index cache operation, among other specific tasks. Similarly, the client computing device(s) 102 can be selected to effectively service the applications 110 thereon, in order to efficiently produce and store primary data 112.
  • Moreover, in some cases, one or more of the individual components in the information management system 100 can be distributed to multiple, separate computing devices. As one example, for large file systems where the amount of data stored in the management database 146 is relatively large, the database 146 may be migrated to or otherwise reside on a specialized database server (e.g., an SQL server) separate from a server that implements the other functions of the storage manager 140. This distributed configuration can provide added protection because the database 146 can be protected with standard database utilities (e.g., SQL log shipping or database replication) independent from other functions of the storage manager 140. The database 146 can be efficiently replicated to a remote site for use in the event of a disaster or other data loss at the primary site. Or the database 146 can be replicated to another computing device within the same site, such as to a higher performance machine in the event that a storage manager host device can no longer service the needs of a growing information management system 100.
  • The distributed architecture also provides both scalability and efficient component utilization. FIG. 1D shows an embodiment of the information management system 100 including a plurality of client computing devices 102 and associated data agents 142 as well as a plurality of secondary storage computing devices 106 and associated media agents 144.
  • Additional components can be added or subtracted based on the evolving needs of the information management system 100. For instance, depending on where bottlenecks are identified, administrators can add additional client computing devices 102, secondary storage computing devices 106 (and corresponding media agents 144), and/or secondary storage devices 108. Moreover, where multiple fungible components are available, load balancing can be implemented to dynamically address identified bottlenecks. As an example, the storage manager 140 may dynamically select which media agents 144 and/or secondary storage devices 108 to use for storage operations based on a processing load analysis of the media agents 144 and/or secondary storage devices 108, respectively.
  • Moreover, each client computing device 102 in some embodiments can communicate with, among other components, any of the media agents 144, e.g., as directed by the storage manager 140. And each media agent 144 may be able to communicate with, among other components, any of the secondary storage devices 108, e.g., as directed by the storage manager 140. Thus, operations can be routed to the secondary storage devices 108 in a dynamic and highly flexible manner, to provide load balancing, failover, and the like. Further examples of scalable systems capable of dynamic storage operations, and of systems capable of performing load balancing and fail over are provided in U.S. Pat. No. 7,246,207, which is incorporated by reference herein.
  • In alternative configurations, certain components are not distributed and may instead reside and execute on the same computing device. For example, in some embodiments, one or more data agents 142 and the storage manager 140 operate on the same client computing device 102. In another embodiment, one or more data agents 142 and one or more media agents 144 operate on a single computing device.
  • Exemplary Types of Information Management Operations
  • In order to protect and leverage stored data, the information management system 100 can be configured to perform a variety of information management operations. As will be described, these operations can generally include secondary copy and other data movement operations, processing and data manipulation operations, analysis, reporting, and management operations. The operations described herein may be performed on any type of computing device, e.g., between two computers connected via a LAN, to a mobile client telecommunications device connected to a server via a WLAN, to any manner of client computing device coupled to a cloud storage target, etc., without limitation.
  • Data Movement Operations
  • Data movement operations according to certain embodiments are generally operations that involve the copying or migration of data (e.g., payload data) between different locations in the information management system 100 in an original/native and/or one or more different formats. For example, data movement operations can include operations in which stored data is copied, migrated, or otherwise transferred from one or more first storage devices to one or more second storage devices, such as from primary storage device(s) 104 to secondary storage device(s) 108, from secondary storage device(s) 108 to different secondary storage device(s) 108, from secondary storage devices 108 to primary storage devices 104, or from primary storage device(s) 104 to different primary storage device(s) 104.
  • Data movement operations can include by way of example, backup operations, archive operations, information lifecycle management operations such as hierarchical storage management operations, replication operations (e.g., continuous data replication operations), snapshot operations, deduplication or single-instancing operations, auxiliary copy operations, and the like. As will be discussed, some of these operations involve the copying, migration or other movement of data, without actually creating multiple, distinct copies. Nonetheless, some or all of these operations are referred to as “copy” operations for simplicity.
  • Backup Operations
  • A backup operation creates a copy of a version of data (e.g., one or more files or other data units) in primary data 112 at a particular point in time. Each subsequent backup copy may be maintained independently of the first. Further, a backup copy in some embodiments is generally stored in a form that is different than the native format, e.g., a backup format. This can be in contrast to the version in primary data 112 from which the backup copy is derived, and which may instead be stored in a native format of the source application(s) 110. In various cases, backup copies can be stored in a format in which the data is compressed, encrypted, deduplicated, and/or otherwise modified from the original application format. For example, a backup copy may be stored in a backup format that facilitates compression and/or efficient long-term storage.
  • Backup copies can have relatively long retention periods as compared to primary data 112, and may be stored on media with slower retrieval times than primary data 112 and certain other types of secondary copies 116. On the other hand, backups may have relatively shorter retention periods than some other types of secondary copies 116, such as archive copies (described below). Backups may sometimes be stored at an offsite location.
  • Backup operations can include full backups, differential backups, incremental backups, “synthetic full” backups, and/or creating a “reference copy.” A full backup (or “standard full backup”) in some embodiments is generally a complete image of the data to be protected. However, because full backup copies can consume a relatively large amount of storage, it can be useful to use a full backup copy as a baseline and only store changes relative to the full backup copy for subsequent backup copies.
  • For instance, a differential backup operation (or cumulative incremental backup operation) tracks and stores changes that have occurred since the last full backup. Differential backups can grow quickly in size, but can provide relatively efficient restore times because a restore can be completed in some cases using only the full backup copy and the latest differential copy.
  • An incremental backup operation generally tracks and stores changes since the most recent backup copy of any type, which can greatly reduce storage utilization. In some cases, however, restore times can be relatively long in comparison to full or differential backups because completing a restore operation may involve accessing a full backup in addition to multiple incremental backups.
  • Synthetic full backups generally consolidate data without directly backing up data from the client computing device. A synthetic full backup is created from the most recent full backup (i.e., standard or synthetic) and subsequent incremental and/or differential backups. The resulting synthetic full backup is identical to what would have been created had the last backup for the subclient been a standard full backup. Unlike standard full, incremental, and differential backups, a synthetic full backup does not actually transfer data from a client computer to the backup media, because it operates as a backup consolidator. A synthetic full backup extracts the index data of each participating subclient. Using this index data and the previously backed up user data images, it builds new full backup images, one for each subclient. The new backup images consolidate the index and user data stored in the related incremental, differential, and previous full backups, in some embodiments creating an archive file at the subclient level.
  • Any of the above types of backup operations can be at the volume-level, file-level, or block-level. Volume level backup operations generally involve the copying of a data volume (e.g., a logical disk or partition) as a whole. In a file-level backup, the information management system 100 may generally track changes to individual files, and includes copies of files in the backup copy. In the case of a block-level backup, files are broken into constituent blocks, and changes are tracked at the block-level. Upon restore, the information management system 100 reassembles the blocks into files in a transparent fashion.
  • Far less data may actually be transferred and copied to the secondary storage devices 108 during a file-level copy than a volume-level copy. Likewise, a block-level copy may involve the transfer of less data than a file-level copy, resulting in faster execution times. However, restoring a relatively higher-granularity copy can result in longer restore times. For instance, when restoring a block-level copy, the process of locating constituent blocks can sometimes result in longer restore times as compared to file-level backups. Similar to backup operations, the other types of secondary copy operations described herein can also be implemented at either the volume-level, file-level, or block-level.
  • For example, in some embodiments, a reference copy may comprise copy(ies) of selected objects from backed up data, typically to help organize data by keeping contextual information from multiple sources together, and/or help retain specific data for a longer period of time, such as for legal hold needs. A reference copy generally maintains data integrity, and when the data is restored, it may be viewed in the same format as the source data. In some embodiments, a reference copy is based on a specialized client, individual subclient and associated information management policies (e.g., storage policy, retention policy, etc.) that are administered within information management system 100.
  • Archive Operations
  • Because backup operations generally involve maintaining a version of the copied data in primary data 112 and also maintaining backup copies in secondary storage device(s) 108, they can consume significant storage capacity. To help reduce storage consumption, an archive operation according to certain embodiments creates a secondary copy 116 by both copying and removing source data. Or, seen another way, archive operations can involve moving some or all of the source data to the archive destination. Thus, data satisfying criteria for removal (e.g., data of a threshold age or size) may be removed from source storage. The source data may be primary data 112 or a secondary copy 116, depending on the situation. As with backup copies, archive copies can be stored in a format in which the data is compressed, encrypted, deduplicated, and/or otherwise modified from the format of the original application or source copy. In addition, archive copies may be retained for relatively long periods of time (e.g., years) and, in some cases, are never deleted. Archive copies are generally retained for longer periods of time than backup copies, for example. In certain embodiments, archive copies may be made and kept for extended periods in order to meet compliance regulations.
  • Moreover, when primary data 112 is archived, in some cases the corresponding primary data 112 or a portion thereof is deleted when creating the archive copy. Thus, archiving can serve the purpose of freeing up space in the primary storage device(s) 104 and easing the demand on computational resources on client computing device 102. Similarly, when a secondary copy 116 is archived, the secondary copy 116 may be deleted, and an archive copy can therefore serve the purpose of freeing up space in secondary storage device(s) 108. In contrast, source copies often remain intact when creating backup copies. Examples of compatible data archiving operations are provided in U.S. Pat. No. 7,107,298, which is incorporated by reference herein.
  • Snapshot Operations
  • Snapshot operations can provide a relatively lightweight, efficient mechanism for protecting data. From an end-user viewpoint, a snapshot may be thought of as an “instant” image of the primary data 112 at a given point in time, and may include state and/or status information relative to an application that creates/manages the primary data 112. In one embodiment, a snapshot may generally capture the directory structure of an object in primary data 112 such as a file or volume or other data set at a particular moment in time and may also preserve file attributes and contents. A snapshot in some cases is created relatively quickly, e.g., substantially instantly, using a minimum amount of file space, but may still function as a conventional file system backup.
  • A “hardware snapshot” (or “hardware-based snapshot”) operation can be a snapshot operation where a target storage device (e.g., a primary storage device 104 or a secondary storage device 108) performs the snapshot operation in a self-contained fashion, substantially independently, using hardware, firmware and/or software operating on the storage device itself. For instance, the storage device may be capable of performing snapshot operations upon request, generally without intervention or oversight from any of the other components in the information management system 100. In this manner, hardware snapshots can off-load other components of information management system 100 from processing involved in snapshot creation and management.
  • A “software snapshot” (or “software-based snapshot”) operation, on the other hand, can be a snapshot operation in which one or more other components in information management system 100 (e.g., client computing devices 102, data agents 142, etc.) implement a software layer that manages the snapshot operation via interaction with the target storage device. For instance, the component executing the snapshot management software layer may derive a set of pointers and/or data that represents the snapshot. The snapshot management software layer may then transmit the same to the target storage device, along with appropriate instructions for writing the snapshot.
  • Some types of snapshots do not actually create another physical copy of all the data as it existed at the particular point in time, but may simply create pointers that are able to map files and directories to specific memory locations (e.g., to specific disk blocks) where the data resides, as it existed at the particular point in time. For example, a snapshot copy may include a set of pointers derived from the file system or from an application. In some other cases, the snapshot may be created at the block-level, such that creation of the snapshot occurs without awareness of the file system. Each pointer points to a respective stored data block, so that collectively, the set of pointers reflect the storage location and state of the data object (e.g., file(s) or volume(s) or data set(s)) at a particular point in time when the snapshot copy was created.
  • An initial snapshot may use only a small amount of disk space needed to record a mapping or other data structure representing or otherwise tracking the blocks that correspond to the current state of the file system. Additional disk space is usually required only when files and directories are modified later on. Furthermore, when files are modified, typically only the pointers which map to blocks are copied, not the blocks themselves. In some embodiments, for example in the case of “copy-on-write” snapshots, when a block changes in primary storage, the block is copied to secondary storage or cached in primary storage before the block is overwritten in primary storage, and the pointer to that block is changed to reflect the new location of that block. The snapshot mapping of file system data may also be updated to reflect the changed block(s) at that particular point in time. In some other cases, a snapshot includes a full physical copy of all or substantially all of the data represented by the snapshot. Further examples of snapshot operations are provided in U.S. Pat. No. 7,529,782, which is incorporated by reference herein.
  • A snapshot copy in many cases can be made quickly and without significantly impacting primary computing resources because large amounts of data need not be copied or moved. In some embodiments, a snapshot may exist as a virtual file system, parallel to the actual file system. Users in some cases gain read-only access to the record of files and directories of the snapshot. By electing to restore primary data 112 from a snapshot taken at a given point in time, users may also return the current file system to the state of the file system that existed when the snapshot was taken.
  • Replication Operations
  • Another type of secondary copy operation is a replication operation. Some types of secondary copies 116 are used to periodically capture images of primary data 112 at particular points in time (e.g., backups, archives, and snapshots). However, it can also be useful for recovery purposes to protect primary data 112 in a more continuous fashion, by replicating the primary data 112 substantially as changes occur. In some cases a replication copy can be a mirror copy, for instance, where changes made to primary data 112 are mirrored or substantially immediately copied to another location (e.g., to secondary storage device(s) 108). By copying each write operation to the replication copy, two storage systems are kept synchronized or substantially synchronized so that they are virtually identical at approximately the same time. Where entire disk volumes are mirrored, however, mirroring can require significant amount of storage space and utilizes a large amount of processing resources.
  • According to some embodiments storage operations are performed on replicated data that represents a recoverable state, or “known good state” of a particular application running on the source system. For instance, in certain embodiments, known good replication copies may be viewed as copies of primary data 112. This feature allows the system to directly access, copy, restore, backup or otherwise manipulate the replication copies as if the data were the “live” primary data 112. This can reduce access time, storage utilization, and impact on source applications 110, among other benefits. Based on known good state information, the information management system 100 can replicate sections of application data that represent a recoverable state rather than rote copying of blocks of data. Examples of compatible replication operations (e.g., continuous data replication) are provided in U.S. Pat. No. 7,617,262, which is incorporated by reference herein.
  • Deduplication/Single-Instancing Operations
  • Another type of data movement operation is deduplication or single-instance storage, which is useful to reduce the amount of non-primary data. For instance, some or all of the above-described secondary storage operations can involve deduplication in some fashion. New data is read, broken down into portions (e.g., sub-file level blocks, files, etc.) of a selected granularity, compared with blocks that are already in secondary storage, and only the new blocks are stored. Blocks that already exist are represented as pointers to the already stored data.
  • In order to streamline the comparison process, the information management system 100 may calculate and/or store signatures (e.g., hashes or cryptographically unique IDs) corresponding to the individual data blocks in a database and compare the signatures instead of comparing entire data blocks. In some cases, only a single instance of each element is stored, and deduplication operations may therefore be referred to interchangeably as “single-instancing” operations. Depending on the implementation, however, deduplication or single-instancing operations can store more than one instance of certain data blocks, but nonetheless significantly reduce data redundancy. Depending on the embodiment, deduplication blocks can be of fixed or variable length. Using variable length blocks can provide enhanced deduplication by responding to changes in the data stream, but can involve complex processing. In some cases, the information management system 100 utilizes a technique for dynamically aligning deduplication blocks (e.g., fixed-length blocks) based on changing content in the data stream, as described in U.S. Pat. No. 8,364,652, which is incorporated by reference herein.
  • The information management system 100 can perform deduplication in a variety of manners at a variety of locations in the information management system 100. For instance, in some embodiments, the information management system 100 implements “target-side” deduplication by deduplicating data (e.g., secondary copies 116) stored in the secondary storage devices 108. In some such cases, the media agents 144 are generally configured to manage the deduplication process. For instance, one or more of the media agents 144 maintain a corresponding deduplication database that stores deduplication information (e.g., datablock signatures). Examples of such a configuration are provided in U.S. Pat. Pub. No. 2012/0150826, which is incorporated by reference herein. Instead of or in combination with “target-side” deduplication, deduplication can also be performed on the “source-side” (or “client-side”), e.g., to reduce the amount of traffic between the media agents 144 and the client computing device(s) 102 and/or reduce redundant data stored in the primary storage devices 104. According to various implementations, one or more of the storage devices of the target-side and/or source-side of an operation can be cloud-based storage devices. Thus, the target-side and/or source-side deduplication can be cloud-based deduplication. In particular, as discussed previously, the storage manager 140 may communicate with other components within the information management system 100 via network protocols and cloud service provider APIs to facilitate cloud-based deduplication/single instancing. Examples of such deduplication techniques are provided in U.S. Pat. Pub. No. 2012/0150818, which is incorporated by reference herein. Some other compatible deduplication/single instancing techniques are described in U.S. Pat. Pub. Nos. 2006/0224846 and 2009/0319534, which are incorporated by reference herein.
  • Information Lifecycle Management and Hierarchical Storage Management Operations
  • In some embodiments, files and other data over their lifetime move from more expensive, quick access storage to less expensive, slower access storage. Operations associated with moving data through various tiers of storage are sometimes referred to as information lifecycle management (ILM) operations.
  • One type of ILM operation is a hierarchical storage management (HSM) operation. A HSM operation is generally an operation for automatically moving data between classes of storage devices, such as between high-cost and low-cost storage devices. For instance, an HSM operation may involve movement of data from primary storage devices 104 to secondary storage devices 108, or between tiers of secondary storage devices 108. With each tier, the storage devices may be progressively relatively cheaper, have relatively slower access/restore times, etc. For example, movement of data between tiers may occur as data becomes less important over time.
  • In some embodiments, an HSM operation is similar to an archive operation in that creating an HSM copy may (though not always) involve deleting some of the source data, e.g., according to one or more criteria related to the source data. For example, an HSM copy may include data from primary data 112 or a secondary copy 116 that is larger than a given size threshold or older than a given age threshold and that is stored in a backup format.
  • Often, and unlike some types of archive copies, HSM data that is removed or aged from the source is replaced by a logical reference pointer or stub. The reference pointer or stub can be stored in the primary storage device 104 (or other source storage device, such as a secondary storage device 108) to replace the deleted source data and to point to or otherwise indicate the new location in a secondary storage device 108.
  • According to one example, files are generally moved between higher and lower cost storage depending on how often the files are accessed. When a user requests access to the HSM data that has been removed or migrated, the information management system 100 uses the stub to locate the data and may make recovery of the data appear transparent, even though the HSM data may be stored at a location different from other source data. In this manner, the data appears to the user (e.g., in file system browsing windows and the like) as if it still resides in the source location (e.g., in a primary storage device 104). The stub may also include some metadata associated with the corresponding data, so that a file system and/or application can provide some information about the data object and/or a limited-functionality version (e.g., a preview) of the data object.
  • An HSM copy may be stored in a format other than the native application format (e.g., where the data is compressed, encrypted, deduplicated, and/or otherwise modified from the original native application format). In some cases, copies which involve the removal of data from source storage and the maintenance of stub or other logical reference information on source storage may be referred to generally as “on-line archive copies”. On the other hand, copies which involve the removal of data from source storage without the maintenance of stub or other logical reference information on source storage may be referred to as “off-line archive copies”. Examples of HSM and ILM techniques are provided in U.S. Pat. No. 7,343,453, which is incorporated by reference herein.
  • Auxiliary Copy and Disaster Recovery Operations
  • An auxiliary copy is generally a copy operation in which a copy is created of an existing secondary copy 116. For instance, an initial secondary copy 116 may be generated using or otherwise be derived from primary data 112 (or other data residing in the secondary storage subsystem 118), whereas an auxiliary copy is generated from the initial secondary copy 116. Auxiliary copies can be used to create additional standby copies of data and may reside on different secondary storage devices 108 than the initial secondary copies 116. Thus, auxiliary copies can be used for recovery purposes if initial secondary copies 116 become unavailable. Exemplary compatible auxiliary copy techniques are described in further detail in U.S. Pat. No. 8,230,195, which is incorporated by reference herein.
  • The information management system 100 may also perform disaster recovery operations that make or retain disaster recovery copies, often as secondary, high-availability disk copies. The information management system 100 may create secondary disk copies and store the copies at disaster recovery locations using auxiliary copy or replication operations, such as continuous data replication technologies. Depending on the particular data protection goals, disaster recovery locations can be remote from the client computing devices 102 and primary storage devices 104, remote from some or all of the secondary storage devices 108, or both.
  • Data Analysis, Reporting, and Management Operations
  • Data analysis, reporting, and management operations can be different than data movement operations in that they do not necessarily involve the copying, migration or other transfer of data (e.g., primary data 112 or secondary copies 116) between different locations in the system. For instance, data analysis operations may involve processing (e.g., offline processing) or modification of already stored primary data 112 and/or secondary copies 116. However, in some embodiments data analysis operations are performed in conjunction with data movement operations. Some data analysis operations include content indexing operations and classification operations which can be useful in leveraging the data under management to provide enhanced search and other features. Other data analysis operations such as compression and encryption can provide data reduction and security benefits, respectively.
  • Classification Operations/Content Indexing
  • In some embodiments, the information management system 100 analyzes and indexes characteristics, content, and metadata associated with the primary data 112 and/or secondary copies 116. The content indexing can be used to identify files or other data objects having pre-defined content (e.g., user-defined keywords or phrases, other keywords/phrases that are not defined by a user, etc.), and/or metadata (e.g., email metadata such as “to”, “from”, “cc”, “bcc”, attachment name, received time, etc.).
  • The information management system 100 generally organizes and catalogues the results in a content index, which may be stored within the media agent database 152, for example. The content index can also include the storage locations of (or pointer references to) the indexed data in the primary data 112 or secondary copies 116, as appropriate. The results may also be stored, in the form of a content index database or otherwise, elsewhere in the information management system 100 (e.g., in the primary storage devices 104, or in the secondary storage device 108). Such index data provides the storage manager 140 or another component with an efficient mechanism for locating primary data 112 and/or secondary copies 116 of data objects that match particular criteria.
  • For instance, search criteria can be specified by a user through user interface 158 of the storage manager 140. In some cases, the information management system 100 analyzes data and/or metadata in secondary copies 116 to create an “off-line” content index, without significantly impacting the performance of the client computing devices 102. Depending on the embodiment, the system can also implement “on-line” content indexing, e.g., of primary data 112. Examples of compatible content indexing techniques are provided in U.S. Pat. No. 8,170,995, which is incorporated by reference herein.
  • One or more components can be configured to scan data and/or associated metadata for classification purposes to populate a database (or other data structure) of information, which can be referred to as a “data classification database” or a “metabase”. Depending on the embodiment, the data classification database(s) can be organized in a variety of different ways, including centralization, logical sub-divisions, and/or physical sub-divisions. For instance, one or more centralized data classification databases may be associated with different subsystems or tiers within the information management system 100. As an example, there may be a first centralized metabase associated with the primary storage subsystem 117 and a second centralized metabase associated with the secondary storage subsystem 118. In other cases, there may be one or more metabases associated with individual components, e.g., client computing devices 102 and/or media agents 144. In some embodiments, a data classification database (metabase) may reside as one or more data structures within management database 146, or may be otherwise associated with storage manager 140.
  • In some cases, the metabase(s) may be included in separate database(s) and/or on separate storage device(s) from primary data 112 and/or secondary copies 116, such that operations related to the metabase do not significantly impact performance on other components in the information management system 100. In other cases, the metabase(s) may be stored along with primary data 112 and/or secondary copies 116. Files or other data objects can be associated with identifiers (e.g., tag entries, etc.) in the media agent 144 (or other indices) to facilitate searches of stored data objects. Among a number of other benefits, the metabase can also allow efficient, automatic identification of files or other data objects to associate with secondary copy or other information management operations (e.g., in lieu of scanning an entire file system). Examples of compatible metabases and data classification operations are provided in U.S. Pat. Nos. 8,229,954 and 7,747,579, which are incorporated by reference herein.
  • Encryption Operations
  • The information management system 100 in some cases is configured to process data (e.g., files or other data objects, secondary copies 116, etc.), according to an appropriate encryption algorithm (e.g., Blowfish, Advanced Encryption Standard [AES], Triple Data Encryption Standard [3-DES], etc.) to limit access and provide data security in the information management system 100. The information management system 100 in some cases encrypts the data at the client level, such that the client computing devices 102 (e.g., the data agents 142) encrypt the data prior to forwarding the data to other components, e.g., before sending the data to media agents 144 during a secondary copy operation. In such cases, the client computing device 102 may maintain or have access to an encryption key or passphrase for decrypting the data upon restore. Encryption can also occur when creating copies of secondary copies, e.g., when creating auxiliary copies or archive copies. In yet further embodiments, the secondary storage devices 108 can implement built-in, high performance hardware encryption.
  • Management and Reporting Operations
  • Certain embodiments leverage the integrated, ubiquitous nature of the information management system 100 to provide useful system-wide management and reporting functions. Examples of some compatible management and reporting techniques are provided in U.S. Pat. No. 7,343,453, which is incorporated by reference herein.
  • Operations management can generally include monitoring and managing the health and performance of information management system 100 by, without limitation, performing error tracking, generating granular storage/performance metrics (e.g., job success/failure information, deduplication efficiency, etc.), generating storage modeling and costing information, and the like. As an example, a storage manager 140 or other component in the information management system 100 may analyze traffic patterns and suggest and/or automatically route data via a particular route to minimize congestion. In some embodiments, the system can generate predictions relating to storage operations or storage operation information. Such predictions, which may be based on a trending analysis, may predict various network operations or resource usage, such as network traffic levels, storage media use, use of bandwidth of communication links, use of media agent components, etc. Further examples of traffic analysis, trend analysis, prediction generation, and the like are described in U.S. Pat. No. 7,343,453, which is incorporated by reference herein.
  • In some configurations, a master storage manager 140 may track the status of storage operation cells in a hierarchy, such as the status of jobs, system components, system resources, and other items, by communicating with storage managers 140 (or other components) in the respective storage operation cells. Moreover, the master storage manager 140 may track the status of its associated storage operation cells and information management operations by receiving periodic status updates from the storage managers 140 (or other components) in the respective cells regarding jobs, system components, system resources, and other items. In some embodiments, a master storage manager 140 may store status information and other information regarding its associated storage operation cells and other system information in its index 150 (or other location).
  • The master storage manager 140 or other component may also determine whether certain storage-related criteria or other criteria are satisfied, and perform an action or trigger event (e.g., data migration) in response to the criteria being satisfied, such as where a storage threshold is met for a particular volume, or where inadequate protection exists for certain data. For instance, in some embodiments, data from one or more storage operation cells is used to dynamically and automatically mitigate recognized risks, and/or to advise users of risks or suggest actions to mitigate these risks. For example, an information management policy may specify certain requirements (e.g., that a storage device should maintain a certain amount of free space, that secondary copies should occur at a particular interval, that data should be aged and migrated to other storage after a particular period, that data on a secondary volume should always have a certain level of availability and be restorable within a given time period, that data on a secondary volume may be mirrored or otherwise migrated to a specified number of other volumes, etc.). If a risk condition or other criterion is triggered, the system may notify the user of these conditions and may suggest (or automatically implement) an action to mitigate or otherwise address the risk. For example, the system may indicate that data from a primary copy 112 should be migrated to a secondary storage device 108 to free space on the primary storage device 104. Examples of the use of risk factors and other triggering criteria are described in U.S. Pat. No. 7,343,453, which is incorporated by reference herein.
  • In some embodiments, the system 100 may also determine whether a metric or other indication satisfies particular storage criteria and, if so, perform an action. For example, as previously described, a storage policy or other definition might indicate that a storage manager 140 should initiate a particular action if a storage metric or other indication drops below or otherwise fails to satisfy specified criteria such as a threshold of data protection. Examples of such metrics are described in U.S. Pat. No. 7,343,453, which is incorporated by reference herein.
  • In some embodiments, risk factors may be quantified into certain measurable service or risk levels for ease of comprehension. For example, certain applications and associated data may be considered to be more important by an enterprise than other data and services. Financial compliance data, for example, may be of greater importance than marketing materials, etc. Network administrators may assign priority values or “weights” to certain data and/or applications, corresponding to the relative importance. The level of compliance of storage operations specified for these applications may also be assigned a certain value. Thus, the health, impact, and overall importance of a service may be determined, such as by measuring the compliance value and calculating the product of the priority value and the compliance value to determine the “service level” and comparing it to certain operational thresholds to determine whether it is acceptable. Further examples of the service level determination are provided in U.S. Pat. No. 7,343,453, which is incorporated by reference herein.
  • The system 100 may additionally calculate data costing and data availability associated with information management operation cells according to an embodiment of the invention. For instance, data received from the cell may be used in conjunction with hardware-related information and other information about system elements to determine the cost of storage and/or the availability of particular data in the system. Exemplary information generated could include how fast a particular department is using up available storage space, how long data would take to recover over a particular system pathway from a particular secondary storage device, costs over time, etc. Moreover, in some embodiments, such information may be used to determine or predict the overall cost associated with the storage of certain information. The cost associated with hosting a certain application may be based, at least in part, on the type of media on which the data resides, for example. Storage devices may be assigned to a particular cost categories, for example. Further examples of costing techniques are described in U.S. Pat. No. 7,343,453, which is incorporated by reference herein.
  • Any of the above types of information (e.g., information related to trending, predictions, job, cell or component status, risk, service level, costing, etc.) can generally be provided to users via the user interface 158 in a single, integrated view or console (not shown). The console may support a reporting capability that allows for the generation of a variety of reports, which may be tailored to a particular aspect of information management. Report types may include: scheduling, event management, media management and data aging. Available reports may also include backup history, data aging history, auxiliary copy history, job history, library and drive, media in library, restore history, and storage policy, etc., without limitation. Such reports may be specified and created at a certain point in time as a system analysis, forecasting, or provisioning tool. Integrated reports may also be generated that illustrate storage and performance metrics, risks and storage costing information. Moreover, users may create their own reports based on specific needs.
  • The integrated user interface 158 can include an option to show a “virtual view” of the system that graphically depicts the various components in the system using appropriate icons. As one example, the user interface 158 may provide a graphical depiction of one or more primary storage devices 104, the secondary storage devices 108, data agents 142 and/or media agents 144, and their relationship to one another in the information management system 100. The operations management functionality can facilitate planning and decision-making. For example, in some embodiments, a user may view the status of some or all jobs as well as the status of each component of the information management system 100. Users may then plan and make decisions based on this data. For instance, a user may view high-level information regarding storage operations for the information management system 100, such as job status, component status, resource status (e.g., communication pathways, etc.), and other information. The user may also drill down or use other means to obtain more detailed information regarding a particular component, job, or the like. Further examples of some reporting techniques and associated interfaces providing an integrated view of an information management system are provided in U.S. Pat. No. 7,343,453, which is incorporated by reference herein.
  • The information management system 100 can also be configured to perform system-wide e-discovery operations in some embodiments. In general, e-discovery operations provide a unified collection and search capability for data in the system, such as data stored in the secondary storage devices 108 (e.g., backups, archives, or other secondary copies 116). For example, the information management system 100 may construct and maintain a virtual repository for data stored in the information management system 100 that is integrated across source applications 110, different storage device types, etc. According to some embodiments, e-discovery utilizes other techniques described herein, such as data classification and/or content indexing.
  • Information Management Policies
  • As indicated previously, an information management policy 148 can include a data structure or other information source that specifies a set of parameters (e.g., criteria and rules) associated with secondary copy and/or other information management operations.
  • One type of information management policy 148 is a storage policy. According to certain embodiments, a storage policy generally comprises a data structure or other information source that defines (or includes information sufficient to determine) a set of preferences or other criteria for performing information management operations. Storage policies can include one or more of the following items: (1) what data will be associated with the storage policy; (2) a destination to which the data will be stored; (3) datapath information specifying how the data will be communicated to the destination; (4) the type of storage operation to be performed; and (5) retention information specifying how long the data will be retained at the destination (see, e.g., FIG. 1E).
  • As an illustrative example, data associated with a storage policy can be logically organized into groups. In some cases, these logical groupings can be referred to as “sub-clients”. A sub-client may represent static or dynamic associations of portions of a data volume. Sub-clients may represent mutually exclusive portions. Thus, in certain embodiments, a portion of data may be given a label and the association is stored as a static entity in an index, database or other storage location. Sub-clients may also be used as an effective administrative scheme of organizing data according to data type, department within the enterprise, storage preferences, or the like. Depending on the configuration, sub-clients can correspond to files, folders, virtual machines, databases, etc. In one exemplary scenario, an administrator may find it preferable to separate e-mail data from financial data using two different sub-clients.
  • A storage policy can define where data is stored by specifying a target or destination storage device (or group of storage devices). For instance, where the secondary storage device 108 includes a group of disk libraries, the storage policy may specify a particular disk library for storing the sub-clients associated with the policy. As another example, where the secondary storage devices 108 include one or more tape libraries, the storage policy may specify a particular tape library for storing the sub-clients associated with the storage policy, and may also specify a drive pool and a tape pool defining a group of tape drives and a group of tapes, respectively, for use in storing the sub-client data. While information in the storage policy can be statically assigned in some cases, some or all of the information in the storage policy can also be dynamically determined based on criteria, which can be set forth in the storage policy. For instance, based on such criteria, a particular destination storage device(s) (or other parameter of the storage policy) may be determined based on characteristics associated with the data involved in a particular storage operation, device availability (e.g., availability of a secondary storage device 108 or a media agent 144), network status and conditions (e.g., identified bottlenecks), user credentials, and the like).
  • Datapath information can also be included in the storage policy. For instance, the storage policy may specify network pathways and components to utilize when moving the data to the destination storage device(s). In some embodiments, the storage policy specifies one or more media agents 144 for conveying data associated with the storage policy between the source (e.g., one or more host client computing devices 102) and destination (e.g., a particular target secondary storage device 108).
  • A storage policy can also specify the type(s) of operations associated with the storage policy, such as a backup, archive, snapshot, auxiliary copy, or the like. Retention information can specify how long the data will be kept, depending on organizational needs (e.g., a number of days, months, years, etc.)
  • Another type of information management policy 148 is a scheduling policy, which specifies when and how often to perform operations. Scheduling parameters may specify with what frequency (e.g., hourly, weekly, daily, event-based, etc.) or under what triggering conditions secondary copy or other information management operations will take place. Scheduling policies in some cases are associated with particular components, such as particular logical groupings of data associated with a storage policy (e.g., a sub-client), client computing device 102, and the like. In one configuration, a separate scheduling policy is maintained for particular logical groupings of data on a client computing device 102. The scheduling policy specifies that those logical groupings are to be moved to secondary storage devices 108 every hour according to storage policies associated with the respective sub-clients.
  • When adding a new client computing device 102, administrators can manually configure information management policies 148 and/or other settings, e.g., via the user interface 158. However, this can be an involved process resulting in delays, and it may be desirable to begin data protection operations quickly, without awaiting human intervention. Thus, in some embodiments, the information management system 100 automatically applies a default configuration to client computing device 102. As one example, when one or more data agent(s) 142 are installed on one or more client computing devices 102, the installation script may register the client computing device 102 with the storage manager 140, which in turn applies the default configuration to the new client computing device 102. In this manner, data protection operations can begin substantially immediately. The default configuration can include a default storage policy, for example, and can specify any appropriate information sufficient to begin data protection operations. This can include a type of data protection operation, scheduling information, a target secondary storage device 108, data path information (e.g., a particular media agent 144), and the like.
  • Other types of information management policies 148 are possible, including one or more audit (or security) policies. An audit policy is a set of preferences, rules and/or criteria that protect sensitive data in the information management system 100. For example, an audit policy may define “sensitive objects” as files or objects that contain particular keywords (e.g., “confidential,” or “privileged”) and/or are associated with particular keywords (e.g., in metadata) or particular flags (e.g., in metadata identifying a document or email as personal, confidential, etc.). An audit policy may further specify rules for handling sensitive objects. As an example, an audit policy may require that a reviewer approve the transfer of any sensitive objects to a cloud storage site, and that if approval is denied for a particular sensitive object, the sensitive object should be transferred to a local primary storage device 104 instead. To facilitate this approval, the audit policy may further specify how a secondary storage computing device 106 or other system component should notify a reviewer that a sensitive object is slated for transfer.
  • Another type of information management policy 148 is a provisioning policy. A provisioning policy can include a set of preferences, priorities, rules, and/or criteria that specify how client computing devices 102 (or groups thereof) may utilize system resources, such as available storage on cloud storage and/or network bandwidth. A provisioning policy specifies, for example, data quotas for particular client computing devices 102 (e.g., a number of gigabytes that can be stored monthly, quarterly or annually). The storage manager 140 or other components may enforce the provisioning policy. For instance, the media agents 144 may enforce the policy when transferring data to secondary storage devices 108. If a client computing device 102 exceeds a quota, a budget for the client computing device 102 (or associated department) is adjusted accordingly or an alert may trigger.
  • While the above types of information management policies 148 have been described as separate policies, one or more of these can be generally combined into a single information management policy 148. For instance, a storage policy may also include or otherwise be associated with one or more scheduling, audit, or provisioning policies or operational parameters thereof. Moreover, while storage policies are typically associated with moving and storing data, other policies may be associated with other types of information management operations. The following is a non-exhaustive list of items the information management policies 148 may specify:
      • schedules or other timing information, e.g., specifying when and/or how often to perform information management operations;
      • the type of copy 116 (e.g., type of secondary copy) and/or copy format (e.g., snapshot, backup, archive, HSM, etc.);
      • a location or a class or quality of storage for storing secondary copies 116 (e.g., one or more particular secondary storage devices 108);
      • preferences regarding whether and how to encrypt, compress, deduplicate, or otherwise modify or transform secondary copies 116;
      • which system components and/or network pathways (e.g., preferred media agents 144) should be used to perform secondary storage operations;
      • resource allocation among different computing devices or other system components used in performing information management operations (e.g., bandwidth allocation, available storage capacity, etc.);
      • whether and how to synchronize or otherwise distribute files or other data objects across multiple computing devices or hosted services; and
      • retention information specifying the length of time primary data 112 and/or secondary copies 116 should be retained, e.g., in a particular class or tier of storage devices, or within the information management system 100.
  • Policies can additionally specify or depend on a variety of historical or current criteria that may be used to determine which rules to apply to a particular data object, system component, or information management operation, such as:
      • frequency with which primary data 112 or a secondary copy 116 of a data object or metadata has been or is predicted to be used, accessed, or modified;
      • time-related factors (e.g., aging information such as time since the creation or modification of a data object);
      • deduplication information (e.g., hashes, data blocks, deduplication block size, deduplication efficiency or other metrics);
      • an estimated or historic usage or cost associated with different components (e.g., with secondary storage devices 108);
      • the identity of users, applications 110, client computing devices 102 and/or other computing devices that created, accessed, modified, or otherwise utilized primary data 112 or secondary copies 116;
      • a relative sensitivity (e.g., confidentiality, importance) of a data object, e.g., as determined by its content and/or metadata;
      • the current or historical storage capacity of various storage devices;
      • the current or historical network capacity of network pathways connecting various components within the storage operation cell;
      • access control lists or other security information; and
      • the content of a particular data object (e.g., its textual content) or of metadata associated with the data object.
    Exemplary Storage Policy and Secondary Storage Operations
  • FIG. 1E includes a data flow diagram depicting performance of storage operations by an embodiment of an information management system 100, according to an exemplary storage policy 148A. The information management system 100 includes a storage manger 140, a client computing device 102 having a file system data agent 142A and an email data agent 142B operating thereon, a primary storage device 104, two media agents 144A, 144B, and two secondary storage devices 108A, 108B: a disk library 108A and a tape library 108B. As shown, the primary storage device 104 includes primary data 112A, which is associated with a logical grouping of data associated with a file system, and primary data 1128, which is associated with a logical grouping of data associated with email. Although for simplicity the logical grouping of data associated with the file system is referred to as a file system sub-client, and the logical grouping of data associated with the email is referred to as an email sub-client, the techniques described with respect to FIG. 1E can be utilized in conjunction with data that is organized in a variety of other manners.
  • As indicated by the dashed box, the second media agent 144B and the tape library 1088 are “off-site”, and may therefore be remotely located from the other components in the information management system 100 (e.g., in a different city, office building, etc.). Indeed, “off-site” may refer to a magnetic tape located in storage, which must be manually retrieved and loaded into a tape drive to be read. In this manner, information stored on the tape library 1088 may provide protection in the event of a disaster or other failure.
  • The file system sub-client and its associated primary data 112A in certain embodiments generally comprise information generated by the file system and/or operating system of the client computing device 102, and can include, for example, file system data (e.g., regular files, file tables, mount points, etc.), operating system data (e.g., registries, event logs, etc.), and the like. The e-mail sub-client, on the other hand, and its associated primary data 1128, include data generated by an e-mail application operating on the client computing device 102, and can include mailbox information, folder information, emails, attachments, associated database information, and the like. As described above, the sub-clients can be logical containers, and the data included in the corresponding primary data 112A, 1128 may or may not be stored contiguously.
  • The exemplary storage policy 148A includes backup copy preferences (or rule set) 160, disaster recovery copy preferences rule set 162, and compliance copy preferences or rule set 164. The backup copy rule set 160 specifies that it is associated with a file system sub-client 166 and an email sub-client 168. Each of these sub-clients 166, 168 are associated with the particular client computing device 102. The backup copy rule set 160 further specifies that the backup operation will be written to the disk library 108A, and designates a particular media agent 144A to convey the data to the disk library 108A. Finally, the backup copy rule set 160 specifies that backup copies created according to the rule set 160 are scheduled to be generated on an hourly basis and to be retained for 30 days. In some other embodiments, scheduling information is not included in the storage policy 148A, and is instead specified by a separate scheduling policy.
  • The disaster recovery copy rule set 162 is associated with the same two sub-clients 166, 168. However, the disaster recovery copy rule set 162 is associated with the tape library 108B, unlike the backup copy rule set 160. Moreover, the disaster recovery copy rule set 162 specifies that a different media agent, namely 144B, will be used to convey the data to the tape library 108B. As indicated, disaster recovery copies created according to the rule set 162 will be retained for 60 days, and will be generated on a daily basis. Disaster recovery copies generated according to the disaster recovery copy rule set 162 can provide protection in the event of a disaster or other catastrophic data loss that would affect the backup copy 116A maintained on the disk library 108A.
  • The compliance copy rule set 164 is only associated with the email sub-client 168, and not the file system sub-client 166. Compliance copies generated according to the compliance copy rule set 164 will therefore not include primary data 112A from the file system sub-client 166. For instance, the organization may be under an obligation to store and maintain copies of email data for a particular period of time (e.g., 10 years) to comply with state or federal regulations, while similar regulations do not apply to the file system data. The compliance copy rule set 164 is associated with the same tape library 108B and media agent 144B as the disaster recovery copy rule set 162, although a different storage device or media agent could be used in other embodiments. Finally, the compliance copy rule set 164 specifies that copies generated under the compliance copy rule set 164 will be retained for 10 years, and will be generated on a quarterly basis.
  • At step 1, the storage manager 140 initiates a backup operation according to the backup copy rule set 160. For instance, a scheduling service running on the storage manager 140 accesses scheduling information from the backup copy rule set 160 or a separate scheduling policy associated with the client computing device 102, and initiates a backup copy operation on an hourly basis. Thus, at the scheduled time slot the storage manager 140 sends instructions to the client computing device 102 (i.e., to both data agent 142A and data agent 142B) to begin the backup operation.
  • At step 2, the file system data agent 142A and the email data agent 142B operating on the client computing device 102 respond to the instructions received from the storage manager 140 by accessing and processing the primary data 112A, 112B involved in the copy operation, which can be found in primary storage device 104. Because the operation is a backup copy operation, the data agent(s) 142A, 142B may format the data into a backup format or otherwise process the data.
  • At step 3, the client computing device 102 communicates the retrieved, processed data to the first media agent 144A, as directed by the storage manager 140, according to the backup copy rule set 160. In some other embodiments, the information management system 100 may implement a load-balancing, availability-based, or other appropriate algorithm to select from the available set of media agents 144A, 144B. Regardless of the manner the media agent 144A is selected, the storage manager 140 may further keep a record in the storage manager database 146 of the association between the selected media agent 144A and the client computing device 102 and/or between the selected media agent 144A and the backup copy 116A.
  • The target media agent 144A receives the data from the client computing device 102, and at step 4 conveys the data to the disk library 108A to create the backup copy 116A, again at the direction of the storage manager 140 and according to the backup copy rule set 160. The secondary storage device 108A can be selected in other ways. For instance, the media agent 144A may have a dedicated association with a particular secondary storage device(s), or the storage manager 140 or media agent 144A may select from a plurality of secondary storage devices, e.g., according to availability, using one of the techniques described in U.S. Pat. No. 7,246,207, which is incorporated by reference herein.
  • The media agent 144A can also update its index 153 to include data and/or metadata related to the backup copy 116A, such as information indicating where the backup copy 116A resides on the disk library 108A, data and metadata for cache retrieval, etc. The storage manager 140 may similarly update its index 150 to include information relating to the storage operation, such as information relating to the type of storage operation, a physical location associated with one or more copies created by the storage operation, the time the storage operation was performed, status information relating to the storage operation, the components involved in the storage operation, and the like. In some cases, the storage manager 140 may update its index 150 to include some or all of the information stored in the index 153 of the media agent 144A. After the 30 day retention period expires, the storage manager 140 instructs the media agent 144A to delete the backup copy 116A from the disk library 108A. Indexes 150 and/or 153 are updated accordingly.
  • At step 5, the storage manager 140 initiates the creation of a disaster recovery copy 1168 according to the disaster recovery copy rule set 162.
  • At step 6, illustratively based on the instructions received from the storage manager 140 at step 5, the specified media agent 144B retrieves the most recent backup copy 116A from the disk library 108A.
  • At step 7, again at the direction of the storage manager 140 and as specified in the disaster recovery copy rule set 162, the media agent 144B uses the retrieved data to create a disaster recovery copy 1168 on the tape library 1088. In some cases, the disaster recovery copy 1168 is a direct, mirror copy of the backup copy 116A, and remains in the backup format. In other embodiments, the disaster recovery copy 1168 may be generated in some other manner, such as by using the primary data 112A, 1128 from the primary storage device 104 as source data. The disaster recovery copy operation is initiated once a day and the disaster recovery copies 1168 are deleted after 60 days; indexes are updated accordingly when/after each information management operation is executed/completed.
  • At step 8, the storage manager 140 initiates the creation of a compliance copy 116C, according to the compliance copy rule set 164. For instance, the storage manager 140 instructs the media agent 144B to create the compliance copy 116C on the tape library 1088 at step 9, as specified in the compliance copy rule set 164. In the example, the compliance copy 116C is generated using the disaster recovery copy 1168. In other embodiments, the compliance copy 116C is instead generated using either the primary data 1128 corresponding to the email sub-client or using the backup copy 116A from the disk library 108A as source data. As specified, in the illustrated example, compliance copies 116C are created quarterly, and are deleted after ten years, and indexes are kept up-to-date accordingly.
  • While not shown in FIG. 1E, at some later point in time, a restore operation can be initiated involving one or more of the secondary copies 116A, 1168, 116C. As one example, a user may manually initiate a restore of the backup copy 116A by interacting with the user interface 158 of the storage manager 140. The storage manager 140 then accesses data in its index 150 (and/or the respective storage policy 148A) associated with the selected backup copy 116A to identify the appropriate media agent 144A and/or secondary storage device 108A.
  • In other cases, a media agent may be selected for use in the restore operation based on a load balancing algorithm, an availability based algorithm, or other criteria. The selected media agent 144A retrieves the data from the disk library 108A. For instance, the media agent 144A may access its index 153 to identify a location of the backup copy 116A on the disk library 108A, or may access location information residing on the disk 108A itself.
  • When the backup copy 116A was recently created or accessed, the media agent 144A accesses a cached version of the backup copy 116A residing in the index 153, without having to access the disk library 108A for some or all of the data. Once it has retrieved the backup copy 116A, the media agent 144A communicates the data to the source client computing device 102. Upon receipt, the file system data agent 142A and the email data agent 142B may unpackage (e.g., restore from a backup format to the native application format) the data in the backup copy 116A and restore the unpackaged data to the primary storage device 104.
  • Exemplary Applications of Storage Policies
  • The storage manager 140 may permit a user to specify aspects of the storage policy 148A. For example, the storage policy can be modified to include information governance policies to define how data should be managed in order to comply with a certain regulation or business objective. The various policies may be stored, for example, in the management database 146. An information governance policy may comprise a classification policy, which is described herein. An information governance policy may align with one or more compliance tasks that are imposed by regulations or business requirements. Examples of information governance policies might include a Sarbanes-Oxley policy, a HIPAA policy, an electronic discovery (E-Discovery) policy, and so on.
  • Information governance policies allow administrators to obtain different perspectives on all of an organization's online and offline data, without the need for a dedicated data silo created solely for each different viewpoint. As described previously, the data storage systems herein build a centralized index that reflects the contents of a distributed data set that spans numerous clients and storage devices, including both primary and secondary copies, and online and offline copies. An organization may apply multiple information governance policies in a top-down manner over that unified data set and indexing schema in order to permit an organization to view and manipulate the single data set through different lenses, each of which is adapted to a particular compliance or business goal. Thus, for example, by applying an E-discovery policy and a Sarbanes-Oxley policy, two different groups of users in an organization can conduct two very different analyses of the same underlying physical set of data copies, which may be distributed throughout the organization and information management system.
  • A classification policy defines a taxonomy of classification terms or tags relevant to a compliance task and/or business objective. A classification policy may also associate a defined tag with a classification rule. A classification rule defines a particular combination of criteria, such as users who have created, accessed or modified a document or data object; file or application types; content or metadata keywords; clients or storage locations; dates of data creation and/or access; review status or other status within a workflow (e.g., reviewed or un-reviewed); modification times or types of modifications; and/or any other data attributes in any combination, without limitation. A classification rule may also be defined using other classification tags in the taxonomy. The various criteria used to define a classification rule may be combined in any suitable fashion, for example, via Boolean operators, to define a complex classification rule. As an example, an E-discovery classification policy might define a classification tag “privileged” that is associated with documents or data objects that (1) were created or modified by legal department staff, or (2) were sent to or received from outside counsel via email, or (3) contain one of the following keywords: “privileged” or “attorney” or “counsel”, or other like terms.
  • One specific type of classification tag, which may be added to an index at the time of indexing, is an entity tag. An entity tag may be, for example, any content that matches a defined data mask format. Examples of entity tags might include, e.g., social security numbers (e.g., any numerical content matching the formatting mask XXX-XX-XXXX), credit card numbers (e.g., content having a 13-16 digit string of numbers), SKU numbers, product numbers, etc.
  • A user may define a classification policy by indicating criteria, parameters or descriptors of the policy via a graphical user interface, such as a form or page with fields to be filled in, pull-down menus or entries allowing one or more of several options to be selected, buttons, sliders, hypertext links or other known user interface tools for receiving user input, etc. For example, a user may define certain entity tags, such as a particular product number or project ID code that is relevant in the organization. In some implementations, the classification policy can be implemented using cloud-based techniques. For example, the storage devices may be cloud storage devices, and the storage manager 140 may execute cloud service provider API over a network to classify data stored on cloud storage devices.
  • Exemplary Secondary Copy Formatting
  • The formatting and structure of secondary copies 116 can vary, depending on the embodiment. In some cases, secondary copies 116 are formatted as a series of logical data units or “chunks” (e.g., 512 MB, 1 GB, 2 GB, 4 GB, or 8 GB chunks). This can facilitate efficient communication and writing to secondary storage devices 108, e.g., according to resource availability. For example, a single secondary copy 116 may be written on a chunk-by-chunk basis to a single secondary storage device 108 or across multiple secondary storage devices 108. In some cases, users can select different chunk sizes, e.g., to improve throughput to tape storage devices.
  • Generally, each chunk can include a header and a payload. The payload can include files (or other data units) or subsets thereof included in the chunk, whereas the chunk header generally includes metadata relating to the chunk, some or all of which may be derived from the payload. For example, during a secondary copy operation, the media agent 144, storage manager 140, or other component may divide the associated files into chunks and generate headers for each chunk by processing the constituent files. The headers can include a variety of information such as file identifier(s), volume(s), offset(s), or other information associated with the payload data items, a chunk sequence number, etc. Importantly, in addition to being stored with the secondary copy 116 on the secondary storage device 108, the chunk headers can also be stored to the index 153 of the associated media agent(s) 144 and/or the index 150. This is useful in some cases for providing faster processing of secondary copies 116 during restores or other operations. In some cases, once a chunk is successfully transferred to a secondary storage device 108, the secondary storage device 108 returns an indication of receipt, e.g., to the media agent 144 and/or storage manager 140, which may update their respective indexes 153, 150 accordingly. During restore, chunks may be processed (e.g., by the media agent 144) according to the information in the chunk header to reassemble the files.
  • Data can also be communicated within the information management system 100 in data channels that connect the client computing devices 102 to the secondary storage devices 108. These data channels can be referred to as “data streams”, and multiple data streams can be employed to parallelize an information management operation, improving data transfer rate, among providing other advantages. Example data formatting techniques including techniques involving data streaming, chunking, and the use of other data structures in creating copies (e.g., secondary copies) are described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 7,315,923 and 8,156,086, and 8,578,120, each of which is incorporated by reference herein.
  • FIGS. 1F and 1G are diagrams of example data streams 170 and 171, respectively, which may be employed for performing data storage operations. Referring to FIG. 1F, the data agent 142 forms the data stream 170 from the data associated with a client computing device 102 (e.g., primary data 112). The data stream 170 is composed of multiple pairs of stream header 172 and stream data (or stream payload) 174. The data streams 170 and 171 shown in the illustrated example are for a single-instanced storage operation, and a stream payload 174 therefore may include both single-instance (“SI”) data and/or non-SI data. A stream header 172 includes metadata about the stream payload 174. This metadata may include, for example, a length of the stream payload 174, an indication of whether the stream payload 174 is encrypted, an indication of whether the stream payload 174 is compressed, an archive file identifier (ID), an indication of whether the stream payload 174 is single instanceable, and an indication of whether the stream payload 174 is a start of a block of data.
  • Referring to FIG. 1G, the data stream 171 has the stream header 172 and stream payload 174 aligned into multiple data blocks. In this example, the data blocks are of size 64 KB. The first two stream header 172 and stream payload 174 pairs comprise a first data block of size 64 KB. The first stream header 172 indicates that the length of the succeeding stream payload 174 is 63 KB and that it is the start of a data block. The next stream header 172 indicates that the succeeding stream payload 174 has a length of 1 KB and that it is not the start of a new data block. Immediately following stream payload 174 is a pair comprising an identifier header 176 and identifier data 178. The identifier header 176 includes an indication that the succeeding identifier data 178 includes the identifier for the immediately previous data block. The identifier data 178 includes the identifier that the data agent 142 generated for the data block. The data stream 171 also includes other stream header 172 and stream payload 174 pairs, which may be for SI data and/or for non-SI data.
  • FIG. 1H is a diagram illustrating the data structures 180 that may be used to store blocks of SI data and non-SI data on the storage device (e.g., secondary storage device 108). According to certain embodiments, the data structures 180 do not form part of a native file system of the storage device. The data structures 180 include one or more volume folders 182, one or more chunk folders 184/185 within the volume folder 182, and multiple files within the chunk folder 184. Each chunk folder 184/185 includes a metadata file 186/187, a metadata index file 188/189, one or more container files 190/191/193, and a container index file 192/194. The metadata file 186/187 stores non-SI data blocks as well as links to SI data blocks stored in container files. The metadata index file 188/189 stores an index to the data in the metadata file 186/187. The container files 190/191/193 store SI data blocks. The container index file 192/194 stores an index to the container files 190/191/193. Among other things, the container index file 192/194 stores an indication of whether a corresponding block in a container file 190/191/193 is referred to by a link in a metadata file 186/187. For example, data block B2 in the container file 190 is referred to by a link in the metadata file 187 in the chunk folder 185. Accordingly, the corresponding index entry in the container index file 192 indicates that the data block B2 in the container file 190 is referred to. As another example, data block B1 in the container file 191 is referred to by a link in the metadata file 187, and so the corresponding index entry in the container index file 192 indicates that this data block is referred to.
  • As an example, the data structures 180 illustrated in FIG. 1H may have been created as a result of two storage operations involving two client computing devices 102. For example, a first storage operation on a first client computing device 102 could result in the creation of the first chunk folder 184, and a second storage operation on a second client computing device 102 could result in the creation of the second chunk folder 185. The container files 190/191 in the first chunk folder 184 would contain the blocks of SI data of the first client computing device 102. If the two client computing devices 102 have substantially similar data, the second storage operation on the data of the second client computing device 102 would result in the media agent 144 storing primarily links to the data blocks of the first client computing device 102 that are already stored in the container files 190/191. Accordingly, while a first storage operation may result in storing nearly all of the data subject to the storage operation, subsequent storage operations involving similar data may result in substantial data storage space savings, because links to already stored data blocks can be stored instead of additional instances of data blocks.
  • If the operating system of the secondary storage computing device 106 on which the media agent 144 operates supports sparse files, then when the media agent 144 creates container files 190/191/193, it can create them as sparse files. A sparse file is type of file that may include empty space (e.g., a sparse file may have real data within it, such as at the beginning of the file and/or at the end of the file, but may also have empty space in it that is not storing actual data, such as a contiguous range of bytes all having a value of zero). Having the container files 190/191/193 be sparse files allows the media agent 144 to free up space in the container files 190/191/193 when blocks of data in the container files 190/191/193 no longer need to be stored on the storage devices. In some examples, the media agent 144 creates a new container file 190/191/193 when a container file 190/191/193 either includes 100 blocks of data or when the size of the container file 190 exceeds 50 MB. In other examples, the media agent 144 creates a new container file 190/191/193 when a container file 190/191/193 satisfies other criteria (e.g., it contains from approximately 100 to approximately 1000 blocks or when its size exceeds approximately 50 MB to 1 GB).
  • In some cases, a file on which a storage operation is performed may comprise a large number of data blocks. For example, a 100 MB file may comprise 400 data blocks of size 256 KB. If such a file is to be stored, its data blocks may span more than one container file, or even more than one chunk folder. As another example, a database file of 20 GB may comprise over 40,000 data blocks of size 512 KB. If such a database file is to be stored, its data blocks will likely span multiple container files, multiple chunk folders, and potentially multiple volume folders. Restoring such files may require accessing multiple container files, chunk folders, and/or volume folders to obtain the requisite data blocks.
  • An Exemplary System for Implementing Replication Using Deduplicated Secondary Copy Data
  • FIG. 2 is a data flow diagram illustrative of the interaction between the various components of an exemplary information management system 200 configured to implement replication using deduplicated secondary copy data, according to certain embodiments. As illustrated, the exemplary information management system 200 includes a storage manager 210, client computing devices or clients 220, information stores or primary storage devices 230, one or more data agents 240, one or more replication agents 250, one or more applications 260, media agents 270, and secondary storage devices or storage devices 280. The system 200 and corresponding components of FIG. 2 may be similar to or the same as the system 100 and similarly named (but not necessarily numbered) components of FIGS. 1C, 1D, and 1E.
  • Moreover, depending on the embodiment, the system 200 of FIG. 2 may additionally include any of the other components shown in FIGS. 1C, 1D, and 1E that are not specifically shown in FIG. 2. The system 200 may include one or more of each component. All components of the system 200 can be in direct communication with each other or communicate indirectly via the client 220, the storage manager 210, the media agent 270, or the like. In certain embodiments, some of the components in FIG. 2 shown as separate components can reside on a single computing device, or vice versa.
  • In certain cases, an organization may replicate production data of a source system to a destination system. Production data may be generated by one or more applications installed on the production machines. Using the production machines for the replication can affect the availability of resources of the production machines. The organization may back up the production data to secondary storage, for example, using deduplication. The information management system 200 can leverage deduplicated secondary copy data for replication.
  • In the example of FIG. 2, the system 200 includes a source system 201 and a destination system 202 in the context of replication (shown in dashed lines). The source system 201 and the destination system 202 may each be a subsystem within the system 200. The source system 201 and the destination system 202 share a storage manager 210. The source system 201 and the destination system 202 each include a client 220, an information store 230, a media agent 270, and a storage device 280. A client 220 has an application 260 and a data agent 240 associated with the application 260 installed on the client 220. An instance of the application 260 installed on the client 220 a of the source system 201 generates the data to be replicated. To facilitate discussion, components of the source system 201 may be referred to as source components, and components of the destination system 202 may be referred to as destination components.
  • The source client 220 a stores the generated data in the source information store 230 a, Information Store 1. The system 200 backs up the application data in Information Store 1 230 a in order to create a secondary copy of the application data. The secondary copy data can be deduplicated, for example, to reduce the amount of storage used in the storage devices 280 a. The system 200 replicates the deduplicated secondary copy data in the source system 201 to the destination system 202. For example, Media Agent 1 270 a in the source system 201 traverses the deduplicated secondary copy data in Storage Device 1 280 a and sends hash values of blocks to Media Agent 2 270 b in the destination system 202. Media Agent 2 270 b compares the received hash values to check whether the corresponding blocks exist in Storage Device 2 280 b. Hash values are described as an example, and any type of unique signature may be used to check whether certain blocks exist in the storage devices 280 b. If some blocks corresponding to the received hash values do not exist, Media Agent 2 270 b requests the corresponding blocks. Media Agent 1 270 a sends the requested blocks to Media Agent 2 270 b, and Media Agent 2 270 b copies the received blocks to Storage Device 2 280 b. The source system 201 may package the deduplicated secondary copy data in a particular format that facilitates replication to the destination system 202. After Media Agent 2 270 b copies the received blocks to Storage Device 2 280 b, the system 200 performs a restore of the replicated secondary copy data to the destination information store 230 b, Information Store 2, in the destination system 202.
  • One or more replication agents 250 can manage and/or perform the functions relating to replication of data. The replication agent 250 may reside on one or more components of the system 200. For example, an instance of the replication agent 250 executes on the storage manager 210, Media Agent 1 270 a, Media Agent 2 270 b, etc. The version of the replication agent 250 installed on different components in the system 200 may be the same, similar, or different, depending on the embodiment. For instance, the replication agent 250 installed on the storage manager 210 is slightly different from the replication agent 250 installed on the media agent 270.
  • At the start of the replication process, the source system 201 and the destination system 202 can have the same data, for example, by copying the data residing in Information Store 1 230 a in the source system 201 to Information Store 2 230 b in the destination system 202. Replication can occur from that point on.
  • At data flow step 1, the storage manager 210 schedules or initiates a backup operation in the source system 201. Because secondary copy data is used to replicate from the source system 201 to the destination system 202 as will be described, it is desirable to perform a backup from the primary storage subsystem 201 a to the secondary storage subsystem 201 b at the source system 201 (e.g., from the primary storage device(s) 230 a to the secondary storage device(s) 280 a) relatively frequently in order to make the replication process more continuous and synchronous. Accordingly, the storage manager 210 can dynamically schedule a backup, for example, based on various factors. Factors may include: number of writes to the primary storage device(s) 230 a, time of last write to the primary storage device(s) 230 a, time since last write to the primary storage device(s) 230 a, CPU availability or usage (e.g., of the client computing device 220 a and/or the computing device hosting the media agent 270 a), network availability or usage, I/O availability or usage, time since last backup, etc. For instance, the storage manager 210 schedules a backup for every 5 writes. In another example, the storage manager 210 checks the time of the last write, and if a specific amount of time has passed since the time of the last write, the storage manager 210 schedules a backup. Or the storage manager 210 checks CPU availability and schedules a backup when the CPU usage is low. For example, the CPU usage of the application 260 may be low at a particular time. In some embodiments, the storage manager 210 schedules a backup at a predetermined interval (e.g., every 1, 2, 5, 10, or 30 seconds, every 1, 2, 5, or 10 minutes). In certain embodiments, the frequency of backup varies depending on the application 260 that generated the data to be replicated. For instance, the system 200 performs a backup for one application every 5 minutes and for another application every 10 minutes. Changes to data of the first application may occur more frequently than to data of the second application, making more frequent backup desirable for the first application.
  • Backup may run according to any of the techniques described herein, such as according to a schedule defined by a storage policy, at user request, based on certain events, etc. In some embodiments, the system 200 provides replication using deduplicated secondary copy data as an option during backup. For example, the system administrator may select the feature as one of the backup parameters. The system 200 can then back up data in a deduplicated format and use the deduplicated secondary copies to perform replication.
  • At data flow step 2, Media Agent 1 270 a performs a deduplicated backup of data residing in primary storage. In deduplicated backup, the system 200 can divide data to be backed up into blocks; if a block already exists in the storage device 280 a, the system 200 can create a reference to the existing block, and if a block does not yet exist in the storage device 280 a, the system 200 can copy the block to the storage device 280 a. Media Agent 1 270 a can create a deduplicated secondary copy 285 of data in Storage Device 1 280 a. Certain details relating to deduplication are explained above, for example, in connection with FIGS. 1A-1H.
  • Media Agent 1 270 a can package the data in a format that facilitates deduplicated copy. For example, Media Agent 1 270 a packages hashes of blocks with the blocks as illustrated in FIG. 3A. A block may have a block header that includes the hash for the block and a reference to the data of the block. Packaging the hashes of the blocks together with the blocks can streamline the process of reading a deduplicated secondary copy 285 since the hashes are directly available in-line in the deduplicated secondary copy 285 and do not have to be obtained from another location. Deduplicated copy can refer to copying from a deduplicated secondary copy 285 at a source to a deduplicated secondary copy at a destination. In some embodiments, a secondary copy of data in the format that facilitates deduplicated copy may be referred to as a dash copy. Certain details relating to the format of the deduplicated secondary copy data are explained in connection with FIGS. 3A and 3B. The hashes may also be stored on Media Agent 1 270 a, e.g., in the media agent index 275 a associated with Media Agent 1 270 a.
  • In order to perform replication using deduplicated secondary copy data, the system 200 performs backups more frequently and accordingly would back up associated metadata more frequently as well. However, only a small portion of the metadata may have changed since the last backup, and backing up all metadata each time a backup is performed can require large amounts storage space. Accordingly, the system 200 can reduce the amount of metadata that is backed up by backing up only the changed portions of the metadata. This process may be referred to as metadata reduction.
  • In one embodiment, the system 200 performs metadata reduction by creating one container file including metadata and/or data for an initial backup, and updating the container file during subsequent backups, instead of creating a new container file for each backup. These container files may also be referred to as persistent archive files. For instance, at the time of backup, the system 200 checks whether a container file exists, and if a container file exists, the system 200 adds any new metadata and/or data for the current backup to the existing container file. If a container file does not exist, the system 200 creates a new container file. In certain embodiments, a single container file is used throughout the duration of the replication. In certain other cases, a single container file stores metadata and/or data associated with multiple backups that occur within a particular period of time (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 10 hours), and then a new container file is created for subsequent backups associated with the replication. Certain details relating to metadata reduction are explained below, for example, in connection with FIG. 7.
  • At data flow step 3, Media Agent 1 270 a traverses through the dedpulicated secondary copy 285. For example, Media Agent 1 270 a starts reading the deduplicated secondary copy 285 on a block-by-block basis. As explained above, the deduplicated secondary copy 285 can include the blocks along with the hashes of the blocks. Media Agent 1 270 a accesses the block header of a block, which includes the hash value of the block and sends the hash value to Media Agent 2 270 b so that Media Agent 2 270 b can check whether the block corresponding to the hash value exists in the destination system 202. Media Agent 1 270 a can read multiple block headers at a time and send the read hash values as a group to Media Agent 2 270 b. For instance, Media Agent 1 270 a reads a block header to access the hash value, then skips over the blocks until it reads another block header to access the hash value, and so on. Media Agent 1 270 a can collect a number of hash values to send over to Media Agent 2 270 b, e.g., in a batch. Further details relating to traversing through the deduplicated secondary copy are explained in connection with FIG. 3B. The replication agent 250 on Media Agent 1 270 a can perform the functions relating to replication using deduplicated secondary copy; for instance, the replication agent 250 traverses through the deduplicated secondary copy.
  • At data flow step 4, Media Agent 1 270 a performs a deduplicated copy with an embedded command stream 292. Media Agent 1 270 a sends a hash or a group of hashes to Media Agent 2 270 b, e.g., in a transaction. For instance, Media Agent 1 270 a can send 64 hashes in a group or 1,000 hashes in a group. Each communication of a group of hashes by Media Agent 1 270 a at the source system 201 to Media Agent 2 270 b at the destination system 202 may be referred to as a transaction. Thus, a transaction may refer to delivery of a group of hashes. Media Agent 2 270 b performs a lookup of the received hash(es) to determine whether the blocks already exist in the destination system 202. If a block corresponding to a hash already exists in Storage Device 2 280 b, Media Agent 2 270 b stores a reference to the existing block in Storage Device 2 280 b. If a block corresponding to a hash does not exist in Storage Device 2 280 b, Media Agent 2 270 b requests Media Agent 1 270 a to send the block. Similar to Media Agent 1 270 a sending hashes as a group or transaction, Media Agent 2 270 b can request the blocks as a group or transaction. For instance, Media Agent 2 270 b can look up all the hashes received in a group from Media Agent 1 270 a, and send a request for any blocks in the group that Media Agent 2 270 b does not have.
  • The system 200 may determine how many hashes to send in a group based on various factors. Examples of such factors may include bandwidth of the connection between Media Agent 1 270 a and Media Agent 2 270 b, size of a hash, size of the buffer involved in sending hashes, latency, etc. In one embodiment, the system 200 determines how many hashes to send by taking the product of the bandwidth and the latency of the wide area network (WAN), local area network (LAN) or other connection between Media Agent 1 270 a and Media Agent 2 270 b, which can indicate the size of the buffer. The size of the buffer is divided by the size of a hash to determine how many hashes can be sent in a group. For instance, if the bandwidth is 10 megabytes/second (MB/s) and the latency is 10 milliseconds (ms), the size of the buffer may be 100 kilobytes (kB). Where the size of the hash is 64 bytes, the system 200 may determine how many hashes to send per group/transaction as follows: 100 kB/64 B=1562.5 hashes per group/transaction, which the system 200 may round down, e.g., to 1562 in one embodiment. In some embodiments, the number of hashes is rounded up to the nearest hundred; for example, 1562.5 hashes is rounded up to 1600.
  • In addition to the actual data, there may be other changes to the data in the source system 201, such as renaming of a file, deletion of a file, etc. Changes to the data other than the changes to the content of a file may be referred to as commands. Generally, commands are not captured in traditional backups because a backup is a point-in-time copy of the data and/or because the backup copies are stored in a backup format rather than a file system format. In replication using deduplicated secondary copy, the data in the source system 201 is continuously sent to the destination system 202, and the commands may also be sent to the destination system 202 to reflect the changes to the data at the source system 201.
  • The system 200 (e.g., the replication agent 250 of the source system 201) can send the commands from the source system 201 to the destination system 202 in a command stream 292. The system 200 may send the hashes and/or the data blocks in a data stream 291, and can send a command stream 292 along with a data stream 291. FIG. 2 illustrates separate command stream 292 and data stream 291 for illustrative purposes, but the command stream 292 and the data stream 291 may be implemented as a single stream. For example, each message in the single stream includes a header that indicates whether a certain message is a command or a data block. Because commands should be processed in order at the destination system 202, the system 200 can preserve the sequence of the commands in the command stream 292. In one embodiment, each command message has a timestamp associated with it, and the destination system 202 processes the command messages based on the timestamp. In some embodiments, the storage manager 210 manages creating the command streams 292 and coding of command messages. Certain details relating to the command stream and corresponding data structure are explained below, e.g., in connection with FIG. 4.
  • Media Agent 1 270 a may store backup-related information and/or deduplication-related information in the media agent index 275 a. In some embodiments, the information in the media agent index 275 a is also replicated to the destination system 202. For example, the information is sent to and stored in the media agent index 275 b associated with Media Agent 2 270 b. The media agent index 275 may also be deduplicated. For instance, the media agent index 275 a, the media agent index 275 b, or both are deduplicated. The process for replicating deduplicated secondary copies 285 can be used to copy the information in the media agent index 275. Media Agent 1 270 a may send a group of hashes to Media Agent 2 270 b, and Media Agent 2 270 b can look up the hashes to determine whether to request blocks corresponding to the hashes.
  • The source system 201 and the destination system 202 may be connected to one another by a Local Area Network (LAN), although another network type such as a wide area network (WAN) may be used in other embodiments. The data sent between the source system 201 and the destination system 202 can move across the LAN.
  • At data flow step 5, Media Agent 2 270 b copies blocks received in the data stream 291 to Storage Device 2 280 b. In the example of FIG. 2, the deduplicated secondary copy 285 in Storage Device 1 280 a includes blocks B1, B2, B3, and so on. Media Agent 1 270 a sends hashes of blocks B1, B2, B3, etc. in a group. By checking the hashes of Blocks B1, B2, B3, etc. with the hashes in the media agent index 275 b, Media Agent 2 270 b determines that the destination system 202 does not have blocks B2 and B5. Media Agent 2 270 b requests blocks B2 and B5 from Media Agent 1 270 a. In turn, Media Agent 1 270 a sends blocks B2 and B5. Media Agent 2 270 b stores the blocks in Storage Device 2 280 b. Deduplicated secondary copy data in Storage Device 2 280 b can also be packaged in the format that facilitates deduplicated copy, for example, used in the source system 201. For instance, the destination system 202 can also serve as the source system for replication to another destination system (not shown) using deduplicated secondary copy data.
  • At data flow step 5a, Media Agent 2 270 b processes commands received in the command stream 292. The commands may be processed in order, e.g., based on the timestamp of each command. Media Agent 2 270 b processes the received commands and forwards them to the data agent 240 b on Client 2 for execution. The data agent 240 b performs the commands. The replication agent 250 on Media Agent 2 270 b can perform the functions relating to replication using deduplicated secondary copy; for instance, the replication agent 250 stores the blocks to Storage Device 2 280 b and processes the commands.
  • At data flow step 6, the storage manager 210 schedules a restore operation. A restore may be scheduled when the corresponding backup is completed. In some embodiments, the scheduling of a restore operation can be similar to the scheduling of a backup operation at data flow step 1 and may be based on similar factors as the scheduling of a backup operation. For instance, factors may include: number of pending writes to the primary storage device(s) 230 b of the destination system 202 (e.g., with respect to replication), time of last write to the primary storage device(s) 230 b of the destination system 202, time since last write to the primary storage device(s) 230 b of the destination system 202, CPU availability (e.g., of the client computing device 220 b and/or the computing device hosting the media agent 270 b), number of writes to the secondary storage device(s) 280 b since last restore, time of last write to the secondary storage device(s) 280 b since last restore, time since last restore, etc. The storage manager 210 may consider the factors in relation to or in the context of the replication process. For example, the time since last restore refers to the time since last restore for replication. In one embodiment, the storage manager 210 schedules the restore every time a deduplicated copy is performed at data flow step 4. In this way, the replication can be close to real-time, and updates to the data in the source system 201 can be reflected in the destination system 202 relatively quickly on a continuous basis. For instance, the updates can be replicated to the destination system 202 at or about the same frequency as the backup operations occur at the source system 201 (e.g., every 10, 20, 30 seconds, every 1, 2, 5, or 10 minutes). In certain embodiments, the frequency of restore varies depending on the application 260 that generated the data to be replicated.
  • Since according to some embodiments including the illustrated embodiment the source system 201 and the destination system 202 share a common storage manager 210, same storage policies may be applicable at the source system 201 and the destination system 202, for example, with respect to replication. Accordingly, the source system 201 and the destination system 202 can keep copies of the same storage policy(ies) locally. Or the source system 201 and the destination system 202 may refer to the storage manager 210 for the storage policy(ies).
  • At data flow step 7, Media Agent 2 270 b performs restore from deduplicated secondary copy data in Storage Device 2 280 b. In a restore, Media Agent 2 270 b can restore data from Storage Device 2 280 b to Information Store 2 230 b. For example, Media Agent 2 270 b restores each file to Information Store 2 230 b. In some embodiments, Information Store 2 230 b is also deduplicated, in addition to Storage Device 2 280 b. Media Agent 2 270 b restores only the newly received blocks since the other blocks already exist Information Store 2 230 b. The data agent 240 b can process the commands on the restored data in Information Store 2 230 b. The sequence of the commands can be preserved (e.g., via timestamps sent in association with the command stream 292, and the data agent 240 b can play back the commands during the restore according to the sequence in order to maintain consistency between the source system 201 and the destination system 202. For example, one type of command may be a file rename operation. The data agent 240 b processes the command to rename the corresponding file on Information Store 2 230 b at the destination system 202.
  • Since backup may be performed frequently in order to make replication more continuous and synchronous, the system 200 can use the same job number for replication using deduplicated secondary copy data. In one embodiment, the system 200 keeps track of the replication process between the source system 201 and the destination system 202 as one job. One job ID is used for multiple backups performed at the source system 201 in association with the replication process, and appropriate information and/or statistics is updated each time a backup is performed. The job information can be stored in association with the storage manager 210. The job information may include: job ID, number of files, size of backup, indexing, etc. in the backup. Each time a backup is performed, the source system 201 updates the number of files, the size of backup, indexing, etc. In certain embodiments, the same job ID that is used for backup at the source system 201 is used as the job ID for the restore at the destination system 202. One job ID can be used for multiple restores performed at the destination system 202.
  • In this manner, the system 200 may leverage deduplicated data in secondary storage as the source to replicate production data from one client to another client, while reducing the burden on the production machines. Moreover, packaging the deduplicated data in a particular format that facilitates replication (e.g., packaging the hashes and the data together) can streamline the replication process since hashes are available in the deduplicated secondary copy 285 itself. The source media agent 270 a or the replication agent 250 can read the hashes directly from the deduplicated secondary copy 285, instead of obtaining the hashes from another location or device. In addition, the source media agent 270 a may read multiple hashes at one time and send them to the destination media agent 270 b in a group. Accordingly, the amount of time and/or resource used for replication can be reduced.
  • FIG. 3A is a logical diagram illustrative of a deduplicated file used to implement replication using deduplicated secondary copy data, according to certain embodiments. For illustrative purposes, the deduplicated file in FIG. 3A is explained in connection with an information management system 300 as described in FIG. 3B. The system 300 and corresponding components of FIG. 3B may be similar to or the same as the system 100, 200 and similarly named (but not necessarily numbered) components of FIGS. 1C, 1D, 1E, and 2. The system 300 includes a backup storage subsystem 302 including at least one first media agent 304 and at least one secondary storage device 306. The backup storage subsystem 302 can be similar to the source system 201 in FIG. 2. The system 300 further includes a secondary backup storage subsystem 308 including at least one second media agent 310 and at least one secondary storage device 312. The secondary backup storage subsystem 308 can be similar to the destination system 202 in FIG. 2.
  • The first media agent 304 generally conducts the data to and from the secondary storage device 306 for storage and retrieval (e.g., during backup and restore operations, respectively). In one example scenario, the first media agent 304 receives a data block (or group of data blocks) from the client system for backup. The first media agent 304 determines whether the data block already exists at the secondary storage device 306. For example, the first media agent 304 can generate a signature (e.g., a hash value) corresponding to the data block and compare the signature to values in a signature table 314. The signature table 314 generally stores signatures corresponding to one or more of the data blocks already stored in the secondary storage device 306.
  • In other embodiments, the first media agent 304 does not generate the hash itself, but instead receives the hash from the client system. If there is no match, the media agent 304 stores the data block in the secondary storage device 306. Otherwise, the media agent 304 may store only a reference to the data block. The hash table 314 may reside at the media agent 304 as shown, at the secondary storage device 306, or at some other location. In some embodiments, no hash table 314 is maintained.
  • Referring to FIG. 3A, according to certain aspects, when writing the data to the secondary storage device 306, the first media agent 304 formats or packages the data such that performance of subsequent storage operations is enhanced. As mentioned above, the data formatted or packaged in such manner can be referred to as a dash copy. Certain details relating to dash copies are described further in U.S. application Ser. No. 12/982,100, filed Dec. 30, 2010, issued as U.S. Pat. No. 8,578,109, entitled “SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR RETAINING AND USING DATA BLOCK SIGNATURES IN DATA PROTECTION OPERATIONS” (Attorney Docket: COMMV.082A), which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
  • FIG. 3A shows a detailed view of the example packaged data file 316 stored on the secondary storage device 306. The file 316 includes a file header 316 a, one or more block headers 316 b, and one or more data blocks 316 c. Generally, the data packaging operations described herein such as the data packaging operations described with respect to any of FIGS. 2-5 may be performed by a data packaging module or manager executing on one or more of the components in the system. For example, a data packaging module or manager may be implemented on the storage manager, media agents (e.g., one or more of the media agents 304, 310 shown in FIG. 3B), or a combination thereof.
  • The file header 316 a generally includes information related to the file such as a file name or identifier, information related to the application that created the file, user access information, or other metadata related to the file.
  • The block headers 316 b can each include a block reference 316 d (e.g., a pointer or link) and substantially unique signature 316 e (e.g., a hash) corresponding to an associated data block. While not shown to scale, the signatures 316 e and/or block references 316 b according to certain embodiments are significantly smaller than the corresponding data blocks. For example, in one embodiment, the data blocks are 512 kB, and the signatures are 64 bytes, although other values can be used, such as 128, 256 or 512 bytes, or lesser or greater values. In other embodiments, the files 316 can include data blocks and/or signatures having variable lengths.
  • The ratio between the size of the data blocks and the size of the signature value is selected to calibrate system performance in certain embodiments. For example, in the above-described embodiment where the data blocks are 512 kB and the signature values are 64 bytes, the ratio is configured to be 8192. In another embodiment, the size of the data blocks is variable (e.g., selectable by a user) and ranges from between 32 kB and 512 kB, while the signature values are 64 bytes. In such an embodiment, the ratio is at least about 512. In various configurations, the ratio can be configured to be at least about 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048, 4096, 8192, 16,384, 32,768, 65,536, at least about some other lesser or greater power of two, or at least about some other value.
  • Where a data block has not been deduplicated, the associated block reference 316 d can point to the corresponding data block 316 c itself in the file 316. For example, in the example file 316 the data blocks 316 c 1 and 316 c 2 have not been deduplicated. Thus, the block reference 316 d 1 points to the data block 316 c 1 stored in the file 316 and the block reference 316 d 4 points to the data block 316 c 2 in the file 316. However, where a data block in the file has been deduplicated, the block reference 316 b points to a previously existing copy of the data block, and the data block itself may not be stored in the file 316. For example, the block reference 316 d 2 points to a previously existing data block at some other location in the secondary storage device 306, such as a data block in another file. Where redundant data blocks exist within the same file, a block reference 316 d can point to a previously existing copy of the data block within that same file. For example, the block reference 316 d 3 points to the data block 316 c 1 in the file 316.
  • As shown, the media agent 304 can package the data such that the signatures 316 e are embedded in the file 316 and associated with the corresponding block references 316 d and/or data blocks 316 c. For example, the signatures 316 e in one embodiment are stored in generally logically or physically contiguous memory space with the corresponding block reference 316 d and/or data block 316 c, or are otherwise logically associated. The groupings defined by the media agent 304 and including the respective signature values 316 e, data block references 316 d and/or data blocks 316 c are referred to herein as signature/data words. In certain embodiments, link information can be added that includes information regarding the physical location of the actual data block. For example, the link information can include identifiers indicating the machine and/or path at which the data block is stored, an offset associated with the block, such as an offset indicating a position of the data block in the relevant file, and the like. In some embodiments, link information is added for each signature 316 e. For example, the link information can be included in the block reference 316 d in some embodiments, or in some other data structure.
  • Embedding the signature values in the signature/data words along with the data and/or data block references 316 d is generally in contrast to where the signatures 316 e are stored in a separate hash table, such as the hash table 314. For example, the hash table 314 may be used by the media agent 304 during backup for deduplication purposes, to determine whether incoming blocks are redundant. On the other hand, the signatures 316 e embedded in the file 316 may be used for other specialized purposes, such as during copy or other operations, to quickly access the signature values as the operation is performed. Thus, in at least some embodiments, such as where the system 300 includes both a signature table 314 and signature values 316 e embedded along with the data blocks 316 c and/or block references 316 b, the media agent 304 may maintain multiple instances of at least some signature values.
  • In some other alternative embodiments, the signatures 316 e are stored in a separate hash table rather than being embedded along with the data blocks 316 c and/or block references 316 b. In such embodiments, the separate hash table may be in addition to the hash table 314, and the backup subsystem may therefore include at least first and second hash tables.
  • Example Deduplicated Copy Operation
  • FIG. 3B is a block diagram illustrative of performing a deduplication copy, according to certain embodiments. Referring to FIG. 3B, in certain embodiments, the system 300 performs a deduplicated copy of data from the secondary storage device 306 to the secondary storage device 312. Moreover, the system 300 can utilize certain advantageous aspects described herein to reduce the overhead and time associated with executing the deduplicated copy, improving system performance. Generally, the data transfer operations described herein such as the deduplicated copy operations described with respect to any of FIGS. 2-5 may be performed by a replication agent executing on one or more of the components in the system. For example, a replication agent may be implemented on the storage manager, media agents (e.g., one or more of the media agents 304, 310 shown in FIG. 3B), or a combination thereof. For example, the media agents 304, 310 may respectively be the media agents 270 a, 270 b of the source and destination systems 201, 202 of FIG. 2, and the secondary storage devices 306, 312 may respectively be the secondary storage devices 280 a, 280 b of the source and destination systems 201, 202.
  • In an example scenario, the first media agent 304 receives instructions to perform a deduplicated copy. The deduplicated copy may be scheduled relatively frequently in order to support replication to the destination system 202 (e.g., every 10, 20, 30 seconds, every 1, 2, 5, or 10 minutes, etc.), and may be initiated by a storage manager (not shown), such as the storage manager 210 of FIG. 2. In other embodiments, the media agent 304 may initiate the deduplicated copy itself. Upon receiving the instructions, the first media agent 304 begins the copy operation.
  • In order to reduce the amount of data being sent to the second media agent 310 during the copy, the first media agent 304 sends signatures of corresponding data blocks to be copied to the second media agent 310 before sending the data blocks themselves. The second media agent 310 can check to see if the received signatures match the signatures of data blocks already existing at the secondary storage device 312. For example, the second media agent 310 compares the received signatures to entries in a signature table 318 (e.g., a hash table). If a data block already exists at the secondary storage device 312, the second media agent 310 stores a reference to the existing copy of the data block in the secondary storage device 312, and the first media agent 304 does not need to send the actual data block. If a data block does not exist at the secondary storage device 312, the second media agent 310 informs the first media agent 304, and the first media agent 304 will send the actual data block.
  • As discussed, the first media agent 304 writes the signature values 316 e along with the data during the initial backup storage operation. For example, the signature values 316 e are embedded with the data in the signature/data words. Thus, when the deduplicated copy request occurs at a later point in time, the signature values 316 e are advantageously readily accessible by the first media agent 304 without having to read the data or generate the signature value at that point. As such, the first media agent 304 can efficiently retrieve the signature values 316 e and send them to the second media agent 310. To access the signature values 316 e, a lookup may be performed on the second media agent 310 to see if the hash already exists. If the hash already exists, the data block is not read or sent to the second media agent 310 as discussed in further detail herein.
  • For example, because the signature values 316 e are generally significantly smaller than the data (e.g., 64B versus 512 kB), reading the signature values from the secondary storage device 306 can consume less resources and/or take less time than reading the data blocks themselves to generate the signature values.
  • Additionally, because the signature values are embedded in the file 316 and associated with the corresponding block references 316 b and/or data blocks 316 c 1, the signature values are readily accessible during the deduplicated copy operation. For example, during the copy operation, the media agent 304 can generally traverse the signature/data words in the file 316 and extract the signature values 316 e.
  • It should be noted that a tradeoff exists between the improved performance achieved by techniques described herein and a corresponding reduction in storage utilization. This is because storing signature values 316 e along with the corresponding block references 316 b and/or data blocks 316 c consumes additional storage.
  • Thus, depending on what resources are available, according to certain embodiments, system parameters can be tuned to achieve an appropriate balance between additional storage overhead and improved performance. Such parameters can include the size of the signatures 316 e, the size of the data blocks 316 c, the ratio between the signature size and block size, and the like. Additionally, the system 300 can allow manually tuning of these parameters by system operators and/or perform automatic tuning. For example, the system 300 in one embodiment performs parameter tuning based on the amount of available storage, the processing or memory capacity of the media agent 304, or the like. In other embodiments, the system 300 allows for manually or automatically disabling the storage of the signature values 316 e along with the block references 316 b and/or data blocks 316 c.
  • FIG. 4 is a block diagram illustrative of a data structure used to implement replication using deduplicated secondary copy data, according to certain embodiments. Certain details relating to FIG. 4 are further explained with respect to FIGS. 2, 3A, and 3B.
  • The stream 490 can include a data stream 491 and a command stream 492. The data stream 491 and the command stream 492 may be the same as or similar to the data stream 291 and the command stream 292 in FIG. 2, respectively. The command stream 492 can include messages that contain commands. Messages containing commands may be referred to as command messages. The data stream 491 can include messages that contain hashes or data. Messages containing hashes or data may be referred to as data messages. For illustrative purposes, FIG. 4 illustrates the command stream 492 and the data stream 491 as parallel streams, but as explained above, a single stream 490 may include both types of messages. For example, command messages are embedded throughout data messages. The commands can include without limitation, file rename commands, file delete commands, file exists commands, size commands, copy commands, and the like.
  • FIG. 5 is a flow diagram of illustrative of one embodiment of a routine 500 for replication using deduplicated secondary copy data. The routine 500 is described with respect to the system 200 of FIG. 2. However, one or more of the steps of routine 500 may be implemented by other information management systems, such as those described in greater detail above with reference to FIGS. 1C, 1D, and 1E. The routine 500 can be implemented by any one, or a combination of, a client, a storage manager, a data agent, a media agent, and the like. Moreover, further details regarding certain aspects of at least some of steps of the routine 500 are described in greater detail above with reference to FIG. 2. Although described in relation to backup operations for the purposes of illustration, the process of FIG. 5 can be compatible with other types of storage operations, such as, for example, archiving, migration, snapshots, replication operations, and the like.
  • At block 501, the source media agent 270 a creates or updates a deduplicated secondary copy 285 of a file on the source storage device(s) 280 a. Media Agent 1 270 a may receive instructions from the client 220 a to copy data from the source information store(s) 230 a to the source storage device(s) 280 a, for example, in a backup. The deduplicated secondary copy 285 can include multiple blocks and corresponding signature values of the blocks. The deduplicated secondary copy 285 may reflect a change to at least one changed portion of the primary data residing on the source primary storage device(s) 280 a as compared to a previous deduplicated secondary copy of the primary data.
  • In some embodiments, the deduplicated secondary copy 285 is one of a plurality of deduplicated secondary copies that the source system 201 is configured to perform as part of a continuous replication process, and the plurality of deduplicated secondary copies are performed according to a predetermined schedule at a regular interval. In one embodiment, the regular interval is less than one hour. In another embodiment, the regular interval is less than ten minutes. In yet another embodiment, the regular interval is less than five minutes.
  • At block 502, the source media agent 270 a sends the signature value of at least one modified block in the secondary copy 285 to the destination media agent 270 b. For example, Media Agent 1 270 a sends hashes for one or more blocks to Media Agent 2 270 b. The at least one modified block may correspond to the at least one changed portion of the primary data.
  • At block 503, the source media agent 270 a receives notification that the block does not exist in the destination storage device(s) 280 b. For instance, Media Agent 2 270 b notifies Media Agent 1 270 a that the block does not exist in the destination system 202 (e.g., in Storage Device 2 280 b).
  • At block 504, the source media agent 270 a sends the data of the block to the destination media agent 270 b. For example, Media Agent 1 270 a sends the data of the block to Media Agent 2 270 b.
  • At block 505, the destination media agent 270 b copies the data of the block to the destination storage device(s) 280 b. For instance, Media Agent 2 270 b stores the data of the block to Storage Device 2 280 b.
  • At block 506, the destination media agent 270 b restores the data of the block to the destination information store 230 b. For example, Media Agent 2 270 b restores the data of the block to Information Store 2 230 b. In some embodiments, the restore performed by the destination system 202 is one of a plurality of restore operations, wherein each of the plurality of restore operations corresponds to one of the plurality of deduplicated secondary copies performed by the source system 201. In certain embodiments, the plurality of restore operations are performed at the regular interval such that changes to the primary data on the source system 201 are replicated to the destination system 202 in a period of time not significantly greater than the regular interval. For example, the plurality of restore operations are performed at the regular interval at which the plurality of deduplicated secondary copies are performed.
  • In some embodiments, the primary data includes one or more files, and the source media agent 270 a sends a command stream 292 including one or more commands associated with the one or more files to the destination system 202. The destination system 202 (e.g., the destination media agent 270 b) executes the one or more commands.
  • The routine 500 can include fewer, more, or different blocks than those illustrated in FIG. 5 without departing from the spirit and scope of the description. Moreover, it will be appreciated by those skilled in the art and others that some or all of the functions described in this disclosure may be embodied in software executed by one or more processors of the disclosed components and mobile communication devices. The software may be persistently stored in any type of non-volatile and/or non-transitory storage.
  • FIG. 6 is a flow diagram illustrative of one embodiment of a routine 600 for scheduling backup operations in replication using deduplicated secondary copy data. The routine 600 is described with respect to the system 200 of FIG. 2. However, one or more of the steps of routine 600 may be implemented by other information management systems, such as those described in greater detail above with reference to FIGS. 1C, 1D, and 1E. The routine 600 can be implemented by any one, or a combination of, a client, a storage manager, a data agent, a media agent, and the like. Moreover, further details regarding certain aspects of at least some of steps of the routine 600 are described in greater detail above with reference to FIG. 2. Although described in relation to backup operations for the purposes of illustration, the process of FIG. 6 can be compatible with other types of storage operations, such as, for example, archiving, migration, snapshots, replication operations, and the like.
  • At block 601, the system 200 detects a write to one or more files. For instance, the system 200 detects a write to one or more files on the primary storage device 230 a associated with the client 1 220 a.
  • At block 602, the system 200 determines based on various factors whether to schedule or initiate a backup. As explained above, factors may include: number of writes, time of last write, time since last write, CPU availability, etc. If the system 200 determines that it is appropriate to schedule or initiate a backup operation (or other secondary copy operation), at block 603 the system 200 schedules or initiates the backup operation.
  • The routine 600 can include fewer, more, or different blocks than those illustrated in FIG. 6 without departing from the spirit and scope of the description. Moreover, it will be appreciated by those skilled in the art and others that some or all of the functions described in this disclosure may be embodied in software executed by one or more processors of the disclosed components and mobile communication devices. The software may be persistently stored in any type of non-volatile and/or non-transitory storage.
  • FIG. 7 is a flow diagram illustrative of one embodiment of a routine 700 for reducing metadata associated with a replication process using deduplicated secondary copy data. The routine 700 is described with respect to the system 200 of FIG. 2. However, one or more of the steps of routine 700 may be implemented by other information management systems, such as those described in greater detail above with reference to FIGS. 1C, 1D, and 1E. The routine 700 can be implemented by any one, or a combination of, a client, a storage manager, a data agent, a media agent, and the like. Moreover, further details regarding certain aspects of at least some of steps of the routine 700 are described in greater detail above with reference to FIG. 2. Although described in relation to backup operations for the purposes of illustration, the process of FIG. 7 can be compatible with other types of storage operations, such as, for example, archiving, migration, snapshots, replication operations, and the like.
  • At block 701, the system 200 initiates a replication process in which a plurality of deduplicated backup copies 285 are used to replicate data from the source system 201 to the destination system 202. As one illustrative example, a replication policy is stored in a storage manager database and dictates that the storage manager 210 should initiate deduplicated backups at the source system 201 every five minutes. The storage policy further specifies that the media agent 270 a should communicate changed data from the source system 201 to the destination system 202 every time a deduplicated backup operation completes.
  • At block 702, the system 200 performs a backup operation associated with the replication process. For instance, in the example case, after the five minutes specified by the storage policy expires, the storage manager 210 instructs the data agent(s) 240 a and the media agent(s) 270 a to back up data generated by the application 260 a to the secondary storage device(s) 280 a, thereby generating the first backup copy 285 for use in the replication operation.
  • At block 703, the system 200 determines whether to create a new metadata container file including metadata associated with a backup used in the replication process. The metadata container file may be referred to as persistent because it is reused for multiple backup operations, and in some cases is reused for backup operations spanning an entire replication process, as is described further herein. For instance, the system 200 may create a new metadata container file if no metadata container file associated with the replication process currently exists. Or, the system 200 may create a new metadata container file based on a predetermined policy, such when an existing metadata container file includes metadata associated with a predetermined number of backup operations (e.g., 100, 1000, or 10,000), when an existing metadata container file has been in use for a certain predetermined period of time (e.g., 1, 5, or 10 hours), etc. In some cases, multiple metadata container files exist for the same job ID, for example, if the job was suspended and resumed multiple times.
  • The metadata included in the container file can provide information about the files included in the backup copies, information relating to the backup operation corresponding to the backup copies, etc. For example, the metadata may include information such as the time, size, amount of data transferred, etc.; these types of information can be listed once per container file. FIG. 7A described further below shows one embodiment of a container file. While the metadata is described with respect to FIG. 7 as being stored in a container file separate from the backup copies, in other embodiments, the metadata can be stored in one or more of the backup copies. In either case, the existing metadata can reside on the secondary storage device(s) 280 a.
  • In the example scenario, the storage manager 210 at block 703 determines that there is no existing metadata container file residing on the secondary storage device(s) 280 a associated with one or more backup operations. For instance, the storage manager 210 may assume that no metadata container file exists because the storage manager 210 controls the replication process, and therefore is aware that the metadata container file has not been created yet. In some other embodiments, the media agent 270 a may read the secondary storage device(s) 280 a to determine that no metadata container file exists and inform the storage manager 210 of the same. In any case, the system 200 creates a metadata container file at block 704. For instance, the media agent 270 a or can collect metadata during the initial backup operation and writes the metadata to the storage device(s) 280 a. The media agent 270 a in the exemplary scenario creates a new metadata container file on the secondary storage device(s) 280 a and writes the collected metadata into the container file. In another embodiment, the media agent 270 a writes the metadata to the backup file 285 itself.
  • If at block 703 the system 200 determines that a new metadata container file should not be created, the system 200 at block 705, updates the existing metadata container file to add metadata associated with the current backup. For instance, continuing with the exemplary scenario, after creating the metadata container file at block 704 in association with performance of the first backup operation, the storage manager determines whether to continue the replication operation at block 706. Upon determining that the replication process should continue, the system 200 returns to block 702 and performs the second deduplicated backup operation in the replication process. The system 200 returns to block 703 and determines that the metadata container file already exists and does not need to be created. For instance, the storage manager 210 may recognize that an initial metadata container file already exists because it was created in association with the first backup operation. Thus, the storage manager 210 does not create a new metadata container file, but instead opens the existing metadata container file and updates the existing container file at block 705 to include metadata associated with the current backup operation.
  • FIG. 7A shows an example partial metadata container file 790. The metadata container file may also be referred to as a replication metadata container. The replication metadata container 790 can include information such as job ID, data size, file names, etc. FIG. 7A illustrates the replication metadata container 790 at two different times: time t0 following an initial backup and time t1 following a second backup. At t0, the replication metadata container 790 has the job ID 123, the data size is 2 GB, and the file names include “A,” “B,” and “C.” Backup data at t0 includes Backup File 1, which is 2 GB in size. During the second backup, the source system 201 backs up Backup File 2, which is 100 MB in size. Backup File 2 includes a new file, File D. Since the replication metadata container 790 exists at the time of second backup, the source system 201 updates the replication metadata container 790 to reflect the information related to the second backup. At t1, following the second backup, the replication metadata container 790 has the job ID 123, the data size is 2.1 GB, and the file names include “A,” “B,” “C,” and “D.” The data size is updated from 2 GB to 2.1 GB in view of Backup File 2, and the file names field is updated to include “D.” The source system 201 uses the same job ID for a replication process, and therefore, the job ID remains 123.
  • The routine 700 can include fewer, more, or different blocks than those illustrated in FIG. 7 without departing from the spirit and scope of the description. Moreover, it will be appreciated by those skilled in the art and others that some or all of the functions described in this disclosure may be embodied in software executed by one or more processors of the disclosed components and mobile communication devices. The software may be persistently stored in any type of non-volatile and/or non-transitory storage.
  • FIG. 8 is a flow diagram of illustrative of one embodiment of a routine 800 for processing an embedded command stream in replication using deduplicated secondary copy data. The routine 800 is described with respect to the system 200 of FIG. 2. However, one or more of the steps of routine 800 may be implemented by other information management systems, such as those described in greater detail above with reference to FIGS. 1C, 1D, and 1E. The routine 800 can be implemented by any one, or a combination of, a client, a storage manager, a data agent, a media agent, and the like. Moreover, further details regarding certain aspects of at least some of steps of the routine 800 are described in greater detail above with reference to FIG. 2. Although described in relation to backup operations for the purposes of illustration, the process of FIG. 8 can be compatible with other types of storage operations, such as, for example, archiving, migration, snapshots, replication operations, and the like.
  • At block 801, the system 200 receives a stream including commands, hashes, and block data. As explained above, commands can be embedded within a stream along with data. The header for each message in the stream can indicate whether the message contains a command, a hash, or block data. In certain embodiments, the header does not distinguish between a message containing a hash and a message containing block data, and simply indicates that a message contains data. In some embodiments, the storage manager 210 handles the coding of the commands into the stream. For example, the source system 201 logs the commands at the client 220 a, and the commands are processed with data during a backup.
  • At block 802, the system 200 checks the header of a message in the stream. Media Agent 2 270 b receives the stream and checks the header of each message to determine whether the message contains a command, a hash, or block data. As explained above, in some embodiments, the header only distinguishes between a message containing a command and a message containing data (e.g., hash or block data).
  • At block 803, the system 200 processes a command message. For example, when the header of a message indicates that it is a command message, Media Agent 2 270 b logs the command in the payload of the message and forwards the command to the data agent 240 b. Media Agent 2 270 b may collect a number of commands before sending them to the data agent 240 b or send each command as Media Agent 2 270 b processes the command.
  • At block 804, the system 200 performs the command. The data agent 240 b can receive the command from Media Agent 2 270 b and execute the command on the restored data in Information Store 2 230 b.
  • A specific example will now be describe with reference to FIGS. 2 and 8 for the purposes of illustrating the use of the command stream in the replication process. The storage manager 210 is conducting a replication operation in which a plurality of deduplicationed backup copy files 285 including data associated with the client 220 a have been written to the secondary storage device 280 a by the media agent 270 a. A replication policy specifies that backup copies occur every one minute, and that data changes are communicated from the source system 201 to the destination system 202 after completion of every backup operation.
  • Following creation of backup copy n and before creation of backup copy n+1, a user deletes a first file, File B. Then, following the deletion, a user renames a second file, File A, as File B. One minute after creation of backup copy n, the system 200 performs backup copy n+1. Following completion of backup copy n+1, the storage manager 210 instructs the media agent 1 270 a of the source system 201 to communicate the backup copy n+1 to the media agent 270 b of the destination system 202. The media agent 1 270 a sends over the data stream including a header and payload data including data blocks, data block signatures (e.g., hashes), and an embedded command stream. The command stream includes a first entry including information sufficient for the media agent 2 270 b to determine that the first file, original File B, was deleted, and that the second file, File A, was renamed as File B. The command stream further includes sequence information sufficient for the media agent 2 270 b to determine that the delete operation occurred prior to the rename operation. The media agent 2 270 b at the destination system 202 receives the data stream from the media agent 1 270 a of the source system 201 at block 801 of the routine 800. As mentioned above, the data stream can include a header and payload data including data blocks, data block signatures (e.g., hashes), and an embedded command stream. For instance, the data stream may be in the format shown in FIG. 4. At block 802 the media agent 2 270 b reviews the header to determine that the command stream includes one or more commands. At block 803 the media agent 2 270 b processes the messages in the command stream. The media agent 2 270 b reviews the messages and then instructs the data agent 240 b to play back the commands. The data agent 240 b first deletes File B on the primary storage device(s) 230 b and then renames File A on primary storage device(s) 230 b as File B. The commands in one embodiment are played back after backup copy n+1 is restored to the primary storage device 230 b. For example, the commands are played back in the same order as they were performed in the source system 201 such that the data at the destination system 202 matches the data at the source system 201.
  • The routine 800 can include fewer, more, or different blocks than those illustrated in FIG. 8 without departing from the spirit and scope of the description. Moreover, it will be appreciated by those skilled in the art and others that some or all of the functions described in this disclosure may be embodied in software executed by one or more processors of the disclosed components and mobile communication devices. The software may be persistently stored in any type of non-volatile and/or non-transitory storage.
  • Terminology
  • Conditional language, such as, among others, “can,” “could,” “might,” or “may,” unless specifically stated otherwise, or otherwise understood within the context as used, is generally intended to convey that certain embodiments include, while other embodiments do not include, certain features, elements and/or steps. Thus, such conditional language is not generally intended to imply that features, elements and/or steps are in any way required for one or more embodiments or that one or more embodiments necessarily include logic for deciding, with or without user input or prompting, whether these features, elements and/or steps are included or are to be performed in any particular embodiment.
  • Unless the context clearly requires otherwise, throughout the description and the claims, the words “comprise,” “comprising,” and the like are to be construed in an inclusive sense, as opposed to an exclusive or exhaustive sense; that is to say, in the sense of “including, but not limited to.” As used herein, the terms “connected,” “coupled,” or any variant thereof means any connection or coupling, either direct or indirect, between two or more elements; the coupling or connection between the elements can be physical, logical, or a combination thereof. Additionally, the words “herein,” “above,” “below,” and words of similar import, when used in this application, refer to this application as a whole and not to any particular portions of this application. Where the context permits, words in the above Detailed Description using the singular or plural number may also include the plural or singular number respectively. The word “or” in reference to a list of two or more items, covers all of the following interpretations of the word: any one of the items in the list, all of the items in the list, and any combination of the items in the list. Likewise the term “and/or” in reference to a list of two or more items, covers all of the following interpretations of the word: any one of the items in the list, all of the items in the list, and any combination of the items in the list.
  • Depending on the embodiment, certain operations, acts, events, or functions of any of the algorithms described herein can be performed in a different sequence, can be added, merged, or left out altogether (e.g., not all are necessary for the practice of the algorithms). Moreover, in certain embodiments, operations, acts, functions, or events can be performed concurrently, e.g., through multi-threaded processing, interrupt processing, or multiple processors or processor cores or on other parallel architectures, rather than sequentially.
  • Systems and modules described herein may comprise software, firmware, hardware, or any combination(s) of software, firmware, or hardware suitable for the purposes described herein. Software and other modules may reside and execute on servers, workstations, personal computers, computerized tablets, PDAs, and other computing devices suitable for the purposes described herein. Software and other modules may be accessible via local memory, via a network, via a browser, or via other means suitable for the purposes described herein. Data structures described herein may comprise computer files, variables, programming arrays, programming structures, or any electronic information storage schemes or methods, or any combinations thereof, suitable for the purposes described herein. User interface elements described herein may comprise elements from graphical user interfaces, interactive voice response, command line interfaces, and other suitable interfaces.
  • Further, the processing of the various components of the illustrated systems can be distributed across multiple machines, networks, and other computing resources. In addition, two or more components of a system can be combined into fewer components. Various components of the illustrated systems can be implemented in one or more virtual machines, rather than in dedicated computer hardware systems and/or computing devices. Likewise, the data repositories shown can represent physical and/or logical data storage, including, for example, storage area networks or other distributed storage systems. Moreover, in some embodiments the connections between the components shown represent possible paths of data flow, rather than actual connections between hardware. While some examples of possible connections are shown, any of the subset of the components shown can communicate with any other subset of components in various implementations.
  • Embodiments are also described above with reference to flow chart illustrations and/or block diagrams of methods, apparatus (systems) and computer program products. Each block of the flow chart illustrations and/or block diagrams, and combinations of blocks in the flow chart illustrations and/or block diagrams, may be implemented by computer program instructions. Such instructions may be provided to a processor of a general purpose computer, special purpose computer, specially-equipped computer (e.g., comprising a high-performance database server, a graphics subsystem, etc.) or other programmable data processing apparatus to produce a machine, such that the instructions, which execute via the processor(s) of the computer or other programmable data processing apparatus, create means for implementing the acts specified in the flow chart and/or block diagram block or blocks.
  • These computer program instructions may also be stored in a non-transitory computer-readable memory that can direct a computer or other programmable data processing apparatus to operate in a particular manner, such that the instructions stored in the computer-readable memory produce an article of manufacture including instruction means which implement the acts specified in the flow chart and/or block diagram block or blocks. The computer program instructions may also be loaded onto a computing device or other programmable data processing apparatus to cause a series of operations to be performed on the computing device or other programmable apparatus to produce a computer implemented process such that the instructions which execute on the computer or other programmable apparatus provide steps for implementing the acts specified in the flow chart and/or block diagram block or blocks.
  • Any patents and applications and other references noted above, including any that may be listed in accompanying filing papers, are incorporated herein by reference. Aspects of the invention can be modified, if necessary, to employ the systems, functions, and concepts of the various references described above to provide yet further implementations of the invention.
  • These and other changes can be made to the invention in light of the above Detailed Description. While the above description describes certain examples of the invention, and describes the best mode contemplated, no matter how detailed the above appears in text, the invention can be practiced in many ways. Details of the system may vary considerably in its specific implementation, while still being encompassed by the invention disclosed herein. As noted above, particular terminology used when describing certain features or aspects of the invention should not be taken to imply that the terminology is being redefined herein to be restricted to any specific characteristics, features, or aspects of the invention with which that terminology is associated. In general, the terms used in the following claims should not be construed to limit the invention to the specific examples disclosed in the specification, unless the above Detailed Description section explicitly defines such terms. Accordingly, the actual scope of the invention encompasses not only the disclosed examples, but also all equivalent ways of practicing or implementing the invention under the claims.
  • To reduce the number of claims, certain aspects of the invention are presented below in certain claim forms, but the applicant contemplates the various aspects of the invention in any number of claim forms. For example, while only one aspect of the invention is recited as a means-plus-function claim under 35 U.S.C sec. 112(f) (AIA), other aspects may likewise be embodied as a means-plus-function claim, or in other forms, such as being embodied in a computer-readable medium. Any claims intended to be treated under 35 U.S.C. § 112(f) will begin with the words “means for”, but use of the term “for” in any other context is not intended to invoke treatment under 35 U.S.C. § 112(f). Accordingly, the applicant reserves the right to pursue additional claims after filing this application, in either this application or in a continuing application.

Claims (21)

1. (canceled)
2. A system for replicating primary data from a source system to a destination system using secondary copy data in secondary storage, the system comprising:
one or more source storage controller computers comprising hardware, the one or more source storage controller computers configured to send command messages in one or more secondary data replication streams to one or more destination storage controller computers, the command messages associated with a plurality of deduplicated data blocks, each command message having a timestamp associated therewith; and
one or more destination storage controller computers comprising hardware, the one or more destination storage controller computers configured to:
restore a destination deduplicated secondary copy from one or more deduplicated secondary copies stored in a backup format to one or more destination primary storage devices to create a restored version of the destination deduplicated secondary copy, the restored version is in a native format of source primary data; and
apply the command messages received in the one or more secondary data replication streams to the restored version of the destination deduplicated secondary copy based on timestamps associated with the command messages to create replicated destination primary data consistent with source primary data based on the timestamps, the replicated destination primary data stored in one or more destination primary storage devices in a native format of the source primary data.
3. The system of claim 2 wherein the destination deduplicated secondary copy is part of a continuous replication process.
4. The system of claim 3 further comprising a container file that comprises single instance data associated with the one or more deduplicated secondary copies.
5. The system of claim 4 wherein the container file further comprises file names associated with the one or more deduplicated secondary copies.
6. The system of claim 4 wherein the container file comprises a size of the one or more deduplicated secondary copies.
7. The system of claim 4 wherein the container file stores metadata associated with the one or more deduplicated secondary copies that occur in a particular period of time.
8. The system of claim 3 wherein the restore performed by the one or more destination storage controller computers is one of a plurality of restore operations, wherein each of the plurality of restore operations corresponds to the one or more deduplicated secondary copies.
9. The system of claim 8 wherein the plurality of restore operations are performed at an interval such that changes to the source primary data are replicated to the replicated destination primary data in a period of time not significantly greater than the interval.
10. The system of claim 2 wherein the plurality of deduplicated data blocks and embedded signature values in the one or more secondary data replication streams are stored in physically contiguous memory space.
11. The system of claim 10 wherein the plurality of deduplicated data blocks and embedded signature values in the one or more secondary data replication streams are stored in logically contiguous memory space.
12. A method of replicating primary data from a source system to a destination system using secondary copy data in secondary storage, the method comprising:
sending command messages in one or more secondary data replication streams to one or more destination secondary storage controller computers, the command messages associated with a plurality of deduplicated data blocks, each command message having a timestamp associated therewith;
restoring a destination deduplicated secondary copy from one or more deduplicated secondary copies stored in a backup format to one or more destination primary storage devices to create a restored version of the destination deduplicated secondary copy in a native format of source primary data; and
applying the command messages received in the one or more secondary data replication streams to the restored version of the destination deduplicated secondary copy, based on timestamps associated with the command messages to create replicated destination primary data consistent with source primary data based on the timestamps, the replicated destination primary data stored in the one or more destination primary storage devices in the native format of the source primary data.
13. The method of claim 12 wherein the destination deduplicated secondary copy is part of a continuous replication process.
14. The method of claim 13 further comprising storing in a container file, single instance data associated with the one or more deduplicated secondary copies.
15. The method of claim 14 further comprising storing in the container file, file names associated with the one or more deduplicated secondary copies.
16. The method of claim 14 wherein the container file stores a size of the one or more deduplicated secondary copies.
17. The method of claim 13 wherein container file stores metadata associated with the one or more deduplicated secondary copies that occur in a particular period of time.
18. The method of claim 13 wherein the restoring comprises performing at least one of a plurality of restore operations, wherein each of the plurality of restore operations corresponds to the one or more deduplicated secondary copies.
19. The method of claim 18 wherein the plurality of restore operations are performed at an interval such that changes to the source primary data are replicated to the destination system in a period of time not significantly greater than the interval.
20. The method of claim 12 wherein the plurality of deduplicated data blocks and embedded signature values in the one or more secondary data replication streams are stored in physically contiguous memory space.
21. The method of claim 12 wherein the plurality of deduplicated data blocks and embedded signature values in the one or more secondary data replication streams are stored in logically contiguous memory space.
US16/596,381 2015-05-26 2019-10-08 Replication using deduplicated secondary copy data Abandoned US20200104052A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US16/596,381 US20200104052A1 (en) 2015-05-26 2019-10-08 Replication using deduplicated secondary copy data

Applications Claiming Priority (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US14/721,971 US20160350391A1 (en) 2015-05-26 2015-05-26 Replication using deduplicated secondary copy data
US15/282,668 US10481826B2 (en) 2015-05-26 2016-09-30 Replication using deduplicated secondary copy data
US16/596,381 US20200104052A1 (en) 2015-05-26 2019-10-08 Replication using deduplicated secondary copy data

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US15/282,668 Continuation US10481826B2 (en) 2015-05-26 2016-09-30 Replication using deduplicated secondary copy data

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20200104052A1 true US20200104052A1 (en) 2020-04-02

Family

ID=57398741

Family Applications (5)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US14/721,971 Abandoned US20160350391A1 (en) 2015-05-26 2015-05-26 Replication using deduplicated secondary copy data
US15/282,553 Active 2036-06-16 US10481825B2 (en) 2015-05-26 2016-09-30 Replication using deduplicated secondary copy data
US15/282,445 Expired - Fee Related US10481824B2 (en) 2015-05-26 2016-09-30 Replication using deduplicated secondary copy data
US15/282,668 Expired - Fee Related US10481826B2 (en) 2015-05-26 2016-09-30 Replication using deduplicated secondary copy data
US16/596,381 Abandoned US20200104052A1 (en) 2015-05-26 2019-10-08 Replication using deduplicated secondary copy data

Family Applications Before (4)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US14/721,971 Abandoned US20160350391A1 (en) 2015-05-26 2015-05-26 Replication using deduplicated secondary copy data
US15/282,553 Active 2036-06-16 US10481825B2 (en) 2015-05-26 2016-09-30 Replication using deduplicated secondary copy data
US15/282,445 Expired - Fee Related US10481824B2 (en) 2015-05-26 2016-09-30 Replication using deduplicated secondary copy data
US15/282,668 Expired - Fee Related US10481826B2 (en) 2015-05-26 2016-09-30 Replication using deduplicated secondary copy data

Country Status (1)

Country Link
US (5) US20160350391A1 (en)

Cited By (23)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US10877856B2 (en) 2015-12-30 2020-12-29 Commvault Systems, Inc. System for redirecting requests after a secondary storage computing device failure
US10903985B2 (en) 2017-08-25 2021-01-26 Keysight Technologies Singapore (Sales) Pte. Ltd. Monitoring encrypted network traffic flows in a virtual environment using dynamic session key acquisition techniques
US10956275B2 (en) 2012-06-13 2021-03-23 Commvault Systems, Inc. Collaborative restore in a networked storage system
US10992652B2 (en) 2017-08-25 2021-04-27 Keysight Technologies Singapore (Sales) Pte. Ltd. Methods, systems, and computer readable media for monitoring encrypted network traffic flows
US11016859B2 (en) 2008-06-24 2021-05-25 Commvault Systems, Inc. De-duplication systems and methods for application-specific data
US11113246B2 (en) 2014-10-29 2021-09-07 Commvault Systems, Inc. Accessing a file system using tiered deduplication
US11119984B2 (en) 2014-03-17 2021-09-14 Commvault Systems, Inc. Managing deletions from a deduplication database
US11151284B2 (en) 2019-01-02 2021-10-19 Bank Of America Corporation System for active and passive management of location-based copy data
US11157450B2 (en) 2013-01-11 2021-10-26 Commvault Systems, Inc. High availability distributed deduplicated storage system
US11169888B2 (en) 2010-12-14 2021-11-09 Commvault Systems, Inc. Client-side repository in a networked deduplicated storage system
US11190417B2 (en) * 2020-02-04 2021-11-30 Keysight Technologies, Inc. Methods, systems, and computer readable media for processing network flow metadata at a network packet broker
US11288235B2 (en) 2009-07-08 2022-03-29 Commvault Systems, Inc. Synchronized data deduplication
US11301420B2 (en) 2015-04-09 2022-04-12 Commvault Systems, Inc. Highly reusable deduplication database after disaster recovery
US11422976B2 (en) 2010-12-14 2022-08-23 Commvault Systems, Inc. Distributed deduplicated storage system
US11442896B2 (en) 2019-12-04 2022-09-13 Commvault Systems, Inc. Systems and methods for optimizing restoration of deduplicated data stored in cloud-based storage resources
US11463264B2 (en) 2019-05-08 2022-10-04 Commvault Systems, Inc. Use of data block signatures for monitoring in an information management system
US11616834B2 (en) * 2015-12-08 2023-03-28 Pure Storage, Inc. Efficient replication of a dataset to the cloud
US11656955B1 (en) * 2022-03-23 2023-05-23 Bank Of America Corporation Database table valuation
US11687424B2 (en) 2020-05-28 2023-06-27 Commvault Systems, Inc. Automated media agent state management
US11698727B2 (en) 2018-12-14 2023-07-11 Commvault Systems, Inc. Performing secondary copy operations based on deduplication performance
US11716313B2 (en) 2018-08-10 2023-08-01 Keysight Technologies, Inc. Methods, systems, and computer readable media for implementing bandwidth limitations on specific application traffic at a proxy element
US11797393B2 (en) 2022-03-23 2023-10-24 Bank Of America Corporation Table prioritization for data copy in a multi-environment setup
US11829251B2 (en) 2019-04-10 2023-11-28 Commvault Systems, Inc. Restore using deduplicated secondary copy data

Families Citing this family (221)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7346751B2 (en) 2004-04-30 2008-03-18 Commvault Systems, Inc. Systems and methods for generating a storage-related metric
US7657550B2 (en) 2005-11-28 2010-02-02 Commvault Systems, Inc. User interfaces and methods for managing data in a metabase
US20110010518A1 (en) 2005-12-19 2011-01-13 Srinivas Kavuri Systems and Methods for Migrating Components in a Hierarchical Storage Network
US20200257596A1 (en) 2005-12-19 2020-08-13 Commvault Systems, Inc. Systems and methods of unified reconstruction in storage systems
US8370442B2 (en) 2008-08-29 2013-02-05 Commvault Systems, Inc. Method and system for leveraging identified changes to a mail server
US7840537B2 (en) 2006-12-22 2010-11-23 Commvault Systems, Inc. System and method for storing redundant information
US8769048B2 (en) 2008-06-18 2014-07-01 Commvault Systems, Inc. Data protection scheduling, such as providing a flexible backup window in a data protection system
US8307177B2 (en) 2008-09-05 2012-11-06 Commvault Systems, Inc. Systems and methods for management of virtualization data
US8401996B2 (en) 2009-03-30 2013-03-19 Commvault Systems, Inc. Storing a variable number of instances of data objects
US8578120B2 (en) 2009-05-22 2013-11-05 Commvault Systems, Inc. Block-level single instancing
US11449394B2 (en) 2010-06-04 2022-09-20 Commvault Systems, Inc. Failover systems and methods for performing backup operations, including heterogeneous indexing and load balancing of backup and indexing resources
WO2012045023A2 (en) 2010-09-30 2012-04-05 Commvault Systems, Inc. Archiving data objects using secondary copies
US8364652B2 (en) 2010-09-30 2013-01-29 Commvault Systems, Inc. Content aligned block-based deduplication
US8578109B2 (en) 2010-09-30 2013-11-05 Commvault Systems, Inc. Systems and methods for retaining and using data block signatures in data protection operations
US20130227352A1 (en) 2012-02-24 2013-08-29 Commvault Systems, Inc. Log monitoring
US9292815B2 (en) 2012-03-23 2016-03-22 Commvault Systems, Inc. Automation of data storage activities
US9342537B2 (en) 2012-04-23 2016-05-17 Commvault Systems, Inc. Integrated snapshot interface for a data storage system
US8892523B2 (en) 2012-06-08 2014-11-18 Commvault Systems, Inc. Auto summarization of content
US20140181038A1 (en) 2012-12-21 2014-06-26 Commvault Systems, Inc. Systems and methods to categorize unprotected virtual machines
US9223597B2 (en) 2012-12-21 2015-12-29 Commvault Systems, Inc. Archiving virtual machines in a data storage system
US9703584B2 (en) 2013-01-08 2017-07-11 Commvault Systems, Inc. Virtual server agent load balancing
US9720787B2 (en) 2013-01-11 2017-08-01 Commvault Systems, Inc. Table level database restore in a data storage system
US9886346B2 (en) 2013-01-11 2018-02-06 Commvault Systems, Inc. Single snapshot for multiple agents
US20150074536A1 (en) 2013-09-12 2015-03-12 Commvault Systems, Inc. File manager integration with virtualization in an information management system, including user control and storage management of virtual machines
US9639426B2 (en) 2014-01-24 2017-05-02 Commvault Systems, Inc. Single snapshot for multiple applications
US9495251B2 (en) 2014-01-24 2016-11-15 Commvault Systems, Inc. Snapshot readiness checking and reporting
US10169121B2 (en) 2014-02-27 2019-01-01 Commvault Systems, Inc. Work flow management for an information management system
US9633056B2 (en) 2014-03-17 2017-04-25 Commvault Systems, Inc. Maintaining a deduplication database
US9811427B2 (en) 2014-04-02 2017-11-07 Commvault Systems, Inc. Information management by a media agent in the absence of communications with a storage manager
US20160019317A1 (en) 2014-07-16 2016-01-21 Commvault Systems, Inc. Volume or virtual machine level backup and generating placeholders for virtual machine files
US9852026B2 (en) 2014-08-06 2017-12-26 Commvault Systems, Inc. Efficient application recovery in an information management system based on a pseudo-storage-device driver
US10360110B2 (en) 2014-08-06 2019-07-23 Commvault Systems, Inc. Point-in-time backups of a production application made accessible over fibre channel and/or iSCSI as data sources to a remote application by representing the backups as pseudo-disks operating apart from the production application and its host
US11249858B2 (en) 2014-08-06 2022-02-15 Commvault Systems, Inc. Point-in-time backups of a production application made accessible over fibre channel and/or ISCSI as data sources to a remote application by representing the backups as pseudo-disks operating apart from the production application and its host
US9774672B2 (en) 2014-09-03 2017-09-26 Commvault Systems, Inc. Consolidated processing of storage-array commands by a snapshot-control media agent
US10042716B2 (en) 2014-09-03 2018-08-07 Commvault Systems, Inc. Consolidated processing of storage-array commands using a forwarder media agent in conjunction with a snapshot-control media agent
US9710465B2 (en) 2014-09-22 2017-07-18 Commvault Systems, Inc. Efficiently restoring execution of a backed up virtual machine based on coordination with virtual-machine-file-relocation operations
US9417968B2 (en) 2014-09-22 2016-08-16 Commvault Systems, Inc. Efficiently restoring execution of a backed up virtual machine based on coordination with virtual-machine-file-relocation operations
US9436555B2 (en) 2014-09-22 2016-09-06 Commvault Systems, Inc. Efficient live-mount of a backed up virtual machine in a storage management system
US10776209B2 (en) 2014-11-10 2020-09-15 Commvault Systems, Inc. Cross-platform virtual machine backup and replication
US9648105B2 (en) 2014-11-14 2017-05-09 Commvault Systems, Inc. Unified snapshot storage management, using an enhanced storage manager and enhanced media agents
US9448731B2 (en) 2014-11-14 2016-09-20 Commvault Systems, Inc. Unified snapshot storage management
US9983936B2 (en) 2014-11-20 2018-05-29 Commvault Systems, Inc. Virtual machine change block tracking
US20160162364A1 (en) 2014-12-03 2016-06-09 Commvault Systems, Inc. Secondary storage pruning
US20160210306A1 (en) 2015-01-15 2016-07-21 Commvault Systems, Inc. Managing structured data in a data storage system
US10108687B2 (en) 2015-01-21 2018-10-23 Commvault Systems, Inc. Database protection using block-level mapping
US9928144B2 (en) 2015-03-30 2018-03-27 Commvault Systems, Inc. Storage management of data using an open-archive architecture, including streamlined access to primary data originally stored on network-attached storage and archived to secondary storage
US9934265B2 (en) 2015-04-09 2018-04-03 Commvault Systems, Inc. Management of log data
US9904598B2 (en) 2015-04-21 2018-02-27 Commvault Systems, Inc. Content-independent and database management system-independent synthetic full backup of a database based on snapshot technology
US9965369B2 (en) 2015-04-28 2018-05-08 Viasat, Inc. Self-organized storage nodes for distributed delivery network
US10324914B2 (en) 2015-05-20 2019-06-18 Commvalut Systems, Inc. Handling user queries against production and archive storage systems, such as for enterprise customers having large and/or numerous files
US20160350391A1 (en) 2015-05-26 2016-12-01 Commvault Systems, Inc. Replication using deduplicated secondary copy data
US9923965B2 (en) * 2015-06-05 2018-03-20 International Business Machines Corporation Storage mirroring over wide area network circuits with dynamic on-demand capacity
US10275320B2 (en) * 2015-06-26 2019-04-30 Commvault Systems, Inc. Incrementally accumulating in-process performance data and hierarchical reporting thereof for a data stream in a secondary copy operation
RU2634224C2 (en) * 2015-06-30 2017-10-24 Общество С Ограниченной Ответственностью "Яндекс" System and method and persistent computer-readable medium for file replication on client device for cloud storage
US9766825B2 (en) 2015-07-22 2017-09-19 Commvault Systems, Inc. Browse and restore for block-level backups
US10255287B2 (en) * 2015-07-31 2019-04-09 Hiveio Inc. Method and apparatus for on-disk deduplication metadata for a deduplication file system
US10514986B2 (en) 2015-09-30 2019-12-24 Commvault Systems, Inc. Dynamic triggering of block-level backups based on block change thresholds and corresponding file identities in a data storage management system
US10176036B2 (en) 2015-10-29 2019-01-08 Commvault Systems, Inc. Monitoring, diagnosing, and repairing a management database in a data storage management system
US10102192B2 (en) 2015-11-03 2018-10-16 Commvault Systems, Inc. Summarization and processing of email on a client computing device based on content contribution to an email thread using weighting techniques
US9755979B2 (en) 2015-11-19 2017-09-05 Viasat, Inc. Enhancing capacity of a direct communication link
US9923784B2 (en) 2015-11-25 2018-03-20 International Business Machines Corporation Data transfer using flexible dynamic elastic network service provider relationships
US10177993B2 (en) 2015-11-25 2019-01-08 International Business Machines Corporation Event-based data transfer scheduling using elastic network optimization criteria
US10581680B2 (en) 2015-11-25 2020-03-03 International Business Machines Corporation Dynamic configuration of network features
US10057327B2 (en) 2015-11-25 2018-08-21 International Business Machines Corporation Controlled transfer of data over an elastic network
US10216441B2 (en) 2015-11-25 2019-02-26 International Business Machines Corporation Dynamic quality of service for storage I/O port allocation
US9923839B2 (en) 2015-11-25 2018-03-20 International Business Machines Corporation Configuring resources to exploit elastic network capability
US10228962B2 (en) 2015-12-09 2019-03-12 Commvault Systems, Inc. Live synchronization and management of virtual machines across computing and virtualization platforms and using live synchronization to support disaster recovery
US10387266B2 (en) 2015-12-23 2019-08-20 Commvault Systems, Inc. Application-level live synchronization across computing platforms including synchronizing co-resident applications to disparate standby destinations and selectively synchronizing some applications and not others
US10152527B1 (en) 2015-12-28 2018-12-11 EMC IP Holding Company LLC Increment resynchronization in hash-based replication
US10684924B2 (en) 2016-02-18 2020-06-16 Commvault Systems, Inc. Data restoration operations based on network path information
US10296368B2 (en) 2016-03-09 2019-05-21 Commvault Systems, Inc. Hypervisor-independent block-level live browse for access to backed up virtual machine (VM) data and hypervisor-free file-level recovery (block-level pseudo-mount)
US10592350B2 (en) 2016-03-09 2020-03-17 Commvault Systems, Inc. Virtual server cloud file system for virtual machine restore to cloud operations
US10503753B2 (en) 2016-03-10 2019-12-10 Commvault Systems, Inc. Snapshot replication operations based on incremental block change tracking
US10310951B1 (en) 2016-03-22 2019-06-04 EMC IP Holding Company LLC Storage system asynchronous data replication cycle trigger with empty cycle detection
US10324635B1 (en) * 2016-03-22 2019-06-18 EMC IP Holding Company LLC Adaptive compression for data replication in a storage system
US9959073B1 (en) 2016-03-30 2018-05-01 EMC IP Holding Company LLC Detection of host connectivity for data migration in a storage system
US9959063B1 (en) 2016-03-30 2018-05-01 EMC IP Holding Company LLC Parallel migration of multiple consistency groups in a storage system
US10095428B1 (en) 2016-03-30 2018-10-09 EMC IP Holding Company LLC Live migration of a tree of replicas in a storage system
US10565058B1 (en) 2016-03-30 2020-02-18 EMC IP Holding Company LLC Adaptive hash-based data replication in a storage system
US10545990B2 (en) * 2016-03-31 2020-01-28 Veritas Technologies Llc Replication between heterogeneous storage systems
US10795577B2 (en) 2016-05-16 2020-10-06 Commvault Systems, Inc. De-duplication of client-side data cache for virtual disks
US10846024B2 (en) 2016-05-16 2020-11-24 Commvault Systems, Inc. Global de-duplication of virtual disks in a storage platform
US10248174B2 (en) 2016-05-24 2019-04-02 Hedvig, Inc. Persistent reservations for virtual disk using multiple targets
US10013200B1 (en) 2016-06-29 2018-07-03 EMC IP Holding Company LLC Early compression prediction in a storage system with granular block sizes
US10083067B1 (en) 2016-06-29 2018-09-25 EMC IP Holding Company LLC Thread management in a storage system
US10152232B1 (en) 2016-06-29 2018-12-11 EMC IP Holding Company LLC Low-impact application-level performance monitoring with minimal and automatically upgradable instrumentation in a storage system
US10048874B1 (en) 2016-06-29 2018-08-14 EMC IP Holding Company LLC Flow control with a dynamic window in a storage system with latency guarantees
US9983937B1 (en) 2016-06-29 2018-05-29 EMC IP Holding Company LLC Smooth restart of storage clusters in a storage system
US10437937B2 (en) 2016-07-12 2019-10-08 Commvault Systems, Inc. Dynamic management of expandable cache storage for multiple network shares configured in a file server
US10168942B2 (en) * 2016-09-01 2019-01-01 Vmware, Inc. Automatically removing dependency on slow disks in a distributed storage system
US10725965B1 (en) * 2016-09-30 2020-07-28 EMC IP Holding Company LLC Systems and methods for managing copy creation and deletion
US10747630B2 (en) 2016-09-30 2020-08-18 Commvault Systems, Inc. Heartbeat monitoring of virtual machines for initiating failover operations in a data storage management system, including operations by a master monitor node
US10540516B2 (en) 2016-10-13 2020-01-21 Commvault Systems, Inc. Data protection within an unsecured storage environment
US10162528B2 (en) 2016-10-25 2018-12-25 Commvault Systems, Inc. Targeted snapshot based on virtual machine location
US10210048B2 (en) 2016-10-25 2019-02-19 Commvault Systems, Inc. Selective snapshot and backup copy operations for individual virtual machines in a shared storage
US10389810B2 (en) 2016-11-02 2019-08-20 Commvault Systems, Inc. Multi-threaded scanning of distributed file systems
US11106632B2 (en) 2016-11-16 2021-08-31 Commvault Systems, Inc. Dynamically configuring a proxy server using containerization for concurrent and/or overlapping backup, restore, and/or test operations
US10678758B2 (en) 2016-11-21 2020-06-09 Commvault Systems, Inc. Cross-platform virtual machine data and memory backup and replication
US10740193B2 (en) 2017-02-27 2020-08-11 Commvault Systems, Inc. Hypervisor-independent reference copies of virtual machine payload data based on block-level pseudo-mount
US10459666B2 (en) 2017-03-03 2019-10-29 Commvault Systems, Inc. Using storage managers in respective data storage management systems for license distribution, compliance, and updates
US10896100B2 (en) 2017-03-24 2021-01-19 Commvault Systems, Inc. Buffered virtual machine replication
US10776329B2 (en) 2017-03-28 2020-09-15 Commvault Systems, Inc. Migration of a database management system to cloud storage
US10613939B2 (en) 2017-03-28 2020-04-07 Commvault Systems, Inc. Backup index generation process
US10387073B2 (en) 2017-03-29 2019-08-20 Commvault Systems, Inc. External dynamic virtual machine synchronization
US10599527B2 (en) 2017-03-29 2020-03-24 Commvault Systems, Inc. Information management cell health monitoring system
US10949398B2 (en) 2017-03-29 2021-03-16 Commvault Systems, Inc. Synchronization operations for network-accessible folders
US11221939B2 (en) 2017-03-31 2022-01-11 Commvault Systems, Inc. Managing data from internet of things devices in a vehicle
US11294786B2 (en) 2017-03-31 2022-04-05 Commvault Systems, Inc. Management of internet of things devices
US10552294B2 (en) 2017-03-31 2020-02-04 Commvault Systems, Inc. Management of internet of things devices
US10567502B2 (en) * 2017-04-06 2020-02-18 Avid Technology, Inc. Format-independent media file indexing
US10664352B2 (en) 2017-06-14 2020-05-26 Commvault Systems, Inc. Live browsing of backed up data residing on cloned disks
US11036592B2 (en) 2017-09-14 2021-06-15 Commvault Systems, Inc. Distributed content indexing architecture with separately stored file previews
US11263088B2 (en) 2017-09-14 2022-03-01 Commvault Systems, Inc. Distributed architecture for tracking content indexing
US10846266B2 (en) 2017-09-14 2020-11-24 Commvault Systems, Inc. Distributed architecture for content indexing emails
US11086834B2 (en) 2017-09-14 2021-08-10 Commvault Systems, Inc. Distributed framework for data proximity-based task splitting in a content indexing system
US20190108341A1 (en) 2017-09-14 2019-04-11 Commvault Systems, Inc. Ransomware detection and data pruning management
US10846180B2 (en) 2017-09-14 2020-11-24 Commvault Systems, Inc. Distributed framework for task splitting and task assignments in a content indexing system
US10833866B2 (en) 2017-10-04 2020-11-10 International Business Machines Corporation Managing interval boundaries for grouped and digitally signed computer-based records
US10592478B1 (en) * 2017-10-23 2020-03-17 EMC IP Holding Company LLC System and method for reverse replication
US10795777B1 (en) * 2017-11-22 2020-10-06 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Continuous verified backups
US10635546B2 (en) 2017-12-07 2020-04-28 Commvault Systems, Inc. Synthesizing a restore image from one or more secondary copies to facilitate data restore operations to a file server
US10740300B1 (en) 2017-12-07 2020-08-11 Commvault Systems, Inc. Synchronization of metadata in a distributed storage system
US10742735B2 (en) 2017-12-12 2020-08-11 Commvault Systems, Inc. Enhanced network attached storage (NAS) services interfacing to cloud storage
US11657068B2 (en) * 2017-12-15 2023-05-23 International Business Machines Corporation Efficient migration between asynchronous data replication technologies
US10831591B2 (en) 2018-01-11 2020-11-10 Commvault Systems, Inc. Remedial action based on maintaining process awareness in data storage management
US10740022B2 (en) 2018-02-14 2020-08-11 Commvault Systems, Inc. Block-level live browsing and private writable backup copies using an ISCSI server
US10592145B2 (en) 2018-02-14 2020-03-17 Commvault Systems, Inc. Machine learning-based data object storage
US10642886B2 (en) 2018-02-14 2020-05-05 Commvault Systems, Inc. Targeted search of backup data using facial recognition
US20190251204A1 (en) 2018-02-14 2019-08-15 Commvault Systems, Inc. Targeted search of backup data using calendar event data
US10848468B1 (en) 2018-03-05 2020-11-24 Commvault Systems, Inc. In-flight data encryption/decryption for a distributed storage platform
US10877928B2 (en) 2018-03-07 2020-12-29 Commvault Systems, Inc. Using utilities injected into cloud-based virtual machines for speeding up virtual machine backup operations
US10761942B2 (en) 2018-03-12 2020-09-01 Commvault Systems, Inc. Recovery point objective (RPO) driven backup scheduling in a data storage management system using an enhanced data agent
US11455215B2 (en) * 2018-04-30 2022-09-27 Nutanix Inc. Context-based disaster recovery
US10628267B2 (en) 2018-05-02 2020-04-21 Commvault Systems, Inc. Client managed data backup process within an enterprise information management system
US10673943B2 (en) 2018-05-02 2020-06-02 Commvault Systems, Inc. Network storage backup using distributed media agents
US11321183B2 (en) 2018-05-02 2022-05-03 Commvault Systems, Inc. Multi-tiered backup indexing
US11249863B2 (en) 2018-05-02 2022-02-15 Commvault Systems, Inc. Backup-based media agent configuration
US11070630B2 (en) * 2018-05-04 2021-07-20 Citrix Systems, Inc. Computer system providing SAAS application session state migration features and related methods
US10893103B2 (en) 2018-07-25 2021-01-12 Commvault Systems, Inc. Distributed and scalable storage management using a storage-microservices server
US10891304B2 (en) 2018-07-25 2021-01-12 Commvault Systems, Inc. Distributed and scalable client-based storage management
US11016696B2 (en) 2018-09-14 2021-05-25 Commvault Systems, Inc. Redundant distributed data storage system
US10924545B2 (en) 2018-10-10 2021-02-16 Citrix Systems, Inc. Computer system providing mirrored SAAS application sessions and related methods
TWI684925B (en) * 2018-10-17 2020-02-11 新漢智能系統股份有限公司 Method of building object-recognizing model automatically
US11010258B2 (en) 2018-11-27 2021-05-18 Commvault Systems, Inc. Generating backup copies through interoperability between components of a data storage management system and appliances for data storage and deduplication
US11200124B2 (en) 2018-12-06 2021-12-14 Commvault Systems, Inc. Assigning backup resources based on failover of partnered data storage servers in a data storage management system
US10860443B2 (en) 2018-12-10 2020-12-08 Commvault Systems, Inc. Evaluation and reporting of recovery readiness in a data storage management system
US20200192572A1 (en) 2018-12-14 2020-06-18 Commvault Systems, Inc. Disk usage growth prediction system
US11012508B2 (en) 2018-12-14 2021-05-18 Commvault Systems, Inc. Region-based distributed information management system
US11347707B2 (en) 2019-01-22 2022-05-31 Commvault Systems, Inc. File indexing for virtual machine backups based on using live browse features
US10872069B2 (en) 2019-01-22 2020-12-22 Commvault Systems, Inc. File indexing for virtual machine backups in a data storage management system
US10996974B2 (en) 2019-01-30 2021-05-04 Commvault Systems, Inc. Cross-hypervisor live mount of backed up virtual machine data, including management of cache storage for virtual machine data
US10768971B2 (en) 2019-01-30 2020-09-08 Commvault Systems, Inc. Cross-hypervisor live mount of backed up virtual machine data
US11500835B2 (en) 2019-02-01 2022-11-15 International Business Machines Corporation Cohort management for version updates in data deduplication
US11556699B2 (en) * 2019-02-04 2023-01-17 Citrix Systems, Inc. Data migration across SaaS applications
US11126365B2 (en) 2019-03-11 2021-09-21 Commvault Systems, Inc. Skipping data backed up in prior backup operations
US11269732B2 (en) 2019-03-12 2022-03-08 Commvault Systems, Inc. Managing structured data in a data storage system
US11321184B2 (en) 2019-03-26 2022-05-03 Commvault Systems, Inc. Streamlined secondary copy operations for data stored on shared file storage
US11061927B2 (en) * 2019-04-03 2021-07-13 Sap Se Optimization of relocated queries in federated databases using cross database table replicas
US11579681B2 (en) 2019-04-08 2023-02-14 Commvault Systems, Inc. Power management of components within a storage management system
US11100064B2 (en) 2019-04-30 2021-08-24 Commvault Systems, Inc. Automated log-based remediation of an information management system
US11494273B2 (en) 2019-04-30 2022-11-08 Commvault Systems, Inc. Holistically protecting serverless applications across one or more cloud computing environments
US11442623B2 (en) 2019-05-02 2022-09-13 Commvault Systems, Inc. Faster browse of secondary copies of block-level data volumes
US11461184B2 (en) 2019-06-17 2022-10-04 Commvault Systems, Inc. Data storage management system for protecting cloud-based data including on-demand protection, recovery, and migration of databases-as-a-service and/or serverless database management systems
US20200401489A1 (en) 2019-06-24 2020-12-24 Commvault Systems, Inc. Content indexing of files in virtual disk block-level backup copies
US11308034B2 (en) * 2019-06-27 2022-04-19 Commvault Systems, Inc. Continuously run log backup with minimal configuration and resource usage from the source machine
US20210011816A1 (en) 2019-07-10 2021-01-14 Commvault Systems, Inc. Preparing containerized applications for backup using a backup services container in a container-orchestration pod
US11042318B2 (en) 2019-07-29 2021-06-22 Commvault Systems, Inc. Block-level data replication
US20210037112A1 (en) 2019-07-29 2021-02-04 Commvault Systems, Inc. Data storage system with rapid restore capability
US11263173B2 (en) 2019-07-30 2022-03-01 Commvault Systems, Inc. Transaction log index generation in an enterprise backup system
US11513922B2 (en) 2019-08-14 2022-11-29 Commvault Systems, Inc. Systems and methods for change block tracking for backing up changed data
US11218450B2 (en) 2019-09-11 2022-01-04 Commvault Systems, Inc. Data protection component scaling in a cloud-based data storage system
US11256673B2 (en) 2019-09-11 2022-02-22 Commvault Systems, Inc. Anomaly detection in deduplication pruning operations
US11237935B2 (en) 2019-09-11 2022-02-01 Commvault Systems, Inc. Anomaly detection in data protection operations
US20210133150A1 (en) 2019-11-04 2021-05-06 Commvault Systems, Inc. Efficient implementation of multiple deduplication databases in a heterogeneous data storage system
US11237924B2 (en) 2019-12-11 2022-02-01 Commvault Systems, Inc. Dynamic resizing and re-distribution of destination data storage resources for bare metal restore operations in a data storage management system
US11223535B2 (en) 2019-12-31 2022-01-11 Commvault Systems, Inc. Smart network topology systems and methods
US20210218807A1 (en) * 2020-01-14 2021-07-15 EMC IP Holding Company LLC Real-time replication of object storage in cloud storage
US11467753B2 (en) 2020-02-14 2022-10-11 Commvault Systems, Inc. On-demand restore of virtual machine data
US12026143B2 (en) 2020-02-27 2024-07-02 Falconstor, Inc. Virtual storage container for data storage and archiving
US11301450B2 (en) * 2020-02-28 2022-04-12 Netapp, Inc. Maintaining timestamp parity of objects with alternate data streams during transition phase to synchronous state
US11321188B2 (en) 2020-03-02 2022-05-03 Commvault Systems, Inc. Platform-agnostic containerized application data protection
US11422900B2 (en) 2020-03-02 2022-08-23 Commvault Systems, Inc. Platform-agnostic containerized application data protection
US11005935B1 (en) 2020-03-10 2021-05-11 Commvault Systems, Inc. Using multiple streams with network data management protocol to improve performance and granularity of backup and restore operations from/to a file server
US11334442B2 (en) 2020-03-10 2022-05-17 Commvault Systems, Inc. Management database long-term archiving to a recovery manager
US11442768B2 (en) 2020-03-12 2022-09-13 Commvault Systems, Inc. Cross-hypervisor live recovery of virtual machines
US11099956B1 (en) 2020-03-26 2021-08-24 Commvault Systems, Inc. Snapshot-based disaster recovery orchestration of virtual machine failover and failback operations
US11748143B2 (en) 2020-05-15 2023-09-05 Commvault Systems, Inc. Live mount of virtual machines in a public cloud computing environment
US11327663B2 (en) 2020-06-09 2022-05-10 Commvault Systems, Inc. Ensuring the integrity of data storage volumes used in block-level live synchronization operations in a data storage management system
US11537959B2 (en) 2020-06-16 2022-12-27 Commvault Systems, Inc. Dynamic computing progress tracker
US11487468B2 (en) 2020-07-17 2022-11-01 Commvault Systems, Inc. Healing failed erasure-coded write attempts in a distributed data storage system configured with fewer storage nodes than data plus parity fragments
US11494417B2 (en) 2020-08-07 2022-11-08 Commvault Systems, Inc. Automated email classification in an information management system
US11500566B2 (en) 2020-08-25 2022-11-15 Commvault Systems, Inc. Cloud-based distributed data storage system using block-level deduplication based on backup frequencies of incoming backup copies
US11108861B1 (en) 2020-08-26 2021-08-31 Commvault Systems, Inc. System for managing multiple information management cells
US11647075B2 (en) 2020-09-22 2023-05-09 Commvault Systems, Inc. Commissioning and decommissioning metadata nodes in a running distributed data storage system
US11789830B2 (en) 2020-09-22 2023-10-17 Commvault Systems, Inc. Anti-entropy-based metadata recovery in a strongly consistent distributed data storage system
US11314687B2 (en) 2020-09-24 2022-04-26 Commvault Systems, Inc. Container data mover for migrating data between distributed data storage systems integrated with application orchestrators
US11853568B2 (en) * 2020-10-21 2023-12-26 EMC IP Holding Company LLC Front-end offload of storage system hash and compression processing
US11656951B2 (en) 2020-10-28 2023-05-23 Commvault Systems, Inc. Data loss vulnerability detection
US11474753B2 (en) 2020-10-30 2022-10-18 Commvault Systems, Inc. Systems and methods for backing up to a virtual tape library
US11323513B1 (en) 2021-01-22 2022-05-03 Commvault Systems, Inc. Geo-location-based data replication
US11604706B2 (en) 2021-02-02 2023-03-14 Commvault Systems, Inc. Back up and restore related data on different cloud storage tiers
US11645175B2 (en) 2021-02-12 2023-05-09 Commvault Systems, Inc. Automatic failover of a storage manager
US20220283902A1 (en) * 2021-03-05 2022-09-08 EMC IP Holding Company LLC Writing data blocks directly to object storage
US11693579B2 (en) 2021-03-09 2023-07-04 International Business Machines Corporation Value-based replication of streaming data
US11574050B2 (en) 2021-03-12 2023-02-07 Commvault Systems, Inc. Media agent hardening against ransomware attacks
US11513915B2 (en) * 2021-04-09 2022-11-29 EMC IP Holding Company LLC System and method for micro-backup generation
US11620307B2 (en) * 2021-06-07 2023-04-04 Snowflake Inc. Stage replication in a cloud data lake
US11561978B2 (en) 2021-06-29 2023-01-24 Commvault Systems, Inc. Intelligent cache management for mounted snapshots based on a behavior model
US11954513B2 (en) 2021-07-29 2024-04-09 Commvault Systems, Inc. Scalable recovery and/or migration to cloud- based custom-made virtual machines without using failed machines' credentials
US12032855B2 (en) 2021-08-06 2024-07-09 Commvault Systems, Inc. Using an application orchestrator computing environment for automatically scaled deployment of data protection resources needed for data in a production cluster distinct from the application orchestrator or in another application orchestrator computing environment
US11615147B2 (en) 2021-08-23 2023-03-28 Commvault Systems, Inc. Mobile storage manager control application for managing a storage manager of an information management system
US11960504B2 (en) 2021-09-02 2024-04-16 Bank Of America Corporation Data replication over low-latency network
US11593223B1 (en) 2021-09-02 2023-02-28 Commvault Systems, Inc. Using resource pool administrative entities in a data storage management system to provide shared infrastructure to tenants
US12033004B2 (en) 2021-09-28 2024-07-09 Commvault Systems, Inc. Dynamically provisioning computing pods in a computing resource cluster based on a resource request from a storage manager of an information management system
US12019525B2 (en) 2021-10-05 2024-06-25 Commvault Systems, Inc. Cloud-based recovery of backed up data using auxiliary copy replication and on-demand failover resources
US12032542B2 (en) 2021-11-10 2024-07-09 Commvault Systems, Inc. Systems and methods for optimizing storage and retention of deduplicated secondary copies at storage platforms that are write-once read-many (WORM) enabled
US12008135B2 (en) 2021-12-21 2024-06-11 Commvault Systems, Inc. Controlling information privacy in a shared data storage management system
US11809285B2 (en) 2022-02-09 2023-11-07 Commvault Systems, Inc. Protecting a management database of a data storage management system to meet a recovery point objective (RPO)
US12056018B2 (en) 2022-06-17 2024-08-06 Commvault Systems, Inc. Systems and methods for enforcing a recovery point objective (RPO) for a production database without generating secondary copies of the production database
US20240004761A1 (en) * 2022-06-30 2024-01-04 Commvault Systems, Inc. Low impact migration of large data to cloud and virtualized environments
US11874749B1 (en) * 2022-09-30 2024-01-16 Dell Products L.P. Streaming slices out of order for efficient backup

Family Cites Families (470)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4267568A (en) 1975-12-03 1981-05-12 System Development Corporation Information storage and retrieval system
US4084231A (en) 1975-12-18 1978-04-11 International Business Machines Corporation System for facilitating the copying back of data in disc and tape units of a memory hierarchial system
GB2035014B (en) 1978-11-06 1982-09-29 British Broadcasting Corp Cyclic redundancy data check encoding method and apparatus
US4417321A (en) 1981-05-18 1983-11-22 International Business Machines Corp. Qualifying and sorting file record data
US4641274A (en) 1982-12-03 1987-02-03 International Business Machines Corporation Method for communicating changes made to text form a text processor to a remote host
EP0128945B1 (en) 1982-12-09 1991-01-30 Sequoia Systems, Inc. Memory backup system
US4686620A (en) 1984-07-26 1987-08-11 American Telephone And Telegraph Company, At&T Bell Laboratories Database backup method
GB8622010D0 (en) 1986-09-12 1986-10-22 Hewlett Packard Ltd File backup facility
US5193154A (en) 1987-07-10 1993-03-09 Hitachi, Ltd. Buffered peripheral system and method for backing up and retrieving data to and from backup memory device
US5005122A (en) 1987-09-08 1991-04-02 Digital Equipment Corporation Arrangement with cooperating management server node and network service node
JPH0743676B2 (en) 1988-03-11 1995-05-15 株式会社日立製作所 Back-up data dump control method and device
US4912637A (en) 1988-04-26 1990-03-27 Tandem Computers Incorporated Version management tool
US4995035A (en) 1988-10-31 1991-02-19 International Business Machines Corporation Centralized management in a computer network
US5093912A (en) 1989-06-26 1992-03-03 International Business Machines Corporation Dynamic resource pool expansion and contraction in multiprocessing environments
EP0405926B1 (en) 1989-06-30 1996-12-04 Digital Equipment Corporation Method and apparatus for managing a shadow set of storage media
US5454099A (en) 1989-07-25 1995-09-26 International Business Machines Corporation CPU implemented method for backing up modified data sets in non-volatile store for recovery in the event of CPU failure
US5133065A (en) 1989-07-27 1992-07-21 Personal Computer Peripherals Corporation Backup computer program for networks
US5321816A (en) 1989-10-10 1994-06-14 Unisys Corporation Local-remote apparatus with specialized image storage modules
US5504873A (en) 1989-11-01 1996-04-02 E-Systems, Inc. Mass data storage and retrieval system
US5276860A (en) 1989-12-19 1994-01-04 Epoch Systems, Inc. Digital data processor with improved backup storage
US5276867A (en) 1989-12-19 1994-01-04 Epoch Systems, Inc. Digital data storage system with improved data migration
JPH0410041A (en) 1990-04-27 1992-01-14 Toshiba Corp Data saving system
GB2246218B (en) 1990-07-18 1994-02-09 Stc Plc Distributed data processing systems
US5239647A (en) 1990-09-07 1993-08-24 International Business Machines Corporation Data storage hierarchy with shared storage level
US5544347A (en) 1990-09-24 1996-08-06 Emc Corporation Data storage system controlled remote data mirroring with respectively maintained data indices
US5301286A (en) 1991-01-02 1994-04-05 At&T Bell Laboratories Memory archiving indexing arrangement
US5212772A (en) 1991-02-11 1993-05-18 Gigatrend Incorporated System for storing data in backup tape device
US5625793A (en) 1991-04-15 1997-04-29 International Business Machines Corporation Automatic cache bypass for instructions exhibiting poor cache hit ratio
US5287500A (en) 1991-06-03 1994-02-15 Digital Equipment Corporation System for allocating storage spaces based upon required and optional service attributes having assigned piorities
US5333315A (en) 1991-06-27 1994-07-26 Digital Equipment Corporation System of device independent file directories using a tag between the directories and file descriptors that migrate with the files
US5347653A (en) 1991-06-28 1994-09-13 Digital Equipment Corporation System for reconstructing prior versions of indexes using records indicating changes between successive versions of the indexes
US5410700A (en) 1991-09-04 1995-04-25 International Business Machines Corporation Computer system which supports asynchronous commitment of data
EP0541281B1 (en) 1991-11-04 1998-04-29 Commvault Systems, Inc. Incremental-computer-file backup using signatures
US5499367A (en) 1991-11-15 1996-03-12 Oracle Corporation System for database integrity with multiple logs assigned to client subsets
US5241670A (en) 1992-04-20 1993-08-31 International Business Machines Corporation Method and system for automated backup copy ordering in a time zero backup copy session
US5263154A (en) 1992-04-20 1993-11-16 International Business Machines Corporation Method and system for incremental time zero backup copying of data
US5241668A (en) 1992-04-20 1993-08-31 International Business Machines Corporation Method and system for automated termination and resumption in a time zero backup copy process
US5784631A (en) 1992-06-30 1998-07-21 Discovision Associates Huffman decoder
US5403639A (en) 1992-09-02 1995-04-04 Storage Technology Corporation File server having snapshot application data groups
EP0680634B1 (en) 1993-01-21 1997-05-14 Apple Computer, Inc. Apparatus and method for backing up data from networked computer storage devices
EP0681721B1 (en) 1993-02-01 2005-03-23 Sun Microsystems, Inc. Archiving file system for data servers in a distributed network environment
CA2121852A1 (en) 1993-04-29 1994-10-30 Larry T. Jost Disk meshing and flexible storage mapping with enhanced flexible caching
US5664106A (en) 1993-06-04 1997-09-02 Digital Equipment Corporation Phase-space surface representation of server computer performance in a computer network
JPH0721135A (en) 1993-07-02 1995-01-24 Fujitsu Ltd Data processing system with duplex monitor function
US5642496A (en) 1993-09-23 1997-06-24 Kanfi; Arnon Method of making a backup copy of a memory over a plurality of copying sessions
US5544345A (en) 1993-11-08 1996-08-06 International Business Machines Corporation Coherence controls for store-multiple shared data coordinated by cache directory entries in a shared electronic storage
EP0728333A1 (en) 1993-11-09 1996-08-28 Arcada Software Data backup and restore system for a computer network
US5495607A (en) 1993-11-15 1996-02-27 Conner Peripherals, Inc. Network management system having virtual catalog overview of files distributively stored across network domain
US5491810A (en) 1994-03-01 1996-02-13 International Business Machines Corporation Method and system for automated data storage system space allocation utilizing prioritized data set parameters
US5673381A (en) 1994-05-27 1997-09-30 Cheyenne Software International Sales Corp. System and parallel streaming and data stripping to back-up a network
US5638509A (en) 1994-06-10 1997-06-10 Exabyte Corporation Data storage and protection system
US5574906A (en) 1994-10-24 1996-11-12 International Business Machines Corporation System and method for reducing storage requirement in backup subsystems utilizing segmented compression and differencing
WO1996025801A1 (en) 1995-02-17 1996-08-22 Trustus Pty. Ltd. Method for partitioning a block of data into subblocks and for storing and communicating such subblocks
US5930831A (en) 1995-02-23 1999-07-27 Powerquest Corporation Partition manipulation architecture supporting multiple file systems
US5559957A (en) 1995-05-31 1996-09-24 Lucent Technologies Inc. File system for a data storage device having a power fail recovery mechanism for write/replace operations
US5699361A (en) 1995-07-18 1997-12-16 Industrial Technology Research Institute Multimedia channel formulation mechanism
US5813009A (en) 1995-07-28 1998-09-22 Univirtual Corp. Computer based records management system method
US5619644A (en) 1995-09-18 1997-04-08 International Business Machines Corporation Software directed microcode state save for distributed storage controller
US5907672A (en) 1995-10-04 1999-05-25 Stac, Inc. System for backing up computer disk volumes with error remapping of flawed memory addresses
JP3856855B2 (en) 1995-10-06 2006-12-13 三菱電機株式会社 Differential backup method
US5819020A (en) 1995-10-16 1998-10-06 Network Specialists, Inc. Real time backup system
US5778395A (en) 1995-10-23 1998-07-07 Stac, Inc. System for backing up files from disk volumes on multiple nodes of a computer network
US5729743A (en) 1995-11-17 1998-03-17 Deltatech Research, Inc. Computer apparatus and method for merging system deltas
US5761677A (en) 1996-01-03 1998-06-02 Sun Microsystems, Inc. Computer system method and apparatus providing for various versions of a file without requiring data copy or log operations
US5765173A (en) 1996-01-11 1998-06-09 Connected Corporation High performance backup via selective file saving which can perform incremental backups and exclude files and uses a changed block signature list
KR970076238A (en) 1996-05-23 1997-12-12 포만 제프리 엘 Servers, methods and program products thereof for creating and managing multiple copies of client data files
US5889935A (en) 1996-05-28 1999-03-30 Emc Corporation Disaster control features for remote data mirroring
US5812398A (en) 1996-06-10 1998-09-22 Sun Microsystems, Inc. Method and system for escrowed backup of hotelled world wide web sites
US5940833A (en) 1996-07-12 1999-08-17 Microsoft Corporation Compressing sets of integers
US5813008A (en) 1996-07-12 1998-09-22 Microsoft Corporation Single instance storage of information
US5758359A (en) 1996-10-24 1998-05-26 Digital Equipment Corporation Method and apparatus for performing retroactive backups in a computer system
US5875478A (en) 1996-12-03 1999-02-23 Emc Corporation Computer backup using a file system, network, disk, tape and remote archiving repository media system
US5878408A (en) 1996-12-06 1999-03-02 International Business Machines Corporation Data management system and process
US6131095A (en) 1996-12-11 2000-10-10 Hewlett-Packard Company Method of accessing a target entity over a communications network
AU5929398A (en) 1997-01-23 1998-08-18 Overland Data, Inc. Virtual media library
US5875481A (en) 1997-01-30 1999-02-23 International Business Machines Corporation Dynamic reconfiguration of data storage devices to balance recycle throughput
US6658526B2 (en) 1997-03-12 2003-12-02 Storage Technology Corporation Network attached virtual data storage subsystem
US5924102A (en) 1997-05-07 1999-07-13 International Business Machines Corporation System and method for managing critical files
US6094416A (en) 1997-05-09 2000-07-25 I/O Control Corporation Multi-tier architecture for control network
US5887134A (en) 1997-06-30 1999-03-23 Sun Microsystems System and method for preserving message order while employing both programmed I/O and DMA operations
US6366988B1 (en) 1997-07-18 2002-04-02 Storactive, Inc. Systems and methods for electronic data storage management
WO1999009480A1 (en) 1997-07-29 1999-02-25 Telebackup Systems, Inc. Method and system for nonredundant backup of identical files stored on remote computers
DE69802294T2 (en) 1997-08-29 2002-05-16 Hewlett-Packard Company, Palo Alto SYSTEMS FOR DATA BACKUP AND RECOVERY
EP0899662A1 (en) 1997-08-29 1999-03-03 Hewlett-Packard Company Backup and restore system for a computer network
US5950205A (en) 1997-09-25 1999-09-07 Cisco Technology, Inc. Data transmission over the internet using a cache memory file system
US6275953B1 (en) 1997-09-26 2001-08-14 Emc Corporation Recovery from failure of a data processor in a network server
US6052735A (en) 1997-10-24 2000-04-18 Microsoft Corporation Electronic mail object synchronization between a desktop computer and mobile device
US6021415A (en) 1997-10-29 2000-02-01 International Business Machines Corporation Storage management system with file aggregation and space reclamation within aggregated files
US6418478B1 (en) 1997-10-30 2002-07-09 Commvault Systems, Inc. Pipelined high speed data transfer mechanism
US7581077B2 (en) 1997-10-30 2009-08-25 Commvault Systems, Inc. Method and system for transferring data in a storage operation
JPH11143754A (en) 1997-11-05 1999-05-28 Hitachi Ltd Version information and constitution information display method and device therefor, and computer readable recording medium for recording version information and constitution information display program
US6131190A (en) 1997-12-18 2000-10-10 Sidwell; Leland P. System for modifying JCL parameters to optimize data storage allocations
US6374336B1 (en) 1997-12-24 2002-04-16 Avid Technology, Inc. Computer system and process for transferring multiple high bandwidth streams of data between multiple storage units and multiple applications in a scalable and reliable manner
US6076148A (en) 1997-12-26 2000-06-13 Emc Corporation Mass storage subsystem and backup arrangement for digital data processing system which permits information to be backed up while host computer(s) continue(s) operating in connection with information stored on mass storage subsystem
US6154787A (en) 1998-01-21 2000-11-28 Unisys Corporation Grouping shared resources into one or more pools and automatically re-assigning shared resources from where they are not currently needed to where they are needed
US6260069B1 (en) 1998-02-10 2001-07-10 International Business Machines Corporation Direct data retrieval in a distributed computing system
EP0945800B1 (en) 1998-03-02 2003-07-16 Hewlett-Packard Company, A Delaware Corporation Data backup system
US6026414A (en) 1998-03-05 2000-02-15 International Business Machines Corporation System including a proxy client to backup files in a distributed computing environment
US6289432B1 (en) 1998-03-25 2001-09-11 International Business Machines Corporation Sharing segments of storage by enabling the sharing of page tables
US6161111A (en) 1998-03-31 2000-12-12 Emc Corporation System and method for performing file-handling operations in a digital data processing system using an operating system-independent file map
US6167402A (en) 1998-04-27 2000-12-26 Sun Microsystems, Inc. High performance message store
US6163856A (en) 1998-05-29 2000-12-19 Sun Microsystems, Inc. Method and apparatus for file system disaster recovery
US20010052015A1 (en) 1998-06-24 2001-12-13 Chueng-Hsien Lin Push-pull sevices for the internet
US6421711B1 (en) 1998-06-29 2002-07-16 Emc Corporation Virtual ports for data transferring of a data storage system
US6366986B1 (en) 1998-06-30 2002-04-02 Emc Corporation Method and apparatus for differential backup in a computer storage system
US6094605A (en) 1998-07-06 2000-07-25 Storage Technology Corporation Virtual automated cartridge system
US6415385B1 (en) 1998-07-29 2002-07-02 Unisys Corporation Digital signaturing method and system for packaging specialized native files for open network transport and for burning onto CD-ROM
US6353878B1 (en) 1998-08-13 2002-03-05 Emc Corporation Remote control of backup media in a secondary storage subsystem through access to a primary storage subsystem
US6269431B1 (en) 1998-08-13 2001-07-31 Emc Corporation Virtual storage and block level direct access of secondary storage for recovery of backup data
US6757705B1 (en) 1998-08-14 2004-06-29 Microsoft Corporation Method and system for client-side caching
GB2341249A (en) 1998-08-17 2000-03-08 Connected Place Limited A method of generating a difference file defining differences between an updated file and a base file
US6425057B1 (en) 1998-08-27 2002-07-23 Hewlett-Packard Company Caching protocol method and system based on request frequency and relative storage duration
US6286084B1 (en) 1998-09-16 2001-09-04 Cisco Technology, Inc. Methods and apparatus for populating a network cache
US6487561B1 (en) 1998-12-31 2002-11-26 Emc Corporation Apparatus and methods for copying, backing up, and restoring data using a backup segment size larger than the storage block size
US6920537B2 (en) 1998-12-31 2005-07-19 Emc Corporation Apparatus and methods for copying, backing up and restoring logical objects in a computer storage system by transferring blocks out of order or in parallel
US6397308B1 (en) 1998-12-31 2002-05-28 Emc Corporation Apparatus and method for differential backup and restoration of data in a computer storage system
US7107395B1 (en) 1998-12-31 2006-09-12 Emc Corporation Apparatus and methods for operating a computer storage system
US6212512B1 (en) 1999-01-06 2001-04-03 Hewlett-Packard Company Integration of a database into file management software for protecting, tracking and retrieving data
US6324581B1 (en) 1999-03-03 2001-11-27 Emc Corporation File server system using file system storage, data movers, and an exchange of meta data among data movers for file locking and direct access to shared file systems
US6389432B1 (en) 1999-04-05 2002-05-14 Auspex Systems, Inc. Intelligent virtual volume access
US6519679B2 (en) 1999-06-11 2003-02-11 Dell Usa, L.P. Policy based storage configuration
US7035880B1 (en) 1999-07-14 2006-04-25 Commvault Systems, Inc. Modular backup and retrieval system used in conjunction with a storage area network
US7395282B1 (en) 1999-07-15 2008-07-01 Commvault Systems, Inc. Hierarchical backup and retrieval system
US6538669B1 (en) 1999-07-15 2003-03-25 Dell Products L.P. Graphical user interface for configuration of a storage system
US7389311B1 (en) 1999-07-15 2008-06-17 Commvault Systems, Inc. Modular backup and retrieval system
US6912629B1 (en) 1999-07-28 2005-06-28 Storage Technology Corporation System and method for restoring data from secondary volume to primary volume in a data storage system
US6490666B1 (en) 1999-08-20 2002-12-03 Microsoft Corporation Buffering data in a hierarchical data storage environment
US6496850B1 (en) 1999-08-31 2002-12-17 Accenture Llp Clean-up of orphaned server contexts
US6343324B1 (en) 1999-09-13 2002-01-29 International Business Machines Corporation Method and system for controlling access share storage devices in a network environment by configuring host-to-volume mapping data structures in the controller memory for granting and denying access to the devices
US7028096B1 (en) 1999-09-14 2006-04-11 Streaming21, Inc. Method and apparatus for caching for streaming data
US6625623B1 (en) 1999-12-16 2003-09-23 Livevault Corporation Systems and methods for backing up data files
US6564228B1 (en) 2000-01-14 2003-05-13 Sun Microsystems, Inc. Method of enabling heterogeneous platforms to utilize a universal file system in a storage area network
US6823377B1 (en) 2000-01-28 2004-11-23 International Business Machines Corporation Arrangements and methods for latency-sensitive hashing for collaborative web caching
US6658436B2 (en) 2000-01-31 2003-12-02 Commvault Systems, Inc. Logical view and access to data managed by a modular data and storage management system
US7003641B2 (en) 2000-01-31 2006-02-21 Commvault Systems, Inc. Logical view with granular access to exchange data managed by a modular data and storage management system
US6542972B2 (en) 2000-01-31 2003-04-01 Commvault Systems, Inc. Logical view and access to physical storage in modular data and storage management system
US6760723B2 (en) 2000-01-31 2004-07-06 Commvault Systems Inc. Storage management across multiple time zones
US6721767B2 (en) 2000-01-31 2004-04-13 Commvault Systems, Inc. Application specific rollback in a computer system
US6704730B2 (en) 2000-02-18 2004-03-09 Avamar Technologies, Inc. Hash file system and method for use in a commonality factoring system
US7117246B2 (en) 2000-02-22 2006-10-03 Sendmail, Inc. Electronic mail system with methodology providing distributed message store
US6952737B1 (en) 2000-03-03 2005-10-04 Intel Corporation Method and apparatus for accessing remote storage in a distributed storage cluster architecture
US7730113B1 (en) 2000-03-07 2010-06-01 Applied Discovery, Inc. Network-based system and method for accessing and processing emails and other electronic legal documents that may include duplicate information
US6438368B1 (en) 2000-03-30 2002-08-20 Ikadega, Inc. Information distribution system and method
US6356801B1 (en) 2000-05-19 2002-03-12 International Business Machines Corporation High availability work queuing in an automated data storage library
US6557030B1 (en) 2000-05-31 2003-04-29 Prediwave Corp. Systems and methods for providing video-on-demand services for broadcasting systems
US6665815B1 (en) 2000-06-22 2003-12-16 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Physical incremental backup using snapshots
US6330642B1 (en) 2000-06-29 2001-12-11 Bull Hn Informatin Systems Inc. Three interconnected raid disk controller data processing system architecture
US6909722B1 (en) 2000-07-07 2005-06-21 Qualcomm, Incorporated Method and apparatus for proportionately multiplexing data streams onto one data stream
US7082441B1 (en) 2000-08-17 2006-07-25 Emc Corporation Method and storage and manipulation of storage system metrics
US6886020B1 (en) 2000-08-17 2005-04-26 Emc Corporation Method and apparatus for storage system metrics management and archive
US6732125B1 (en) 2000-09-08 2004-05-04 Storage Technology Corporation Self archiving log structured volume with intrinsic data protection
EP1193616A1 (en) 2000-09-29 2002-04-03 Sony France S.A. Fixed-length sequence generation of items out of a database using descriptors
US6760812B1 (en) 2000-10-05 2004-07-06 International Business Machines Corporation System and method for coordinating state between networked caches
US6810398B2 (en) 2000-11-06 2004-10-26 Avamar Technologies, Inc. System and method for unorchestrated determination of data sequences using sticky byte factoring to determine breakpoints in digital sequences
US6557089B1 (en) 2000-11-28 2003-04-29 International Business Machines Corporation Backup by ID-suppressed instant virtual copy then physical backup copy with ID reintroduced
US7003551B2 (en) 2000-11-30 2006-02-21 Bellsouth Intellectual Property Corp. Method and apparatus for minimizing storage of common attachment files in an e-mail communications server
US6799258B1 (en) 2001-01-10 2004-09-28 Datacore Software Corporation Methods and apparatus for point-in-time volumes
US7194454B2 (en) 2001-03-12 2007-03-20 Lucent Technologies Method for organizing records of database search activity by topical relevance
US20020133601A1 (en) 2001-03-16 2002-09-19 Kennamer Walter J. Failover of servers over which data is partitioned
EP1244221A1 (en) 2001-03-23 2002-09-25 Sun Microsystems, Inc. Method and system for eliminating data redundancies
TW518513B (en) 2001-03-28 2003-01-21 Synq Technology Inc System and method to update an executing application software by modular way
US7315884B2 (en) 2001-04-03 2008-01-01 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Reduction of network retrieval latency using cache and digest
KR100525785B1 (en) * 2001-06-15 2005-11-03 엘지전자 주식회사 Filtering method for pixel of image
US7685126B2 (en) 2001-08-03 2010-03-23 Isilon Systems, Inc. System and methods for providing a distributed file system utilizing metadata to track information about data stored throughout the system
US7243163B1 (en) 2001-08-07 2007-07-10 Good Technology, Inc. System and method for full wireless synchronization of a data processing apparatus with a messaging system
US6662198B2 (en) 2001-08-30 2003-12-09 Zoteca Inc. Method and system for asynchronous transmission, backup, distribution of data and file sharing
US7586914B2 (en) 2001-09-27 2009-09-08 Broadcom Corporation Apparatus and method for hardware creation of a DOCSIS header
CA2408766A1 (en) 2001-10-17 2003-04-17 Telecommunications Research Laboratory Content delivery network bypass system
US7139809B2 (en) 2001-11-21 2006-11-21 Clearcube Technology, Inc. System and method for providing virtual network attached storage using excess distributed storage capacity
US7496604B2 (en) 2001-12-03 2009-02-24 Aol Llc Reducing duplication of files on a network
US20030115346A1 (en) 2001-12-13 2003-06-19 Mchenry Stephen T. Multi-proxy network edge cache system and methods
US7143091B2 (en) 2002-02-04 2006-11-28 Cataphorn, Inc. Method and apparatus for sociological data mining
US6779093B1 (en) 2002-02-15 2004-08-17 Veritas Operating Corporation Control facility for processing in-band control messages during data replication
US7539735B2 (en) 2002-03-06 2009-05-26 International Business Machines Corporation Multi-session no query restore
US8650266B2 (en) 2002-03-26 2014-02-11 At&T Intellectual Property Ii, L.P. Cache validation using smart source selection in a data network
US20030188106A1 (en) 2002-03-26 2003-10-02 At&T Corp. Cache validation using rejuvenation in a data network
US6983351B2 (en) 2002-04-11 2006-01-03 International Business Machines Corporation System and method to guarantee overwrite of expired data in a virtual tape server
US20060089954A1 (en) 2002-05-13 2006-04-27 Anschutz Thomas A Scalable common access back-up architecture
JP4221646B2 (en) 2002-06-26 2009-02-12 日本電気株式会社 Shared cache server
US20040181519A1 (en) 2002-07-09 2004-09-16 Mohammed Shahbaz Anwar Method for generating multidimensional summary reports from multidimensional summary reports from multidimensional data
US6865655B1 (en) 2002-07-30 2005-03-08 Sun Microsystems, Inc. Methods and apparatus for backing up and restoring data portions stored in client computer systems
US6952758B2 (en) 2002-07-31 2005-10-04 International Business Machines Corporation Method and system for providing consistent data modification information to clients in a storage system
US7100089B1 (en) 2002-09-06 2006-08-29 3Pardata, Inc. Determining differences between snapshots
GB2410106B (en) 2002-09-09 2006-09-13 Commvault Systems Inc Dynamic storage device pooling in a computer system
US8370542B2 (en) 2002-09-16 2013-02-05 Commvault Systems, Inc. Combined stream auxiliary copy system and method
US7284030B2 (en) 2002-09-16 2007-10-16 Network Appliance, Inc. Apparatus and method for processing data in a network
US7171469B2 (en) 2002-09-16 2007-01-30 Network Appliance, Inc. Apparatus and method for storing data in a proxy cache in a network
US7162496B2 (en) 2002-09-16 2007-01-09 Commvault Systems, Inc. System and method for blind media support
US7287252B2 (en) 2002-09-27 2007-10-23 The United States Of America Represented By The Secretary Of The Navy Universal client and consumer
WO2004034197A2 (en) 2002-10-07 2004-04-22 Commvault Systems, Inc. System and method for managing stored data
US7664771B2 (en) 2002-10-16 2010-02-16 Microsoft Corporation Optimizing defragmentation operations in a differential snapshotter
US8069225B2 (en) 2003-04-14 2011-11-29 Riverbed Technology, Inc. Transparent client-server transaction accelerator
US8176186B2 (en) 2002-10-30 2012-05-08 Riverbed Technology, Inc. Transaction accelerator for client-server communications systems
US7065619B1 (en) 2002-12-20 2006-06-20 Data Domain, Inc. Efficient data storage system
US8375008B1 (en) 2003-01-17 2013-02-12 Robert Gomes Method and system for enterprise-wide retention of digital or electronic data
JP2006516341A (en) 2003-01-17 2006-06-29 タシット ネットワークス,インク. Method and system for storage caching with distributed file system
GB0303192D0 (en) 2003-02-12 2003-03-19 Saviso Group Ltd Methods and apparatus for traffic management in peer-to-peer networks
US7174433B2 (en) 2003-04-03 2007-02-06 Commvault Systems, Inc. System and method for dynamically sharing media in a computer network
US7457982B2 (en) 2003-04-11 2008-11-25 Network Appliance, Inc. Writable virtual disk of read-only snapshot file objects
US7155465B2 (en) 2003-04-18 2006-12-26 Lee Howard F Method and apparatus for automatically archiving a file system
US20040230753A1 (en) 2003-05-16 2004-11-18 International Business Machines Corporation Methods and apparatus for providing service differentiation in a shared storage environment
US7454569B2 (en) 2003-06-25 2008-11-18 Commvault Systems, Inc. Hierarchical system and method for performing storage operations in a computer network
US8280926B2 (en) 2003-08-05 2012-10-02 Sepaton, Inc. Scalable de-duplication mechanism
US8938595B2 (en) 2003-08-05 2015-01-20 Sepaton, Inc. Emulated storage system
US20050060643A1 (en) 2003-08-25 2005-03-17 Miavia, Inc. Document similarity detection and classification system
US7577806B2 (en) 2003-09-23 2009-08-18 Symantec Operating Corporation Systems and methods for time dependent data storage and recovery
US7725760B2 (en) 2003-09-23 2010-05-25 Symantec Operating Corporation Data storage system
US7904428B2 (en) 2003-09-23 2011-03-08 Symantec Corporation Methods and apparatus for recording write requests directed to a data store
JP4267420B2 (en) 2003-10-20 2009-05-27 株式会社日立製作所 Storage apparatus and backup acquisition method
US7251680B2 (en) 2003-10-31 2007-07-31 Veritas Operating Corporation Single instance backup of email message attachments
US7440982B2 (en) 2003-11-13 2008-10-21 Commvault Systems, Inc. System and method for stored data archive verification
CA2544063C (en) 2003-11-13 2013-09-10 Commvault Systems, Inc. System and method for combining data streams in pilelined storage operations in a storage network
WO2005050381A2 (en) 2003-11-13 2005-06-02 Commvault Systems, Inc. Systems and methods for performing storage operations using network attached storage
US7613748B2 (en) 2003-11-13 2009-11-03 Commvault Systems, Inc. Stored data reverification management system and method
CA2546304A1 (en) 2003-11-13 2005-05-26 Commvault Systems, Inc. System and method for performing an image level snapshot and for restoring partial volume data
US7412583B2 (en) 2003-11-14 2008-08-12 International Business Machines Corporation Virtual incremental storage method
US7225210B2 (en) 2003-11-20 2007-05-29 Overland Storage, Inc. Block level data snapshot system and method
US7272606B2 (en) 2003-11-26 2007-09-18 Veritas Operating Corporation System and method for detecting and storing file content access information within a file system
DE10356724B3 (en) 2003-12-02 2005-06-16 Deutsches Zentrum für Luft- und Raumfahrt e.V. Method for reducing the transport volume of data in data networks
US7155633B2 (en) 2003-12-08 2006-12-26 Solid Data Systems, Inc. Exchange server method and system
US7519726B2 (en) 2003-12-12 2009-04-14 International Business Machines Corporation Methods, apparatus and computer programs for enhanced access to resources within a network
JP5166735B2 (en) 2003-12-19 2013-03-21 ネットアップ,インコーポレイテッド System and method capable of synchronous data replication in a very short update interval
US7734820B1 (en) 2003-12-31 2010-06-08 Symantec Operating Corporation Adaptive caching for a distributed file sharing system
US7246272B2 (en) 2004-01-16 2007-07-17 International Business Machines Corporation Duplicate network address detection
JP4402997B2 (en) 2004-03-26 2010-01-20 株式会社日立製作所 Storage device
US7246258B2 (en) 2004-04-28 2007-07-17 Lenovo (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. Minimizing resynchronization time after backup system failures in an appliance-based business continuance architecture
US7346751B2 (en) 2004-04-30 2008-03-18 Commvault Systems, Inc. Systems and methods for generating a storage-related metric
US7370163B2 (en) 2004-05-03 2008-05-06 Gemini Storage Adaptive cache engine for storage area network including systems and methods related thereto
US8055745B2 (en) * 2004-06-01 2011-11-08 Inmage Systems, Inc. Methods and apparatus for accessing data from a primary data storage system for secondary storage
US7293035B2 (en) 2004-06-30 2007-11-06 International Business Machines Corporation System and method for performing compression/encryption on data such that the number of duplicate blocks in the transformed data is increased
US7383462B2 (en) 2004-07-02 2008-06-03 Hitachi, Ltd. Method and apparatus for encrypted remote copy for secure data backup and restoration
US20060020660A1 (en) 2004-07-20 2006-01-26 Vishwa Prasad Proxy and cache architecture for document storage
US7631194B2 (en) 2004-09-09 2009-12-08 Microsoft Corporation Method, system, and apparatus for creating saved searches and auto discovery groups for a data protection system
US7587423B2 (en) 2004-09-17 2009-09-08 Sap Ag Multistep master data cleansing in operative business processes
JP4475079B2 (en) 2004-09-29 2010-06-09 株式会社日立製作所 Computer system configuration management method
US8375181B1 (en) 2004-10-28 2013-02-12 Symantec Operating Corporation System and method for performing replication based on change tracking information
US7386578B2 (en) 2004-10-29 2008-06-10 Sap Ag Associations between duplicate master data objects
US7472238B1 (en) 2004-11-05 2008-12-30 Commvault Systems, Inc. Systems and methods for recovering electronic information from a storage medium
US7536291B1 (en) 2004-11-08 2009-05-19 Commvault Systems, Inc. System and method to support simulated storage operations
JP4349301B2 (en) 2004-11-12 2009-10-21 日本電気株式会社 Storage management system, method and program
US8775823B2 (en) 2006-12-29 2014-07-08 Commvault Systems, Inc. System and method for encrypting secondary copies of data
US7574692B2 (en) 2004-11-19 2009-08-11 Adrian Herscu Method for building component-software for execution in a standards-compliant programming environment
US20060136685A1 (en) 2004-12-17 2006-06-22 Sanrad Ltd. Method and system to maintain data consistency over an internet small computer system interface (iSCSI) network
US7437388B1 (en) 2004-12-21 2008-10-14 Symantec Corporation Protecting data for distributed applications using cooperative backup agents
US7711695B2 (en) 2005-01-18 2010-05-04 Oracle International Corporation Reducing memory used by metadata for duplicate user defined types
US8245131B2 (en) 2005-02-10 2012-08-14 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Constraining layout variations for accommodating variable content in electronic documents
US7765186B1 (en) 2005-04-13 2010-07-27 Progress Software Corporation Update-anywhere replication of distributed systems
US7672979B1 (en) 2005-04-22 2010-03-02 Symantec Operating Corporation Backup and restore techniques using inconsistent state indicators
US8024292B2 (en) 2005-06-29 2011-09-20 Emc Corporation Creation of a single snapshot using a server job request
EP1739905B1 (en) 2005-06-30 2008-03-12 Ixos Software AG Method and system for management of electronic messages
US7747577B2 (en) 2005-08-17 2010-06-29 International Business Machines Corporation Management of redundant objects in storage systems
US7401080B2 (en) 2005-08-17 2008-07-15 Microsoft Corporation Storage reports duplicate file detection
US7584338B1 (en) 2005-09-27 2009-09-01 Data Domain, Inc. Replication of deduplicated storage system
US8296369B2 (en) 2005-09-27 2012-10-23 Research In Motion Limited Email server with proxy caching of unique identifiers
US9774684B2 (en) 2005-09-30 2017-09-26 International Business Machines Corporation Storing data in a dispersed storage network
US7657550B2 (en) 2005-11-28 2010-02-02 Commvault Systems, Inc. User interfaces and methods for managing data in a metabase
US7636743B2 (en) 2005-12-19 2009-12-22 Commvault Systems, Inc. Pathname translation in a data replication system
US7617262B2 (en) 2005-12-19 2009-11-10 Commvault Systems, Inc. Systems and methods for monitoring application data in a data replication system
US7620710B2 (en) 2005-12-19 2009-11-17 Commvault Systems, Inc. System and method for performing multi-path storage operations
US7543125B2 (en) 2005-12-19 2009-06-02 Commvault Systems, Inc. System and method for performing time-flexible calendric storage operations
US7617253B2 (en) 2005-12-19 2009-11-10 Commvault Systems, Inc. Destination systems and methods for performing data replication
CA2632935C (en) 2005-12-19 2014-02-04 Commvault Systems, Inc. Systems and methods for performing data replication
US7606844B2 (en) 2005-12-19 2009-10-20 Commvault Systems, Inc. System and method for performing replication copy storage operations
US7651593B2 (en) 2005-12-19 2010-01-26 Commvault Systems, Inc. Systems and methods for performing data replication
US8301839B2 (en) 2005-12-30 2012-10-30 Citrix Systems, Inc. System and method for performing granular invalidation of cached dynamically generated objects in a data communication network
US7840618B2 (en) 2006-01-03 2010-11-23 Nec Laboratories America, Inc. Wide area networked file system
US7899871B1 (en) 2006-01-23 2011-03-01 Clearwell Systems, Inc. Methods and systems for e-mail topic classification
US7743051B1 (en) 2006-01-23 2010-06-22 Clearwell Systems, Inc. Methods, systems, and user interface for e-mail search and retrieval
US8170985B2 (en) 2006-01-31 2012-05-01 Emc Corporation Primary stub file retention and secondary retention coordination in a hierarchical storage system
US7472242B1 (en) 2006-02-14 2008-12-30 Network Appliance, Inc. Eliminating duplicate blocks during backup writes
US7761663B2 (en) 2006-02-16 2010-07-20 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Operating a replicated cache that includes receiving confirmation that a flush operation was initiated
US7725655B2 (en) 2006-02-16 2010-05-25 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Method of operating distributed storage system in which data is read from replicated caches and stored as erasure-coded data
US8543782B2 (en) 2006-04-25 2013-09-24 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Content-based, compression-enhancing routing in distributed, differential electronic-data storage systems
US8165221B2 (en) 2006-04-28 2012-04-24 Netapp, Inc. System and method for sampling based elimination of duplicate data
US8175875B1 (en) 2006-05-19 2012-05-08 Google Inc. Efficient indexing of documents with similar content
US8412682B2 (en) 2006-06-29 2013-04-02 Netapp, Inc. System and method for retrieving and using block fingerprints for data deduplication
US20080005509A1 (en) 2006-06-30 2008-01-03 International Business Machines Corporation Caching recovery information on a local system to expedite recovery
US8726242B2 (en) 2006-07-27 2014-05-13 Commvault Systems, Inc. Systems and methods for continuous data replication
US7720841B2 (en) 2006-10-04 2010-05-18 International Business Machines Corporation Model-based self-optimizing distributed information management
US8527469B2 (en) 2006-10-13 2013-09-03 Sony Corporation System and method for automatic detection of duplicate digital photos
US7882077B2 (en) 2006-10-17 2011-02-01 Commvault Systems, Inc. Method and system for offline indexing of content and classifying stored data
US7702782B1 (en) 2006-10-18 2010-04-20 Emc Corporation Using watermarks to indicate alerts in a storage area network management console
US9465823B2 (en) 2006-10-19 2016-10-11 Oracle International Corporation System and method for data de-duplication
US10296629B2 (en) 2006-10-20 2019-05-21 Oracle International Corporation Server supporting a consistent client-side cache
US8214517B2 (en) 2006-12-01 2012-07-03 Nec Laboratories America, Inc. Methods and systems for quick and efficient data management and/or processing
CA2705379C (en) 2006-12-04 2016-08-30 Commvault Systems, Inc. Systems and methods for creating copies of data, such as archive copies
JP4997950B2 (en) 2006-12-11 2012-08-15 富士通株式会社 Network management system, network management program, and network management method
US7734669B2 (en) 2006-12-22 2010-06-08 Commvault Systems, Inc. Managing copies of data
US7840537B2 (en) 2006-12-22 2010-11-23 Commvault Systems, Inc. System and method for storing redundant information
US7831566B2 (en) 2006-12-22 2010-11-09 Commvault Systems, Inc. Systems and methods of hierarchical storage management, such as global management of storage operations
US7733910B2 (en) 2006-12-29 2010-06-08 Riverbed Technology, Inc. Data segmentation using shift-varying predicate function fingerprinting
JP5020673B2 (en) 2007-03-27 2012-09-05 株式会社日立製作所 A computer system that prevents the storage of duplicate files
US7769971B2 (en) 2007-03-29 2010-08-03 Data Center Technologies Replication and restoration of single-instance storage pools
US7761425B1 (en) 2007-03-29 2010-07-20 Symantec Corporation Low-overhead means of performing data backup
US7873809B2 (en) 2007-03-29 2011-01-18 Hitachi, Ltd. Method and apparatus for de-duplication after mirror operation
US8489830B2 (en) 2007-03-30 2013-07-16 Symantec Corporation Implementing read/write, multi-versioned file system on top of backup data
JP4900811B2 (en) 2007-03-30 2012-03-21 株式会社日立製作所 Storage system and storage control method
US8768895B2 (en) 2007-04-11 2014-07-01 Emc Corporation Subsegmenting for efficient storage, resemblance determination, and transmission
US20080256431A1 (en) 2007-04-13 2008-10-16 Arno Hornberger Apparatus and Method for Generating a Data File or for Reading a Data File
US7827150B1 (en) 2007-04-30 2010-11-02 Symantec Corporation Application aware storage appliance archiving
EP2153340A4 (en) 2007-05-08 2015-10-21 Riverbed Technology Inc A hybrid segment-oriented file server and wan accelerator
US8315984B2 (en) 2007-05-22 2012-11-20 Netapp, Inc. System and method for on-the-fly elimination of redundant data
US8626741B2 (en) 2007-06-15 2014-01-07 Emc Corporation Process for cataloging data objects backed up from a content addressed storage system
US20090012984A1 (en) 2007-07-02 2009-01-08 Equivio Ltd. Method for Organizing Large Numbers of Documents
US8046509B2 (en) 2007-07-06 2011-10-25 Prostor Systems, Inc. Commonality factoring for removable media
US20090043767A1 (en) 2007-08-07 2009-02-12 Ashutosh Joshi Approach For Application-Specific Duplicate Detection
US8078729B2 (en) 2007-08-21 2011-12-13 Ntt Docomo, Inc. Media streaming with online caching and peer-to-peer forwarding
US7809765B2 (en) 2007-08-24 2010-10-05 General Electric Company Sequence identification and analysis
WO2009032710A2 (en) 2007-08-29 2009-03-12 Nirvanix, Inc. Filing system and method for data files stored in a distributed communications network
US8738575B2 (en) 2007-09-17 2014-05-27 International Business Machines Corporation Data recovery in a hierarchical data storage system
US7822939B1 (en) 2007-09-25 2010-10-26 Emc Corporation Data de-duplication using thin provisioning
US7870409B2 (en) 2007-09-26 2011-01-11 Hitachi, Ltd. Power efficient data storage with data de-duplication
US8548953B2 (en) 2007-11-12 2013-10-01 F5 Networks, Inc. File deduplication using storage tiers
US8180747B2 (en) 2007-11-12 2012-05-15 F5 Networks, Inc. Load sharing cluster file systems
US8244846B2 (en) 2007-12-26 2012-08-14 Symantec Corporation Balanced consistent hashing for distributed resource management
US7962452B2 (en) 2007-12-28 2011-06-14 International Business Machines Corporation Data deduplication by separating data from meta data
US8209334B1 (en) 2007-12-28 2012-06-26 Don Doerner Method to direct data to a specific one of several repositories
US8145614B1 (en) 2007-12-28 2012-03-27 Emc Corporation Selection of a data path based on the likelihood that requested information is in a cache
US8621240B1 (en) 2007-12-31 2013-12-31 Emc Corporation User-specific hash authentication
US7797279B1 (en) 2007-12-31 2010-09-14 Emc Corporation Merging of incremental data streams with prior backed-up data
US8190835B1 (en) 2007-12-31 2012-05-29 Emc Corporation Global de-duplication in shared architectures
US8473956B2 (en) 2008-01-15 2013-06-25 Microsoft Corporation Priority based scheduling system for server
US8261240B2 (en) 2008-01-15 2012-09-04 Microsoft Corporation Debugging lazily evaluated program components
US20090204636A1 (en) 2008-02-11 2009-08-13 Microsoft Corporation Multimodal object de-duplication
US7814074B2 (en) 2008-03-14 2010-10-12 International Business Machines Corporation Method and system for assuring integrity of deduplicated data
JP5115272B2 (en) 2008-03-28 2013-01-09 富士通株式会社 An electronic device system in which a large number of electronic devices are rack-mounted, and an electronic device specific processing method for the electronic device system.
US8199911B1 (en) 2008-03-31 2012-06-12 Symantec Operating Corporation Secure encryption algorithm for data deduplication on untrusted storage
US7516186B1 (en) 2008-04-01 2009-04-07 International Business Machines Corporation Thread based view and archive for simple mail transfer protocol (SMTP) clients devices and methods
JP2009251725A (en) 2008-04-02 2009-10-29 Hitachi Ltd Storage controller and duplicated data detection method using storage controller
US7539710B1 (en) 2008-04-11 2009-05-26 International Business Machines Corporation Method of and system for deduplicating backed up data in a client-server environment
US9395929B2 (en) 2008-04-25 2016-07-19 Netapp, Inc. Network storage server with integrated encryption, compression and deduplication capability
US8515909B2 (en) 2008-04-29 2013-08-20 International Business Machines Corporation Enhanced method and system for assuring integrity of deduplicated data
US8620877B2 (en) 2008-04-30 2013-12-31 International Business Machines Corporation Tunable data fingerprinting for optimizing data deduplication
US8200638B1 (en) 2008-04-30 2012-06-12 Netapp, Inc. Individual file restore from block-level incremental backups by using client-server backup protocol
US8527482B2 (en) 2008-06-06 2013-09-03 Chrysalis Storage, Llc Method for reducing redundancy between two or more datasets
US8484162B2 (en) 2008-06-24 2013-07-09 Commvault Systems, Inc. De-duplication systems and methods for application-specific data
US9098495B2 (en) 2008-06-24 2015-08-04 Commvault Systems, Inc. Application-aware and remote single instance data management
US8219524B2 (en) 2008-06-24 2012-07-10 Commvault Systems, Inc. Application-aware and remote single instance data management
US8108446B1 (en) 2008-06-27 2012-01-31 Symantec Corporation Methods and systems for managing deduplicated data using unilateral referencing
US8176269B2 (en) 2008-06-30 2012-05-08 International Business Machines Corporation Managing metadata for data blocks used in a deduplication system
US8468320B1 (en) 2008-06-30 2013-06-18 Symantec Operating Corporation Scalability of data deduplication through the use of a locality table
US8166263B2 (en) 2008-07-03 2012-04-24 Commvault Systems, Inc. Continuous data protection over intermittent connections, such as continuous data backup for laptops or wireless devices
US8046550B2 (en) 2008-07-14 2011-10-25 Quest Software, Inc. Systems and methods for performing backup operations of virtual machine files
WO2010013292A1 (en) 2008-07-31 2010-02-04 国立大学法人広島大学 Measuring device and measuring method
US7913114B2 (en) 2008-07-31 2011-03-22 Quantum Corporation Repair of a corrupt data segment used by a de-duplication engine
US8788466B2 (en) 2008-08-05 2014-07-22 International Business Machines Corporation Efficient transfer of deduplicated data
US8086799B2 (en) 2008-08-12 2011-12-27 Netapp, Inc. Scalable deduplication of stored data
US20100049926A1 (en) 2008-08-21 2010-02-25 International Business Machines Corporation Enhancement of data mirroring to provide parallel processing of overlapping writes
US20100049927A1 (en) 2008-08-21 2010-02-25 International Business Machines Corporation Enhancement of data mirroring to provide parallel processing of overlapping writes
US8307177B2 (en) 2008-09-05 2012-11-06 Commvault Systems, Inc. Systems and methods for management of virtualization data
US8725688B2 (en) 2008-09-05 2014-05-13 Commvault Systems, Inc. Image level copy or restore, such as image level restore without knowledge of data object metadata
US8290915B2 (en) 2008-09-15 2012-10-16 International Business Machines Corporation Retrieval and recovery of data chunks from alternate data stores in a deduplicating system
US9098519B2 (en) 2008-09-16 2015-08-04 File System Labs Llc Methods and apparatus for distributed data storage
US8620845B2 (en) 2008-09-24 2013-12-31 Timothy John Stoakes Identifying application metadata in a backup stream
US9015181B2 (en) 2008-09-26 2015-04-21 Commvault Systems, Inc. Systems and methods for managing single instancing data
US7814149B1 (en) 2008-09-29 2010-10-12 Symantec Operating Corporation Client side data deduplication
US8495032B2 (en) 2008-10-01 2013-07-23 International Business Machines Corporation Policy based sharing of redundant data across storage pools in a deduplicating system
US20100088296A1 (en) 2008-10-03 2010-04-08 Netapp, Inc. System and method for organizing data to facilitate data deduplication
WO2010045262A1 (en) 2008-10-14 2010-04-22 Wanova Technologies, Ltd. Storage-network de-duplication
US8082228B2 (en) 2008-10-31 2011-12-20 Netapp, Inc. Remote office duplication
US8412677B2 (en) 2008-11-26 2013-04-02 Commvault Systems, Inc. Systems and methods for byte-level or quasi byte-level single instancing
US8495161B2 (en) 2008-12-12 2013-07-23 Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc. Duplicate MMS content checking
US8200923B1 (en) 2008-12-31 2012-06-12 Emc Corporation Method and apparatus for block level data de-duplication
US8291183B2 (en) 2009-01-15 2012-10-16 Emc Corporation Assisted mainframe data de-duplication
TWI451243B (en) 2009-01-23 2014-09-01 Infortrend Technology Inc Method and apparatus for performing volume replication using unified architecture
US20100306180A1 (en) 2009-01-28 2010-12-02 Digitiliti, Inc. File revision management
US8074043B1 (en) 2009-01-30 2011-12-06 Symantec Corporation Method and apparatus to recover from interrupted data streams in a deduplication system
US8108638B2 (en) 2009-02-06 2012-01-31 International Business Machines Corporation Backup of deduplicated data
US8645334B2 (en) 2009-02-27 2014-02-04 Andrew LEPPARD Minimize damage caused by corruption of de-duplicated data
US8140491B2 (en) 2009-03-26 2012-03-20 International Business Machines Corporation Storage management through adaptive deduplication
US8205065B2 (en) 2009-03-30 2012-06-19 Exar Corporation System and method for data deduplication
US8401996B2 (en) 2009-03-30 2013-03-19 Commvault Systems, Inc. Storing a variable number of instances of data objects
US8805953B2 (en) 2009-04-03 2014-08-12 Microsoft Corporation Differential file and system restores from peers and the cloud
US8261126B2 (en) 2009-04-03 2012-09-04 Microsoft Corporation Bare metal machine recovery from the cloud
US20100257403A1 (en) 2009-04-03 2010-10-07 Microsoft Corporation Restoration of a system from a set of full and partial delta system snapshots across a distributed system
US8095756B1 (en) 2009-04-28 2012-01-10 Netapp, Inc. System and method for coordinating deduplication operations and backup operations of a storage volume
US8578120B2 (en) 2009-05-22 2013-11-05 Commvault Systems, Inc. Block-level single instancing
US8214611B2 (en) 2009-06-04 2012-07-03 Hitachi, Ltd. Storage subsystem and its data processing method, and computer system
US8255365B2 (en) 2009-06-08 2012-08-28 Symantec Corporation Source classification for performing deduplication in a backup operation
US20100318759A1 (en) 2009-06-15 2010-12-16 Microsoft Corporation Distributed rdc chunk store
US8122284B2 (en) 2009-06-18 2012-02-21 Taylor Tracy M N+1 failover and resynchronization of data storage appliances
US20100333116A1 (en) 2009-06-30 2010-12-30 Anand Prahlad Cloud gateway system for managing data storage to cloud storage sites
US8930306B1 (en) 2009-07-08 2015-01-06 Commvault Systems, Inc. Synchronized data deduplication
GB2471715A (en) 2009-07-10 2011-01-12 Hewlett Packard Development Co Determining the data chunks to be used as seed data to restore a database, from manifests of chunks stored in a de-duplicated data chunk store.
US8280854B1 (en) 2009-09-01 2012-10-02 Symantec Corporation Systems and methods for relocating deduplicated data within a multi-device storage system
US8204862B1 (en) 2009-10-02 2012-06-19 Symantec Corporation Systems and methods for restoring deduplicated data
US8380688B2 (en) 2009-11-06 2013-02-19 International Business Machines Corporation Method and apparatus for data compression
US8595188B2 (en) 2009-11-06 2013-11-26 International Business Machines Corporation Operating system and file system independent incremental data backup
US8504528B2 (en) 2009-11-09 2013-08-06 Ca, Inc. Duplicate backup data identification and consolidation
US20110119741A1 (en) 2009-11-18 2011-05-19 Hotchalk Inc. Method for Conditionally Obtaining Files From a Local Appliance
US9501365B2 (en) 2009-12-28 2016-11-22 Netapp, Inc. Cloud-based disaster recovery of backup data and metadata
WO2011082138A1 (en) 2009-12-31 2011-07-07 Commvault Systems, Inc. Systems and methods for performing data management operations using snapshots
US8224875B1 (en) 2010-01-05 2012-07-17 Symantec Corporation Systems and methods for removing unreferenced data segments from deduplicated data systems
US8452932B2 (en) 2010-01-06 2013-05-28 Storsimple, Inc. System and method for efficiently creating off-site data volume back-ups
US8352422B2 (en) 2010-03-30 2013-01-08 Commvault Systems, Inc. Data restore systems and methods in a replication environment
US8468135B2 (en) 2010-04-14 2013-06-18 International Business Machines Corporation Optimizing data transmission bandwidth consumption over a wide area network
US9678968B1 (en) 2010-05-03 2017-06-13 Panzura, Inc. Deleting a file from a distributed filesystem
US8244992B2 (en) 2010-05-24 2012-08-14 Spackman Stephen P Policy based data retrieval performance for deduplicated data
WO2011150391A1 (en) 2010-05-28 2011-12-01 Commvault Systems, Inc. Systems and methods for performing data replication
US8370315B1 (en) 2010-05-28 2013-02-05 Symantec Corporation System and method for high performance deduplication indexing
US8504526B2 (en) 2010-06-04 2013-08-06 Commvault Systems, Inc. Failover systems and methods for performing backup operations
US20110314070A1 (en) 2010-06-18 2011-12-22 Microsoft Corporation Optimization of storage and transmission of data
US8965907B2 (en) 2010-06-21 2015-02-24 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Assisted filtering of multi-dimensional data
US20120011101A1 (en) 2010-07-12 2012-01-12 Computer Associates Think, Inc. Integrating client and server deduplication systems
US8548944B2 (en) 2010-07-15 2013-10-01 Delphix Corp. De-duplication based backup of file systems
US9678688B2 (en) 2010-07-16 2017-06-13 EMC IP Holding Company LLC System and method for data deduplication for disk storage subsystems
US8838624B2 (en) 2010-09-24 2014-09-16 Hitachi Data Systems Corporation System and method for aggregating query results in a fault-tolerant database management system
US8364652B2 (en) 2010-09-30 2013-01-29 Commvault Systems, Inc. Content aligned block-based deduplication
US8578109B2 (en) 2010-09-30 2013-11-05 Commvault Systems, Inc. Systems and methods for retaining and using data block signatures in data protection operations
US8549350B1 (en) 2010-09-30 2013-10-01 Emc Corporation Multi-tier recovery
US9705730B1 (en) 2013-05-07 2017-07-11 Axcient, Inc. Cloud storage using Merkle trees
US20120084272A1 (en) 2010-10-04 2012-04-05 International Business Machines Corporation File system support for inert files
US8886613B2 (en) 2010-10-12 2014-11-11 Don Doerner Prioritizing data deduplication
US9442806B1 (en) * 2010-11-30 2016-09-13 Veritas Technologies Llc Block-level deduplication
US9020900B2 (en) 2010-12-14 2015-04-28 Commvault Systems, Inc. Distributed deduplicated storage system
US20120150818A1 (en) 2010-12-14 2012-06-14 Commvault Systems, Inc. Client-side repository in a networked deduplicated storage system
KR20120072909A (en) 2010-12-24 2012-07-04 주식회사 케이티 Distribution storage system with content-based deduplication function and object distributive storing method thereof, and computer-readable recording medium
US9823981B2 (en) 2011-03-11 2017-11-21 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Backup and restore strategies for data deduplication
US8719264B2 (en) 2011-03-31 2014-05-06 Commvault Systems, Inc. Creating secondary copies of data based on searches for content
US8849762B2 (en) 2011-03-31 2014-09-30 Commvault Systems, Inc. Restoring computing environments, such as autorecovery of file systems at certain points in time
US9990253B1 (en) 2011-03-31 2018-06-05 EMC IP Holding Company LLC System and method for recovering file systems without a replica
US9323820B1 (en) * 2011-06-30 2016-04-26 Emc Corporation Virtual datacenter redundancy
US8775376B2 (en) 2011-06-30 2014-07-08 International Business Machines Corporation Hybrid data backup in a networked computing environment
US9128901B1 (en) 2011-12-30 2015-09-08 Emc Corporation Continuous protection of data and storage management configuration
US9298715B2 (en) 2012-03-07 2016-03-29 Commvault Systems, Inc. Data storage system utilizing proxy device for storage operations
US9286327B2 (en) 2012-03-30 2016-03-15 Commvault Systems, Inc. Data storage recovery automation
US9342537B2 (en) 2012-04-23 2016-05-17 Commvault Systems, Inc. Integrated snapshot interface for a data storage system
US9218374B2 (en) 2012-06-13 2015-12-22 Commvault Systems, Inc. Collaborative restore in a networked storage system
US8909980B1 (en) 2012-06-29 2014-12-09 Emc Corporation Coordinating processing for request redirection
US9075820B2 (en) 2012-07-30 2015-07-07 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Distributed file system at network switch
US9092441B1 (en) * 2012-08-08 2015-07-28 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Archival data organization and management
US8938481B2 (en) 2012-08-13 2015-01-20 Commvault Systems, Inc. Generic file level restore from a block-level secondary copy
US9646039B2 (en) 2013-01-10 2017-05-09 Pure Storage, Inc. Snapshots in a storage system
US9804930B2 (en) 2013-01-11 2017-10-31 Commvault Systems, Inc. Partial file restore in a data storage system
US9886346B2 (en) 2013-01-11 2018-02-06 Commvault Systems, Inc. Single snapshot for multiple agents
US9633033B2 (en) 2013-01-11 2017-04-25 Commvault Systems, Inc. High availability distributed deduplicated storage system
US9483489B2 (en) 2013-01-14 2016-11-01 Commvault Systems, Inc. Partial sharing of secondary storage files in a data storage system
US9372865B2 (en) 2013-02-12 2016-06-21 Atlantis Computing, Inc. Deduplication metadata access in deduplication file system
US9558199B2 (en) 2013-03-07 2017-01-31 Jive Software, Inc. Efficient data deduplication
US9959190B2 (en) 2013-03-12 2018-05-01 International Business Machines Corporation On-site visualization of component status
US9483362B2 (en) 2013-05-08 2016-11-01 Commvault Systems, Inc. Use of auxiliary data protection software in failover operations
EP2997475A4 (en) 2013-05-16 2017-03-22 Hewlett-Packard Enterprise Development LP Deduplicated data storage system having distributed manifest
US9298724B1 (en) 2013-06-14 2016-03-29 Symantec Corporation Systems and methods for preserving deduplication efforts after backup-job failures
US9201800B2 (en) 2013-07-08 2015-12-01 Dell Products L.P. Restoring temporal locality in global and local deduplication storage systems
US9405628B2 (en) 2013-09-23 2016-08-02 International Business Machines Corporation Data migration using multi-storage volume swap
US9639426B2 (en) 2014-01-24 2017-05-02 Commvault Systems, Inc. Single snapshot for multiple applications
US9632874B2 (en) 2014-01-24 2017-04-25 Commvault Systems, Inc. Database application backup in single snapshot for multiple applications
US9495251B2 (en) 2014-01-24 2016-11-15 Commvault Systems, Inc. Snapshot readiness checking and reporting
US20150212894A1 (en) 2014-01-24 2015-07-30 Commvault Systems, Inc. Restoring application data from a single snapshot for multiple applications
US9753812B2 (en) 2014-01-24 2017-09-05 Commvault Systems, Inc. Generating mapping information for single snapshot for multiple applications
US9779153B2 (en) * 2014-03-03 2017-10-03 Netapp, Inc. Data transfer between storage systems using data fingerprints
US9633056B2 (en) 2014-03-17 2017-04-25 Commvault Systems, Inc. Maintaining a deduplication database
US10380072B2 (en) 2014-03-17 2019-08-13 Commvault Systems, Inc. Managing deletions from a deduplication database
US20150269032A1 (en) 2014-03-18 2015-09-24 Netapp, Inc. Backing up data to cloud data storage while maintaining storage efficiency
KR102248915B1 (en) * 2014-03-26 2021-05-07 삼성전자주식회사 Hybrid memory, memory system including the same and data processing method thereof
US9785554B2 (en) 2014-05-30 2017-10-10 International Business Machines Corporation Synchronizing updates of page table status indicators in a multiprocessing environment
US9547563B2 (en) * 2014-06-30 2017-01-17 Vmware, Inc. Recovery system and method for performing site recovery using replicated recovery-specific metadata
US10360110B2 (en) 2014-08-06 2019-07-23 Commvault Systems, Inc. Point-in-time backups of a production application made accessible over fibre channel and/or iSCSI as data sources to a remote application by representing the backups as pseudo-disks operating apart from the production application and its host
US20160042090A1 (en) 2014-08-06 2016-02-11 Commvault Systems, Inc. Preserving the integrity of a snapshot on a storage device via ephemeral write operations in an information management system
US9852026B2 (en) 2014-08-06 2017-12-26 Commvault Systems, Inc. Efficient application recovery in an information management system based on a pseudo-storage-device driver
US9774672B2 (en) 2014-09-03 2017-09-26 Commvault Systems, Inc. Consolidated processing of storage-array commands by a snapshot-control media agent
US10042716B2 (en) 2014-09-03 2018-08-07 Commvault Systems, Inc. Consolidated processing of storage-array commands using a forwarder media agent in conjunction with a snapshot-control media agent
US20160094649A1 (en) 2014-09-30 2016-03-31 Code 42 Software, Inc. Node-to-node data distribution
US9575673B2 (en) 2014-10-29 2017-02-21 Commvault Systems, Inc. Accessing a file system using tiered deduplication
US9448731B2 (en) 2014-11-14 2016-09-20 Commvault Systems, Inc. Unified snapshot storage management
US9648105B2 (en) 2014-11-14 2017-05-09 Commvault Systems, Inc. Unified snapshot storage management, using an enhanced storage manager and enhanced media agents
US10339106B2 (en) 2015-04-09 2019-07-02 Commvault Systems, Inc. Highly reusable deduplication database after disaster recovery
US20160350391A1 (en) 2015-05-26 2016-12-01 Commvault Systems, Inc. Replication using deduplicated secondary copy data
US10089183B2 (en) 2015-07-31 2018-10-02 Hiveio Inc. Method and apparatus for reconstructing and checking the consistency of deduplication metadata of a deduplication file system
US20170192868A1 (en) 2015-12-30 2017-07-06 Commvault Systems, Inc. User interface for identifying a location of a failed secondary storage device

Cited By (29)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11016859B2 (en) 2008-06-24 2021-05-25 Commvault Systems, Inc. De-duplication systems and methods for application-specific data
US11288235B2 (en) 2009-07-08 2022-03-29 Commvault Systems, Inc. Synchronized data deduplication
US11169888B2 (en) 2010-12-14 2021-11-09 Commvault Systems, Inc. Client-side repository in a networked deduplicated storage system
US11422976B2 (en) 2010-12-14 2022-08-23 Commvault Systems, Inc. Distributed deduplicated storage system
US10956275B2 (en) 2012-06-13 2021-03-23 Commvault Systems, Inc. Collaborative restore in a networked storage system
US11157450B2 (en) 2013-01-11 2021-10-26 Commvault Systems, Inc. High availability distributed deduplicated storage system
US11119984B2 (en) 2014-03-17 2021-09-14 Commvault Systems, Inc. Managing deletions from a deduplication database
US11188504B2 (en) 2014-03-17 2021-11-30 Commvault Systems, Inc. Managing deletions from a deduplication database
US11921675B2 (en) 2014-10-29 2024-03-05 Commvault Systems, Inc. Accessing a file system using tiered deduplication
US11113246B2 (en) 2014-10-29 2021-09-07 Commvault Systems, Inc. Accessing a file system using tiered deduplication
US11301420B2 (en) 2015-04-09 2022-04-12 Commvault Systems, Inc. Highly reusable deduplication database after disaster recovery
US11616834B2 (en) * 2015-12-08 2023-03-28 Pure Storage, Inc. Efficient replication of a dataset to the cloud
US10956286B2 (en) 2015-12-30 2021-03-23 Commvault Systems, Inc. Deduplication replication in a distributed deduplication data storage system
US10877856B2 (en) 2015-12-30 2020-12-29 Commvault Systems, Inc. System for redirecting requests after a secondary storage computing device failure
US10903985B2 (en) 2017-08-25 2021-01-26 Keysight Technologies Singapore (Sales) Pte. Ltd. Monitoring encrypted network traffic flows in a virtual environment using dynamic session key acquisition techniques
US10992652B2 (en) 2017-08-25 2021-04-27 Keysight Technologies Singapore (Sales) Pte. Ltd. Methods, systems, and computer readable media for monitoring encrypted network traffic flows
US11489666B2 (en) 2017-08-25 2022-11-01 Keysight Technologies Singapore (Sales) Pte. Ltd. Monitoring encrypted network traffic flows in a virtual environment using dynamic session key acquisition techniques
US11716313B2 (en) 2018-08-10 2023-08-01 Keysight Technologies, Inc. Methods, systems, and computer readable media for implementing bandwidth limitations on specific application traffic at a proxy element
US12067242B2 (en) 2018-12-14 2024-08-20 Commvault Systems, Inc. Performing secondary copy operations based on deduplication performance
US11698727B2 (en) 2018-12-14 2023-07-11 Commvault Systems, Inc. Performing secondary copy operations based on deduplication performance
US11151284B2 (en) 2019-01-02 2021-10-19 Bank Of America Corporation System for active and passive management of location-based copy data
US11829251B2 (en) 2019-04-10 2023-11-28 Commvault Systems, Inc. Restore using deduplicated secondary copy data
US11463264B2 (en) 2019-05-08 2022-10-04 Commvault Systems, Inc. Use of data block signatures for monitoring in an information management system
US11442896B2 (en) 2019-12-04 2022-09-13 Commvault Systems, Inc. Systems and methods for optimizing restoration of deduplicated data stored in cloud-based storage resources
US11190417B2 (en) * 2020-02-04 2021-11-30 Keysight Technologies, Inc. Methods, systems, and computer readable media for processing network flow metadata at a network packet broker
US11687424B2 (en) 2020-05-28 2023-06-27 Commvault Systems, Inc. Automated media agent state management
US11797393B2 (en) 2022-03-23 2023-10-24 Bank Of America Corporation Table prioritization for data copy in a multi-environment setup
US11656955B1 (en) * 2022-03-23 2023-05-23 Bank Of America Corporation Database table valuation
US12093145B2 (en) 2022-03-23 2024-09-17 Bank Of America Corporation Table prioritization for data copy in a multi- environment setup

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US20170083563A1 (en) 2017-03-23
US20170090773A1 (en) 2017-03-30
US10481825B2 (en) 2019-11-19
US10481824B2 (en) 2019-11-19
US20170083558A1 (en) 2017-03-23
US10481826B2 (en) 2019-11-19
US20160350391A1 (en) 2016-12-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US12056086B2 (en) File system content archiving based on third-party application archiving rules and metadata
US11321281B2 (en) Managing structured data in a data storage system
US11188504B2 (en) Managing deletions from a deduplication database
US10884635B2 (en) Use of auxiliary data protection software in failover operations
US10481825B2 (en) Replication using deduplicated secondary copy data
US11301420B2 (en) Highly reusable deduplication database after disaster recovery
US9633056B2 (en) Maintaining a deduplication database
US9934103B2 (en) Managing multi-source restore operations in an information management system
US20160306560A1 (en) Efficient deduplication database validation

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AS Assignment

Owner name: COMMVAULT SYSTEMS, INC., NEW JERSEY

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:VIJAYAN, MANOJ KUMAR;JOB, JOE SABU THYVELIKKAKAKTH;SIGNING DATES FROM 20150401 TO 20150408;REEL/FRAME:050657/0819

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: DOCKETED NEW CASE - READY FOR EXAMINATION

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: RESPONSE TO NON-FINAL OFFICE ACTION ENTERED AND FORWARDED TO EXAMINER

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: FINAL REJECTION MAILED

AS Assignment

Owner name: JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., AS ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, ILLINOIS

Free format text: SECURITY INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:COMMVAULT SYSTEMS, INC.;REEL/FRAME:058496/0836

Effective date: 20211213

STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION